LTBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALTPORMTA 
DAVIS 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/decapodcrustaceaOOverrrich 


TRANSACTIONS    OF 

THE   CONNECTICUT  ACADEMY 

OF   ARTS   AND    SCIENCES 


VOLUME  26]  NOVEMBER  1922  Cpages  1-179 

Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda 
Part  II3  Macrura 

BY 

A.  E.  VERRILL 
Professor  of  Zoology,  Emeritus,  in  Yale  University 


NEW  HAVEN,  CONNECTICUT 

PUBLISHED   BY  THE 

CONNECTICUT  ACADEMY   OF   ARTS  AND    SCIENCES 

AND  TO   BE  OBTAINED  ALSO   FROM  THE 

YALE   UNIVERSITY    PRESS 

LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA 

DAVIS 


THE    TUTTLE,     MOREHOUSE    &.    TAYLOR    COMPANY,     NEW     HAVEN,  CONN. 


DECAPOD  CRUSTACEA  OF  BERMUDA. 

Part  II — Macrura. 
By  A.  E.  Verrill. 


The  collections  of  Bermuda  Macrura,  studied  in  the  preparation 
of  this  article,  came  chiefly  from  the  sources  already  acknowledged 
in  Part  i.*  Nearly  all  the  species  are  in  the  collections  of  the 
Museum  of  Yale  University.  Much  the  larger  part  were  collected 
by  myself  and  companions  in  1898,  1901,  and  19 16.  Many  were 
also  previously  in  the  collections  made  by  Mr.  G.  Browne  Goode, 
J.  M.  Jones,  Esq.,  and  others.  Many  of  the  more  obscure  species 
have  been  studied,  also,  by  Miss  M.  J.  Rathbun,  to  whom  I  am 
likewise  indebted  for  several  photographs  of  rare  species,  contained 
in  the  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

No  doubt  many  more  species  remain  to  be  discovered,  especially 
of  the  smaller  shrimps.  Many  of  these  have  very  retiring  habits, 
living  in  holes  and  crevices  in  dead  corals,  etc.,  or  in  the  oscular 
cavities  of  large  spongy.  Others  frequent  the  quiet  waters  of 
lagoons  and  mangrove  swamps,  where,  owing  to  their  transparency 
or  protective  colors,  they  are  not  easily  seen.  We  did  not  have 
opportunities  to  use  fine  meshed  seines  in  such  places,  which  would, 
no  doubt,  have  given  good  results.  Owing  to  the  absence  of  fresh- 
water streams,  the  various  species  of  fresh-water  shrimps  and 
prawns,  common  in  the  West  Indies,  are  entirely  lacking. 

Many  more  additions  to  the  number  of  species  are  to  be  expected 
by  dredging  in  deeper  water,  outside  the  reefs.  Many  of  the 
species  of  Macrura  have  interesting  and  remarkable  metamor- 
phoses, the  free-swimming  larvae  (see  plates  III,  Ilia,  XII, 
XVII),  being  totally  unlike  the  adults.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  with  the  species  of  Panulirus  (the  common  Bermuda  lobster), 
Syllaridcs,  Stenopus,  etc.  The  Bermuda  species  have  been  very 
little  studied  in  this  way.     With  the  facilities  of  the  new  Biological 

*  For  Part  I :   see  these  Transactions,  vol.  xiii,  pp.  299-474. 


4  Addison  E.  V  err  ill, 

Station  and  public  Aquarium,  there  are  excellent  opportunities  to 
carry  on  such  researches. 

In  the  important  memoir  of  Brooks  and  Herrick,  on  the  meta- 
morphoses of  the  Macrura  (Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  v,  1891) 
the  metamorphoses  and  structures  of  a  few  Bermuda  species  are 
given;  viz.,  Stenopus  hispidus;  Alpheus  heterochcelis ;  A.  packardi 
(erroneously  identified  as  A.  minus),  and  Synalpheus  brcvicarpus. 
They  found  remarkable  variations  in  the  larval  forms,  supposed 
by  them  to  be  of  the  same  specie^  of  Alpheus  and  Synalpheus. 
The  most  notable  cases  of  this  kind  were  due  to  erroneous  identifi- 
cations of  the  species  of  those  difficult  genera,  as  shown  by 
Coutiere.  Many  more  studies  of  that  kind  should  be  made  on  the 
numerous  closely  related  species  of  that  group. 

On  account  of  the  existing  confusion  in  the  literature,  and  the 
inherent  difficulties  in  determining  the  numerous  species  of  Alpheus 
and  Synalpheus,  I  have  treated  those  genera  in  greater  detail  than 
most  others,  describing  and  figuring,  with  many  structural  details, 
all  the  species  known  to  me  from  Bermuda,  as  well  as  some  closely 
allied  species  from  other  American  localities,  hoping  that  students 
of  their  embryology  will  be  enabled  by  this  means  to  correctly  name 
the  species  they  may  investigate  hereafter.  In  other  groups  gen- 
eral figures,  at  least,  are  given  of  nearly  all  the  species,  and  in  most 
cases  the  structures  of  some  of  the  appendages  are  also  figured. 

Hitherto  some  of  these  species  have  not  been  figured  at  all ; 
others  have  been  figured  only  in  foreign  works,  many  of  them 
very  imperfectly.  The  photographs  and  drawings,  unless  otherwise 
indicated,  are  by  A.  H.  Verrill. 

Suborder   MACRURA.     Crawfishes,  Lobsters,   Shrimps,   and  Prazmis. 

Key  to  the  Tribes  and  part  of  the  Families. 
A. — Body  not  compressed.  Rostrum  depressed,  sometimes  wanting.  First 
abdominal  segment  shorter  and  narrower  than  the  following.  Abdom- 
inal appendages  (pleopods)  not  oar-shaped.  The  articulation  between 
the  carpus  and  propodus  of  the  chelipeds  is  at  two  fixed  points. 
Branchiae  filamentous. 

Reptantia  =  Trichobranchiata  =  Astacina  DeHaan. 

B. — Abdomen  or  pleon  large  and  strong  with  the  segments  overlapping. 

Carapace  large  and  firm. 
D. — None    of    the    legs    have    chelae,    except    the    Sth    pair    in    the    adult 

female.     No    appendages   on    ist   segment   of   pleon ;     outer    antennae 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  5  '  0^^    ^^ri^ 

destitute  of  a  scale.     Uropods  and  telson  thin  and  flexible  distally,  not 
spinose.     Legs  with  six  functional  segments.     Larva  a  phyllosoma. 

Tribe  Scyllaridea  or  Loricata. 

E. — Carapace  subcylindrical ;  outer  antenna:  elongated,  with  a  long,  tapered, 
multi-articulated,  and  rather  rigid  spjnose  flagellum.  Orbits  not  exca- 
vated in  the  dorsal  surface  of  the  carapace. 

Family  Palinuridce. 

EE. — Carapace  much  depressed  or  flattened ;  orbits  excavated  in  its  dorsal 
surface;  outer  antennae  short,  flat,  or  squamiform,  without  a  jointed 
flagellum ;    5th  pair  of  legs  with  small  chelae  in  the  female. 

Family  ScyllaridcB. 

DD. — First  three  pairs  of  legs  chelate,  the  first  pair  largest.  Outer 
antennae  elongated,  usually  with  a  basal  scale  and  a  long  flexible  flagel- 
lum. Uropods  and  telson  rather  rigid  and  usually  spinose  at  the  ends ; 
outer  lamella  of  uropods  have  a  transverse  suture.  Legs  have  seven 
segments.     Branchiae  numerous. 

Tribe  Astacidea. 

F. — Last  thoracic  segment  consolidated  with  the  preceding  one.  First 
abdominal  segment  has  a  pleopod ;  in  the  male  developed  as  a  genital 
organ.     Spcrmatheca  external.     Branchiae   19  pairs.     Larva  a  zoea  or 

Mysis-like  (marine). 

Family  Homaridce. 

FF. — Last  thoracic  segment  movable.  Spermatheca  in  the  form  of  an 
annulus.  Branchiae  17  or  18  pairs.  Larva  not  a  zoea;  similar  to 
adult  in  form  (fresh-water  forms). 

Family  Astacidce. 

BB. — Abdomen  or  pleon  elongated,  weak,  with  the  segments  not  over- 
lapping. Carapace  small.  Third  pair  of  legs  not  chelate;  ist  and  2d 
pairs  chelate. 

Tribe  Thallassinidea. 

AA. — Body  usually  more  or  less  compressed.  Rostrum  usually  compressed 
or  slender;  sometimes  absent.  Abdominal  appendages  (pleopods) 
oar-shaped.  Articulation  between  the  carpus  and  propodus  of  the 
chelipeds  at  only  one  fixed  point.     Branchiae  various. 

Tribe  Natantia  (or  Caridea,  sense  extended). 


REPTANTIA  Boas=TRICHOBRANCHIATA. 
SCYLLARIDEA  Stebbing  =  LORICATA  Heller  (pars). 

Body  convex,  either  depressed  or  subcylindrical,  with  a  strongly 
thickened  shell.  Antennules  usually  have  two  flagella.  Antennae 
may  either  have  or  lack  a  long  flagellum ;  antennal  scale  lacking ; 
first  joint  of  peduncle  united  to  epistome.     Gills  trichobranchiate ; 


6  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

first  four  legs  have  a  l)ranchial  plume  or  podobranchia  on  the 
epipodial  plate  of  the  first  joint,  and  also  have  arthrobranchiae ; 
last  four  thoracic  segments  have  pleurobranchise.  Thoracic  legs 
have  but  six  functional  joints ;  none  have  chelae  except  the  last 
pair  of  the  female.  No  pleopods  on  the  first  abdominal  segment 
in  either  sex.  Telson  and  uropods  have  the  distal  part  thin  and 
flexible,  not  spinose. 

The  larvae  are  remarkable  for  their  large  size  and  thin,  foliate 
structure.  They  are  of  the  form  called  Phyllosoma.  Their  entire 
body  is  wide  and  exceedingly  thin  and  transparent,  in  life, — hardly 
thicker  than  thin  paper  with  long,  slender  bifid  legs,  all  colorless 
and  transparent  except  the  eyes,  which  are  far  apart  on  long  stalks. 
(See  plates  3,  3A.) 

They  apparently  live  at  the  surface  a  long  time  in  this  form  and 
have  several  moults,  changing  gradually  to  forms  more  like  the 
adult.  Such  larvae  were  frequently  taken  by  us  in  the  Gulf  Stream 
and  adjacent  waters  off  our  coasts,  coming  no  doubt  from  much 
further  south. 

The  most  common  kinds  (plates  3,  3A,  figs.  i-3a)  are  supposed 
to  belong  to  Pamdirus  argns,  but  none  were  taken  old  enough  to 
prove  this.  Our  figures  represent  three  stages  of  this  species  (see 
under  P.  argus).  Another  quite  different  species  (plate  3A,  fig. 
4)  may  belong  to  Scyllarns  or  one  of  the  species  of  Scyllarides, 
but  its  origin  is  very  uncertain.  This  differs  from  the  others  in 
having  the  large  thin  prethorax  or  head  portion  relatively  longer, 
and  instead  of  being  regularly  elliptical  or  slightly  oval  its  borders 
are  incurved  in  front  of  the  middle,  so  that  the  anterior  part  is  not 
half  as  wide  as  the  widest  part ;  the  eye-stalks  are  longer,  the  eyes 
rounder.  The  thorax  proper  is  wider  than  in  the  other  species  and 
its  posterior  incurvature  or  sinus  is  much  wider  and  deeper;  the 
abdomen  is  bud-like  with  no  segments  developed  in  this  stage, 
though  the  legs  are  all  fully  developed  and  bifid,  while  in  the  other 
species,  with  the  abdomen  in  a  similar  state,  the  fifth  pair  of  legs 
can  be  seen  only  as  minute  rudiments  (pi.  3,  fig.  i ;  pi.  3A,  fig. 
2A).  In  this  species  (pi.  3A,  fig.  i)  the  third  maxillipeds  (mp'") 
are  shorter  and  not  bifid  as  they  are  in  the  others.  The  other 
mouth  organs  (m)  are,  however,  more  developed  than  in  the 
others,  while  the  antennules  and  antennae  (a',  a")  are  less  developed 
and  much  shorter  than  in  the  youngest  stage  of  the  other  species. 
The  latter  will  be  described  under  P.  argus,  below. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  7 

Family  PALINURID^  Dana.    Spiny  Lobsters;    Sea  Crawfishes. 
Palinurini  Latreille,  1802.     Leach,  1814. 

Palinuridcc  Dana,  Crus.  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  p.  519,  1852.  Gray.  Ortmann, 
1896.     Rathbun,  1901,  p.  398,  etc. 

Body  subcylindrical ;  thorax  not  depressed.  Eyes  not  enclosed 
in  orbits  formed  within  the  edge  of  the  carapace.  Antennae  not 
flattened;  furnished  with  a  large  and  long,  rather  rigid,  multi- 
articulate  and  usually  spinose  flagellum.  Fifth  leg  of  female 
chelate. 

Panulirus  White.     Spiny  Lobsters. 
Pamtlirus  White,  List  Crust.  British  Mus.,  p.  69,  1847. 

Ocular  segment  is  exposed  and  flexible.  No  rostrum  or 
central  tooth.  Antennules  with  rather  long,  slender  exposed  flagella. 
Antennae  long,  very  large  and  rigid,  spinose;  a  stridulating  organ 
at  their  bases.     Larva  is  a  Pliyllosoma.     (See  plate  3,  3A.) 

Panulirus  argus  (Latr.)  White.     Bermuda  Lobster;  Sea  Crazv-fish. 
Palinurus  argus  Latreille,  Ann.  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.  Paris,  iii,  p.  593,  1804. 

Nouv.  Diet.   Hist.  Nat.,  xvii,  p.  296.     Olivier,   Encyc.  viii,  p.  663. 

Lamarck,  Hist.  An.  sans.  Vert.,  v,  p.  210,  1815.     Desmarest,  Consid. 

gen.  sur  les  Crust.,  p.  185.     H.  Milne-Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p. 

300,   (Antilles).     Heller,  Reise  Freg.  Novarra.,  Crust.,  p.  95,  1865 

(Analytical  table). 
Panulirus  argus   White,    List    Crust.    Brit.    Mus.,   p.   69,    1847.     Smith, 

these  Trans.,  ii,  p.  39,  1869,  (Brazil).     Rankin,  op.  cit.,  19OO,  p.  536. 

Bate,  Voyage  Chall.,  vol.  xxiv,  p.,  76,  1888.     M.  J.  Rathbun,  Brach. 

and  Macr.  Porto  Rico,  p.  98,  1901.     Verrill,  these  Trans.,  xi,  p.  705, 

fig.  56,  and  pi.  xciv,  fig.  i,  1902;    The  Bermuda  Is.,  I,  p.  293,  fig.  56, 

pi.  xciv,  fig.  I,  1902,  (habits  and  history). 

Palinurus  americanus  Stone,  in   Heilprin,   The   Bermuda   Is.,  p.    149, 
{?  non.  M.  Edw.) 

Text  figure  i,  Plate  I:  Figure  i.  Plate  II:  Figures  i,  2.  Plate  III: 
Figures  i,  2  (supposed  larvae).  Plate  HIA:  Figures  2-6  (larvae). 
Plate  VIII:  Figures  2,  2a.  Plate  IX:  Figure  i  (stridulating 
organ).    By  A.  H.  V. 

The  following  description  is  mainly  from  medium  sized  males 
(No.  4101,  4102,  Yale  Mus.)  preserved  in  formol  and  dried. 

The  carapace,  in  large  specimens,  has  the  areas  well  defined  by 
wide  grooves ;    the  cervical  groove  is  conspicuous.     The  frontal 


8  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

horns  are  large  and  strong,  compressed,  acute,  curved  forward,  and 
slightly  downward  at  the  tips ;  usually  the  tips  are  also  somewhat 
convergent. 

The  spines  of  the  carapace  are  not  very  numerous,  but  the  larger 
ones  are  very  sharp  and  are  directed  strongly  forward.  The 
largest  are  two  behind  the  bases  of  the  frontal  horns,  and  on  each 
side,  two  near  the  margin,  at  bases  of  the  antennae.  Back  of  the 
large  dorsal  pair  are  four,  irregular,  dorsal  rows,  with  about  five 
or  six  in  each  row,  of  which  the  two  larger  in  each  row  are  in 
front  of  the  cervical  suture.  On  the  sides  there  are  two  imperfect 
and  interrupted  rows  and  some  scattered  spines,  mostly  more 
strongly  appressed  and  smaller  than  the  dorsal  ones.  A  transverse 
row  of  about  twelve  low  conical  spines  borders  the  posterior, 
submarginal  groove.  In  some  large  specimens  these  become  low 
denticles.  The  sides  and  posterior  parts  of  the  carapace  are  also 
covered  with  small,  unequal,  conical  spinules,  which  are  not 
crowded;  on  the  anterior  parts,  including  the  gastric,  hepatic,  and 
cardiac  areas,  they  become  much  fewer  and  smaller  with  large, 
smooth  spaces  between  them. 

The  eye-stalks  and  eyes  are  large  and  the  eyes  are  prominent. 
The  somite  that  carries  the  eyes  is  very  distinct.  A  strong, 
rounded  rib,  arising  from  the  posterior  and  outer  bases  of  the 
rostal  horns,  curves  forward  to  the  inner  base  of  the  antennae,  and 
continues  as  a  border  to  the  antennular  somite. 

The  antennular  somite  is  longer  than  broad,  bordered  laterally  by 
the  strong  marginal  ribs,  just  referred  to.  It  curves  downward 
distally,  and  bears,  on  its  upper  surface,  four  rather  small,  acute, 
conical  spines,  directed  somewhat  forward.  They  are  not  so  large 
as  the  larger  dorsal  spines.  They  form  a  trapezoid  figure,  the 
distance  between  them  longitudinally  being  considerably  greater 
than  the  transverse  spaces.  The  anterior  pair  are  close  to  the  front 
edge,  and  a  little  divergent;  the  second  pair  are  a  little  smaller 
and  somewhat  nearer  together.  In  some  specimens,  especially  the 
younger  ones,  there  are  two  or  three  smaller  spines  irregularly 
placed  between  or  near  the  larger  ones.  In  a  medium  sized  speci- 
men before  me  (No.  4102),  the  distance  between  the  tips  of  the 
anterior  spines  is  lomm;  between  the  posterior  ones,  7.5mm; 
between  the  anterior  and  posterior  ones,  12mm. 

The  distal  joint  of  the  antennal  peduncle  has  three  large  porrect 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  9 

spines  on  the  outer  margin  ;  three  on  the  inner  margin,  one  of  each 
row  being  at  the  distal  angles ;  and  three  smaller  ones  on  the 
upper  surface,  of  which  the  larger  is  at  the  proximal  articulation; 


Figure  1.     Bermuda  lobster.     {Fanulinis  argiis.) 
Side  view.    About  %  natural  size. 


there  are  also  four  on  the  vmder  side,  of  which  three  are  at  the 
distal  margin. 

The  preceding  segment  has  seven  large,  sharp  spines  on  the 
upper  side  of  which  four  are  at  or  near  the  distal  margin ;  the  basal 
or  first  movable  segment  bears  one  large,  suberect,  sharp  spine, 
also  the  stridulating  organ. 


JO  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

The  antennal  flagellum  is  considerably  longer  than  the  entire 
body.  It  is  covered  by  whorls  of  sharp,  conical,  red  or  brown 
spines,  with  the  tips  strongly  inclined  distally.  There  are  usually 
seven  spines  in  each  whorl.  The  flagella  of  the  antennules  are 
long  and  slender ;  the  outer  one  is  shorter  and  has  a  tuft  of  hairs 
near  the  tip.  The  legs  are  long  and  rather  slender.  Those  of  the 
second  pair  are  much  longer  than  the  others ;  those  of  the  third 
pair  are  longer  than  those  of  the  first ;  the  fifth  pair  are  consider- 
ably shorter  than  the  fourth. 

All  the  legs  have  the  dactyli  covered,  except  on  the  outer  edge, 
with  a  dense  brush  of  gold-colored  hairs;  on  the  first  pair  the 
hairs  cover  also  the  inner  surface  of  the  propodus.  The  inner 
surface  of  all  the  segments  of  the  outer  maxillipeds  are  densely 
clothed  with  similar  hairs. 

The  abdominal  segments  are  crossed  by  a  deep  groove ;  the  part 
back  of  the  groove  has  an  uneven  surface,  covered  with  small, 
conical,  hair-bearing  spinules,  sunk  in  small,  circular  pits ;  the 
smoother  portion  has  fewer  and  smaller  circumvallate  spinules,  and 
many  still  smaller  punctiform  pits,  easily  visible  with  a  lens.  The 
lateral  lobes  are  triangular,  acute,  and  have  a  single,  large,  basal 
tooth  on  the  posterior  edge. 

The  telson  and  uropods  are  large  and  thin,  banded  with  bright 
colors  and  covered  distally  with  finely  branching  riblets  and  fine 
striae,  each  of  the  riblets  bearing  a  row  of  minute,  sharp  spinules, 
pointing  backward,  and  terminating  in  fine  marginal  spinules. 
The  telson  is  longer  than  broad,  a  little  convex  on  the  outer  margin, 
slightly  tapered  distally  with  the  curves  broadly  rounded  ;  posterior 
margin  subtruncate  and  fringed  with  hairs.  The  thickened  por- 
tion is  divided  by  a  groove,  edged  by  small  spinules,  into  a  basal, 
four-lobed  part,  and  a  wider  middle  portion.  The  latter  has  a 
broadly  triangular  middle  area,  which  is  covered  with  longitudinal 
rows  of  small,  sharp,  conical  spines ;  the  outer  lateral  angles 
terminate,  on  each  side,  in  a  sharp  spine. 

The  male  organs  are  large,  broadly  reniform  or  auriculate,  with 
thick,  swollen  borders,  situated  on  stout  projections  from  the  basal 
segment  of  the  last  pair  of  legs.  Larger  individuals  often  have 
the  dorsal  spines  fewer  and  many  of  them  may  be  reduced  to  low, 
rounded  or  blunt  tubercles.  Smaller  and  younger  specimens  are 
usually  more  spinose  and  the  spines  are  sharper. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  ii 

Measurements  of  Bermuda  Specimens.                                  No.  4102  No.  4101 

Total  length  including  antennae 840  

Length  from  base  of  antennules  to  tip  of  telson 360  490 

Length  of  carapace,  dorsal  116  1 54 

Breadtli  of  carapace  90  125 

Length  of  abdomen  114  195 

Length  of  telson  70  67 

Breadth  of  telson  43  35 

Length  of  rostral  horns  48  lost 

Length  of  eyes  and  stalk  18  21 

Diameter  of  eye  9.5  11 

Length  of  first  antennular  segment 62  108 

Length  of  second  antennular  segment 28  38 

Length  of  third  antennular  segment 26  lost 

Length  of  flagellum,  inner  branch  190  -\-  lost 

Length  of  flagellum,  outer  branch 125  -f-  lost 

Length  of  antennae  495  -f-  lost 

Length  of  first  antennal  segment  (total)    58  63 

Length  of  second  antennal  segment  (dorsal)  without  spines  40  52 

Lengtli  of  third  antennal  segment  (dorsal)  without  spines. .  43  50 

Length  of  antennal  flagellum  370  +  lost 

Merus  of  first  leg,  total  71  118 

Carpus  of  first  leg 30  49 

Propodus  (total)  first  leg 52  82 

Dactylus    31  45 

Merus  of  second  leg  96  168 

Carpus  of  second  leg 35  63 

Propodus  of  second  Jeg  yy  142 

Length  of  dactylus  of  second  leg 39  63 

Length  of  merus  of  third  leg  86  123 

Length  of  carpus  of  third  leg  35  46 

Length  of  propodus  of  third  leg 75  98 

Length  of  dactylus  of  third  leg  43  54 

The  flagclla  of  the  antennae  and  antennulae  of  No.  4101  are  broken  off^. 
The  plus  sign  (+)  used  after  some  measurements  of  No.  4102  indicates  that 
the  tips  are  absent. 

It  grows  to  great  size.  It  is  said  that  specimens  are  taken,  even 
now,  weighing  as  much  as  22  pounds.  The  largest  that  we  saw 
weighed  about  18  pounds,  but  those  that  are  sold  in  the  markets 
mostly  weigh  only  two  to  five  pounds,  or  less.  The  Bermuda 
lobster  is  usually  rather  gaily  colored,  especially  when  young,  but 
the  colors  are  quite  variable. 

Some  specimens  in  life  had  the  carapace  mottled  with  dark 
green  and  gray,  becoming  lighter  laterally.  The  abdomen  was 
deep   sea-green,   with   four,   large,   conspicuous,   round   spots   of 


12  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

yellow  or  yellowish  white ;  a  pair  of  these  spots  are  on  the  second 
and  sixth  segments.  Usually  there  are  similar,  but  much  smaller, 
paired  spots  on  other  segments.  The  surface  is  also  covered  with 
minute,  round  yellow  specks,  about  the  size  of  a  pin-head. 

The  telson  and  uropods  are  brighter  green,  with  a  brownish- 
green  band  in  the  middle,  bordered  with  a  pale-green  band,  and 
then  with  a  blackish  or  dark  purple  band,  the  margin  edged  with 
whitish.     All  the  under  parts  are  white,  with  pale  blue  markings. 

The  swimmerets  are  grass-green  with  a  central,  dark  brown, 
dark  purple,  or  nearly  black  streak,  which  becomes  larger  pos- 
teriorly. The  rostral  spines  are  dark  brown  or  blackish,  banded 
with  white.  The  antennae  are  bluish-green,  variegated  with 
lavender  or  pale  purple.  The  flagellum  is  finely  striped  with  these 
colors.  The  under  side  is  pale  blue  and  white.  Legs  pale  blue 
and  light  yellow,  often  banded ;  lighter  beneath.  Eye-stalks  black- 
ish and  white ;  cornea  jet  black. 

In  other  specimens  the  eye-stalk  and  antennae  are  striped  with 
yellow,  blue,  and  purple,  and  banded  at  the  joints  with  orange,  and 
the  hairs  and  spines  are  apt  to  be  orange.  In  these,  the  swim- 
merets are  orange  with  a  yellow  margin  and  a  blackish  purple 
central  streak ;  their  bases  variegated  with  blue.  Large  specimens 
generally  have  the  carapace  mottled  with  terra-cotta  or  brown, 
yellow,  or  greenish  and  white.  The  round  abdominal  spots  may  be 
pale  yellow  or  nearly  white.  There  is  often  a  large  patch  of 
yellowish  brown  on  each  side  of  the  carapace.  The  frontal  horns 
are  usually  conspicuously  banded  with  dark  or  blackish  brown  and 
whitish. 

Many  other  variations  in  color  were  noticed.  In  general,  the 
very  large  specimens  were  much  duller  in  color.  That  may  be  due, 
at  least  in  part,  to  the  length  of  time  following  the  moulting,  for 
the  colors  are  brightest  just  after  moulting,  which  is  effected  more 
quickly  than  in  the  case  of  the  American  lobster.  This  is  probably 
largely  due  to  the  absence  of  large  claws,  which  delay  the  process 
in  the  latter. 

Fishermen  told  me  that  when  the  Bermuda  lobster  is  found  in  its 
hole,  if  its  long  antennae  or  "horns"  are  seized  the  creature  will 
cast  them  off,  and  thus  it  cannot  be  pulled  out  by  them,  but  that 
they  will  not  cast  off  the  small  antennules,  so  that  they  can  be 
pulled  out  by  those  organs.  I  had  no  opportunity  to  verify  this 
statement. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II. 


13 


The  densely  haired  extremities  of  the  legs  give  those  appendages 
a  remarkable  appearance.  The  hairs  are  evidently  sensory  and 
may  be  of  use  in  collecting  small  organisms  for  food.  Mr.  Louis 
Mowbray,  who  has  watched  this  species  in  the  Aquarium  of  the 
Bermuda  Biological  Station,  informs  me  that  the  hairy  tips  of  the 
legs  are  constantly  used  for  cleaning  various  parts  of  the  body,  and 
seem  also  to  be  of  great  use  in  enabling  the  creature  to  creep  softly 


Figure  2.     Stridulating  organ  at  the  base   of   the  antenna  of  Palinurus 
longimanus  from  Dominica  Island.    By  A.  H.  V. 


and  quietly  over  the  bottom  in  search  of  its  prey.  He  states  that 
he  has  seen  it  seize  and  devour  a  "hind-fish"  six  inches  long,  as 
well  as  other  fishes  and  crabs.  It  uses  its  anterior  pair  of  legs  in 
capturing  and  holding  its  prey,  although  they  are  not  cheliform. 

This  creature,  like  all  the  other  species  of  its  genus,  and  also 
the  species  of  Palinurus,  has  a  "stridulating  organ"  with  which  it 
can  make  a  characteristic  sound,  either  for  defence  or  for  a  sexual 
call.     It  is  situated  on  the  first  movable  segment  of  the  antennae. 

This  segment  bears,  on  the  concave  under  surface  of  its  inner 
base,  a  small  stridulating  organ  (see  figs.  pi.  viii,  figs.  2,  2a;  pi. 
ix,  fig.  i),  situated  near  the  margin.  It  consists  of  a  small,  con- 
cave, elliptical,  hard,  calcified  area  or  plate,  (st)  covered  with  fine 


14  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

transverse  riblets,  with  a  longitudinal  undulation.  Close  to  this 
is  a  small,  smooth,  oblong  knob,  which  fits  into  a  groove  on  the 
inner  edge  of  the  smooth  rib  of  the  fixed  basal  segment,  along 
which  the  stridulating  organ  slides,  when  the  antenna  vibrates,  and 
this  serves  to  hold  the  organ  in  positjon.  External  to  the  stridu- 
lating plate  the  basal  edge  of  the  segment  forms  a  small,  concave, 
stiff  lobe,  with  a  transverse  groove.  This  slides  back  and  forth 
on  the  upper  side  of  the  smooth  rib  of  the  basal  segment  during 
stridulation,  and  like  the  knob  and  groove,  serves  to  hold  the  organ 
in  place. 

This  organ  was  described  by  Dr.  G.  Browne  Goode  (op.  cit., 
1878)  as  follows :  "The  'Bermuda  lobster'  (Panulirus  amcricamis 
M.  Edw.)  makes  a  loud  grating  noise.  Mr.  Kent  describes  the 
voice  of  the  allied  species  (Palinurus  quadricornis)  as  being  pro- 
duced by  the  rubbing  together  of  the  spinous  abdominal  segments. 
In  the  species  observed  by  me,  the  sound  was  produced  by  means 
of  certain  modifications  of  the  lower  joints  of  the  antennae.  There 
is,  at  the  base  of  each  antenna,  upon  the  anterior  part  of  the 
cephalothorax,  a  broad  elevated  ridge,  parallel  with  the  axis  of 
the  body,  which  in  an  adult  of  eighteen  inches  would  be  about  two 
inches  long.  The  rounded  crests  of  these  ridges  are  closely 
embraced  by  processes  from  the  sides  of  the  basal  antennal  seg- 
ments. The  profile  of  each  ridge  describes  the  segment  of  a  circle, 
the  center  of  which  is  the  center  of  articulation  of  its  accompanying 
antenna.  When  the  antennas  are  moved  forward  and  backward, 
their  tips  waving  over  the  back  of  the  animal,  the  close  contact  of 
the  hard,  smooth,  chitinous  surfaces  produces  a  shrill,  harsh  stridu- 
lation, like  the  sound  of  filing  a  saw. 

I  never  heard  the  noise  when  the  animals  were  under  water, 
though  I  have  seen  them  waving  their  antennas.  I  have  no  doubt 
that  they  can  thus  produce  vibrations  perceptible  to  their  mates  at 
great  distances,  especially  if  their  other  senses  are  as  acute  as  that 
of  smell,  which  I  have  tested  in  a  very  curious  manner.  Both 
sexes  are  provided  with  the  vocal  organs." 

Living  specimens  of  this  species  were  formerly  brought  from 
Bermuda  to  the  New  York  Aquarium,  but  they  usually  lived  only 
a  very  short  time,  owing  to  the  impure  harbor  water  then  used. 

Their  bright  colors  and  interesting  habits  make  them  very  desir- 
able in  a  public  aquarium,  but  they  are  very  sensitive  and  need 
the  purest  sea  water.     More  recently  several  of  good  size  were 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  15 

brought  from  Bermuda  by  Mr.  Louis  Mowbray,  for  the  Aquarium, 
where  they  hved  for  several  months,  and  seemed  to  be  in  good 
condition.  The  writer  watched  the  casting  of  the  shell  of  one  of 
tiiem  in  the  aquarium.  It  was  eflfected  quite  rapidly  and  appar- 
ently with  much  less  effort  than  is  the  case  with  the  American 
lobster,  owing  to  the  absence  of  large  claws. 

P.  argils  has  a  wide  range,  from  the  Florida  Keys  to  Central 
America  and  throughout  the  West  Indies  to  Brazil.  It  is  the 
common  market  species  in  Bermuda  and  the  West  Indies. 

Florida  Keys  and  Colon  (Yale  Mus.)  ;  Dominica  I.,  1906 
(A.  H.  Verrill,  Yale  Mus.).     Bahia,  Brazil  (S.  I.  Smith). 

This  crustacean,  like  the  American  lobster,  is  highly  prized  for 
food,  and  like  the  latter  it  has  greatly  diminished  in  numbers  since 
the  early  settlement  of  the  islands,  and  very  large  specimens  are 
now  seldom  taken.  Most  are  caught  in  large  baited  fish-traps  of 
peculiar  construction*,  but  many  are  taken  in  shallow  water  by 
means  of  long-handled  spears  or  "grains."  These  creatures  lie  in 
holes  or  cavernous  places  among  the  submerged  ledges  and  reefs, 
or  under  large  rocks,  but  they  often  come  out  of  their  dens  and 
go  a  short  distance  in  search  of  food,  but  retreat  very  quickly 
when  disturbed.  They  can  be  speared  by  a  skillful  person  when 
resting  half  out  of  their  dens  or  when  straying  about. 

I  was  told  that  fishermen  sometimes  scare  them  out  of  their  dens 
by  dropping  in  an  arm  or  part  of  an  arm  of  the  Octopus,  its 
natural  enemy.  We  sometimes  found  young  specimens  under 
stones  at  low  tides,  as  well  as  in  cavernous  rocks. 

The  flesh  is  excellent  for  food.  It  is  rather  sweeter  than  that 
of  the  American  lobster.     It  is  used  as  food  throughout  its  range. 

This  species  has  often  been  identified  as  P.  americanusf  of 
H.  Milne-Edwards,  to  which  it  is  certainly  very  closely  related,  if 
it  be  distinct. 

The  latter  is  said  to  differ  from  P.  argus  in  having  the  four 
spines  of  the  antennular  segment  larger  and  equally  spaced,  so  as 

*  For  a  figure  of  one  of  these  traps,  and  also  of  a  large  Bermuda  lobster, 
see  Verrill :   "The  Bermuda  Islands,"  I,  p.  293,  fig.  56,  1907. 

f  Palinurtts  amcricanus  M.  Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust,  ii,  p.  298,   1837. 

Heller,  Reise  Frig.  Nouvarra.  p.  95,  1865.     (Analyt.  table  of  all  species 

of  the  genus). 
Panulinis  amcriamiis  Streets,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  242,  1871. 

Bate,  op.  cit.  xxiv,  p.  76  (analytical  table).     ?  Kingsley,  Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  p.  410,  1879  (no  descr.). 


i6  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

to  form  a  square,  while  in  P.  argus  they  are  small,  situated  nearer 
the  median  line,  and  farther  apart  longitudinally,  so  that  they  do 
not  form  a  square. 

In  P.  americanus  the  lateral  angular  lobes  of  the  abdominal  seg- 
ments have  only  a  single  tooth  as  in  P.  argus.  The  basal  segment 
of  the  antennules  is  very  long,  reaching  to  the  middle  of  the  last 
segment  of  the  peduncle  of  the  antennae. 

The  color,  as  described  by  Edwards,  is  very  similar  to  that  of 
P.  argus.  The  abdomen  has,  like  some  of  the  latter,  yellow,  ocellated 
spots,  a  pair  on  each  segment,  and  also  some  bands  of  yellow.  But 
it  is  not  stated  that  there  are  four  larger  spots. 

None  of  the  numerous  Bermuda  specimens  that  I  have  examined 
agree  as  well  with  Edwards'  descriptions  of  P.  americanus  as  with 
that  of  P.  argus.  If  the  two  be  distinct,  probably  the  Bermuda 
records  of  P.  americanus  are  erroneous.  All  of  our  numerous 
Florida  specimens  are  also  P.  argus. 

It  is  not  possible  to  tell  whether  the  P.  americanus  of  Gibbes  and 
of  Kingsley  were  the  same,  for  they  gave  no  descriptions. 

We  found  a  small,  parasitic,  stalked  barnacle  attached  to  the 
mouth  parts,  near  the  efferent  opening  of  the  gill  cavity  of  one  of 
the  large  Bermuda  specimens.  (See  plate  XLIII,  figs.  5a,  5b.) 
It  appears  to  be  an  undescribed  species.  Dr.  H.  A.  Pilsbry  refers 
it  to  the  genus  Octolasmis,  but  it  has  a  more  calcified  shell  than 
most  of  the  species  of  that  genus. 

Octolasmis  argus,  sp.  nov.  The  body,  in  a  side  view,  is  long 
ovate,  acute  distally.  It  is  somewhat  swollen  proximally ;  pedicel 
is  short,  strongly  wrinkled  transversely.  The  scutum  is  divided 
into  two  very  unequal  plates.  The  proximal  one  is  large,  some- 
what oblong,  about  twice  as  long  as  broad,  obtuse  distally,  and  with 
a  broad  lobe  on  the  carinal  edge,  defined  by  two  wide  shallow 
emarginations.  The  distal  plate  is  much  smaller,  with  two  emargi- 
nations  on  the  proximal  margin  separated  by  a  triangular  lobe. 
Tergum  is  elongated  with  its  distal  end  obtuse  and  corresponding 
to  the  notch  in  the  distal  tergal  plate.  The  plates  are  white  and 
well  calcified  and  not  widely  separated. 

It  is  related  to  O.  prototypus  Pilsbry  found  on  a  spider  crab  at 
Jamaica  (Proc.  Acad.  N.  Sci.  Philad.,  1911,  p.  171).  The  proxi- 
mal scutal  plate  is  larger,  not  triangular,  and  much  longer  in  pro- 
portion to  its  breadth.  The  tergal  plate  is  not  enlarged  distally, 
and  the  distal  scutal  plate  is  smaller  and, quite  different  in  form. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  17 

O.  antiguce  Stebbing  also  occurs  on  the  oral  appendages  of  a 
species  of  the  family  Palinuridcu  in  the  West  Indies. 

O.  forrcsti  Stebbing  has  been  found  in  the  gill  cavity  of  a 
Palinurid  from  Florida  Keys  (perhaps  P.  argus).  It  is  a  smaller 
and  much  less  calcified  species. 

Panulirus  guttatus  (Latr.)  White. 
Palinitrus  guttatus  Latreille,  Ann.  du  Mus.,  vol.  iii,  p.  393.     Lamarck, 
Hist,   nat   Anim.    sans   Vert.,   vol.   v,    p.    210.     H.    M. -Edwards,    Hist. 
Crust.,  vol.  ii,  p.  297,  pi.  xxiii,  fig.   i.    Von  Martens.  Cuban   Crust., 
p.  125  (desc). 

Panulirus  guttatus  Bate,  Voy.   Challenger,  vol.  xxiv,  pp.  78-79.  pi.   xa 
(van). 

Plate  IX,  Figure  2.    Stridulating  organ. 

Mr.  Louis  Mowbray  informed  me,  by  letter,  that  he  had  obtained 
this  species  at  Bermuda.  Personally,  I  have  seen  no  Bermuda 
specimens  of  it.  It  has  a  very  spiny  carapace,  and  two  large 
conical  spines  on  the  antennular  segment.  Carapace  is  thickly 
covered  with  conical  spines,  much  more  numerous  than  in  A.  argus. 
The  two  large  "rostral  horns"  are  stouter,  but  not  so  long  as  in 
the  latter  and  each  has  a  conical  spine  behind  its  base.  There  is 
a  strong  conical  spine  on  the  anterior  margin  below  the  orbits. 
The  large  antennae  are  much  more  slender  than  in  A.  argus;  the 
proximal  part  of  the  flagellum  is  only  about  half  as  thick. 

Its  back  is  greenish  with  very  numerous  small  round  yellow 
spots ;  the  propodus  of  the  legs  is  longitudinally  striped  with  green 
and  yellow. 

Its  range  extends  through  the  West  Indies  to  St.  Paul's  Rock. 
(Bate,  as  a  variety.)  Bate  also  records  it  from  the  Isle  of  France 
and  New  Holland  (van). 

The  "variety"  described  and  figured  by  Bate  from  St.  Paul's 
Rocks  may  be  a  distinct  species.  It  seems  to  agree  very  nearly 
with  P.  echinatus  Smith,  from  the  Brazilian  Coast. 

Bate  has  figured  (his  PI.  yiA,  fig.  c),  a  well  formed  stridulating 
organ  on  the  base  of  the  antennal  peduncle.     (See  pi.  ix,  fig.  2.) 

Larv^  of  Panulirus;   Phyllosomce. 

The  Phyllosoma-form  larva,  of  which  three  stages  are  shown  on 
Plates  3,  3A,  is  thought  to  be  the  larva  of  this  species,  chiefly 
because  it  is  the  most  abundant  species  of  the  group  and  extends 


1 8  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

farthest  north  (to  Beaufort,  N.  C),  while  this  form  of  larva  is 
the  most  common  farther  north,  but  there  is  no  direct  evidence  of 
its  identity.  The  earliest  stage  observed  is  shown  on  Plate  iiiA., 
figs.  I,  2.  In  this  the  antennules  (a')  have  only  a  rudimentary 
secondary  flagellum  and  the  antennae  (a")  are  short,  reaching  only 
to  the  end  of  the  second  antennular  segment. 

There  is  a  distinct  median  ocellus  {oc)  and  the  green  gland  {g) 
is  very  distinct.  The  third  maxillipeds  are  long  and  very  slender 
and  the  first  four  legs  (pi.  Ill)  are  fully  developed  and  very  long 
(some  are  broken  off  in  the  figure),  but  the  fifth  pair  appear  only 
as  minute  rudiments  (pi.  IIIA,  fig.  2,  pv).  The  abdomen  (pi. 
IIIA,  fig.  2,  ah)  is  rudimentary,  bud-like,  without  segments  or 
appendages. 

The  next  stage,  shown  on  pi.  Ill,  fig.  i,  is  very  similar,  but  has 
the  antennules  and  antennae  longer  and  nearly  equal  in  length. 
The  abdomen  (pi.  IIIA,  fig.  2b)  is  a  little  more  advanced  and 
shows  faint  segmentation,  and  the  uropods  (m)  appear  as  rudi- 
ments;   the  telson  {t)  is  distinct,  small,  and  nearly  semicircular. 

The  last  stage  observed  (pi.  Ill,  fig.  2 ;  pi.  IIIA,  figs.  3,  3a) 
has  the  antennae  considerably  longer  than  the  antennules ;  the  fifth 
pair  of  legs  {pv)  have  become  longer  and  2-jointed;  the  abdonfen 
is  much  larger,  well  segmented,  and  has  four  pairs  of  small 
pleopods ;  the  uropods  {u)  have  become  much  larger,  ovate,  and 
longer  than  the  telson  {t)  which  is  now  longer  than  wide,  subovate. 
obtuse.  The  larvae  were  difficult  to  keep  alive  in  confinement, 
with  only  our  conveniences  on  shipboard. 

Family  SCYLLARID^  White. 

Scyllaridcs  White,  List  Crust.     British  Mus.,  1847.     Dana,  op.  cit.,  1852, 
etc. 

Body  wide,  depressed  more  or  less  ;  abdomen  most  so.  Covered 
with  a  thick,  hard  sculptured  or  tuberculose  shell.  Eyes  situated 
in  orbits  formed  within  the  margins  of  the  carapace.  Antennae 
short  and  broad,  with  flat,  scale-like,  stiff  segments.  Mandibles 
have  a  palpus  of  one  joint.  None  of  the  legs  are  chelate  except 
the  last  pair  in  the  female.     Larva  is  a  Phyllosoma. 

Scyllarides  Gill.     Sea  Crawfishes ;   Spanish  Lobsters. 
Scyllarides  Theodore  Gill,  Science,  new  ser.,  vol.  vii,  p.  98,  1898.     Rath- 
bun,  op.  cit.,  1901,  p.  97,  etc. 

Scyllarus  Dana,  op.  cit.,  p.  516,  1852  (not  of  Fabricius,  I775)- 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  19 

The  rostrum  is  prominent.  The  third  maxilHped  has  an 
exognath  ending-  in  a  flagellum.  Branchiae  are  in  21  pairs.  The 
species  are  usually  of  large  size  and  confined  to  tropical  and  sub- 
tropical seas.  The  larva  is  a  Phyllosoma,  perhaps  somewhat  like 
PI.  IIIA,  fig.  I. 

Scyllarides  aequinoctialis  (Lund),  Gill.     Sea  Cray-fish;   Spanish  Lobster. 

Scyllarus  (rquinoctialis  Lund,  Skrivter  af  Naturhistorie-Selskabet,  Copen- 
hagen, II,  (2)  p.  21,  1793. 

Scyllarides  (rquinoctialis  Gill,  Science,  n.  s.,  vii,  p.  99,  1898.  M.  J. 
Rathbun,  Brachyura  and  Macrura  of  Porto  Rico,  p.  97,  1901. 

Scyllarus  ccquinocticlis  Fabr.,  Supl.  Ent.  Syst.,  p.  399,  1798.  Bosc, 
Crust.,  ii,  p.  19.  H.  M.-Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  285,  pi.  xxiv, 
fig.  6,  1837.  Gibbes,  op.,  cit.,  p.  193,  1850  (Key  West).  Smith,  Brazil 
Crust.,  these  Trans.,  ii,  pp.  18,  39,  1869  (Bahia,  full  description). 
Rankin,  Annals  N.  York  Acad.  Science,  vol.  xii,  p.  535.     (Bermuda.) 

Text  figure  3.     Plate  IV. 

This  large  species  is  generally  reddish-brown,  dull  orange- 
brown,  or  terra-cotta  color  above,  more  or  less  mottled  with 
orange,  and  with  the  frontal  tubercles  and  edges  of  the  carapace 
lighter  orange-red.  First  abdominal  segment  bright  orange,  often 
mottled  with  purplish,  and  marked  by  two  large,  round  spots  of 
bright  reddish-purple,  or  lake-red,  surrounded  by  orange,  and 
joined  together  anteriorly  under  the  edge  of  the  preceding  seg- 
ment. Succeeding  segments  dull  orange  or  brick-red,  mottled  with 
darker  tints;  telson  and  caudal  fins  (uropods)  brownish-yellow, 
spotted  beneath  with  light  brown,  pale  at  the  tips.  Legs  orange 
with  faint  purple  annulations  at  the  joints  and  covered  with  small, 
round,  dark  purplish-blue  spots,  with  larger  blotches  of  the  same 
on  the  propodus.  Beneath,  all  parts  are  much  paler  than  above 
and  more  orange.  The  larger  specimens  are  duller  and  darker  in 
color. 

The  large  male,  described  below,  when  recently  dried  and  not 
much  changed  in  color,  has  the  dorsal  surface,  in  general,  dull 
reddish  brown  and  orange-brown,  with  a  large  patch  of  deep  red 
on  the  cardiac  area ;  on  the  gastric  area  is  an  ill  defined  medial 
roundish  patch  of  red,  surrounded  by  six  similar  but  smaller 
patches  of  red,  separated  by  orange-brown.  First  abdominal  seg- 
ment orange-yellow  and  orange-brown,  with  the  pair  of  large. 


20  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

median,  dorsal  spots  dark  purplish-brown  (lake-red  in  life)  edged 
with  bright  orange-yellow. 

About  midway  between  these  spots  and  the  lateral  margnis,  on 
each  side,  there  is  an  ill  defined  patch  of  dark  brown  (red  in  life). 
When  the  abdomen  is  straightened  these  four  spots  are  nearly 
concealed  by  the  edge  of  the  carapace.  The  eye-stalks  are  con- 
spicuously longitudinally  striped  with  orange  and  dark  purple. 
The  marginal  frontal  teeth  and  granules  of  the  carapace  and  basal 
antennal  segments  are  light  orange.  Distal  antennal  segments  are 
narrowly  edged  with  brown.  Under  parts  in  general  are  orange 
and  orange-yellow ;  legs  orange  and  covered  with  numerous  round  1 
purple  spots,  mostly  .5  to  1.5  mm.  in  diameter. 

Most  of  the  legs  have  a  broad,  transverse  patch  of  dark  purplish-    , 
brown  on  the  middle  of  the  propodus.     Uropods  and  telson,  on  the   I 
under  side,  are  thickly  spotted  with  roundish  spots  of  light  reddish- 
brown,  mostly  about  i  mm.  in  diameter.     In  some  female  speci- 
mens there  is  a  large,  median,  dorsal  patch  of  orange  on  the  first 
four  abdominal  segments. 

The  following  description  is  from  an  adult  male  from  Dominica 
1.  (No.  4097,  Yale  Univ.  Mus.,  coll.,  A.  H.  V.). 

The  carapace  is  oblong,  distinctly  longer  than  broad  (proportions 
about  1.2:  I ),  widest  near  the  middle,  convex  in  both  directions; 
the  borders  are  only  slightly  convex;  posterior  angles  thickened, 
swollen,  and  obtusely  rounded;  cervical  suture  and  notch  only 
slightly  developed;  posterior  transverse  groove  narrow,  well 
marked. 

Whole  dorsal  surface  of  carapace  is  coarsely  and  pretty  evenly 
granulated;  the  granules  are  rounded  and  flattened,  unequal  in 
size,  but  not  very  closely  crowded ;  the  larger  ones  are  often  lobed ; 
all  bear,  when  fresh,  a  few  very  short,  stifif  hairs  and  similar  hairs 
arise  sparingly  in  the  interspaces.  The  edges  are  thickened, 
obtuse,  bordered  by  granules  similar  to  those  of  the  back,  becoming 
larger  in  front  of  the  cervical  notch,  where  there  are  about  ten,  in 
form  of  small  rounded  tubercles. 

The  orbits  of  the  eyes  are  prominent,  above  and  below,  and 
crenulated  by  coarse  granules ;  notched  on  front  edge.  Eye-stalks 
short,  stout,  tapered,  conspicuously  striped. 

The  abdominal  somites  are  stout  and  convex;  the  third  to  fifth 
are  rather  prominent  or  humped  in  the  middle,  but  not  carinated. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II. 


21 


The  telson  is  wider  than  long,  tapered  somewhat,  subtruncate ;  the 
thickened  basal  portion  is  five-lobed,  closely  granulated  and  hairy. 
The  thin  distal  portion  is  covered  with  branched  riblets,  which  are 
covered  with  short,  stiff  setose  hairs.  The  uropods  have  much 
finer  riblets. 

The  second  segment  of  the  antennae  is  coarsely  granulated  proxi- 
mally,  broader  than  long;  the  outer  edge  is  slightly  convex  and 
forms  nearly  a  right  angle  with  the  distal  edge,  which  is  nearly 
straight;   the  outer  angle  is  formed  by  a  small  obtuse  tooth;   the 


Figure  3.     Sea  Craw-fish,  Scyllarides  cBquinoctialis. 
Dorsal  view,  about  J4  natural  size. 

distal  median  angle  is  occupied  by  two  larger  teeth,  and  the  distal 
edge  has  about  eight  or  nine  smaller  obtuse  teeth  or  crenulations. 
The  inner  proximal  lobe  has  four  unequal  obtuse  teeth.  The  distal 
segment  is  broadly  and  pretty  evenly  rounded,  with  the  edge 
crenulated.  The  basal  segment  is  thickened  and  coarsely  granu- 
lated ;  the  inner  distal  angle  bears  three  prominent,  divergent, 
obtuse  teeth  enclosing  laterally,  and  nearly  meeting  in  front  of, 
the  rostrum.  The  rostrum  is  granulated  like  the  carapace,  slightly 
bilobed,  widest  about  the  middle ;   the  distal  edge  is  obtuse. 

The  legs  are  short  and  stout,  especially  the.  first  pair.  The 
merus,  carpus,  and  propodus  of  the  third  to  fifth  pairs  have  a  large, 
obtuse,  granulated  carina  on  the  outer  surface,  bordered  posteriorly 
by  a  wide  sulcus  ;  on  the  first  and  second  pairs  the  carina  is  feeble, 
except  on  the  merus,  where  it  ends  in  a  prominent  tooth.     The 


2  2  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

legs  of  the  first  pair  are  about  twice  as  thick  as  the  second  and 
third,  their  propodus  is  swollen  and  long--ovate.  not  angular  below. 
The  fifth  legs  carry  the  male  organs  near  the  inner  ventral  edge 
of  their  basal  segment;  the  organ  is  nearly  circular  with  a 
depressed  central  area,  at  the  summit  of  a  low,  verruciform 
elevation. 

The  basal  segments  of  the  legs  are  strongly  sculptured  and 
verrucose ;  the  verrucae  are  obtusely  rounded  and  mostly  stand  in 
single  rows  on  the  summit  of  the  ridges.  The  sternal  somites  are 
much  thickened,  with  deep  depressions  between  them ;  each  bears 
a  pair  of  rather  large,  obtuse,  conical  spines  partially  covered,  like 
the  spaces  between  them,  with  low  or  flattened  and  relatively  incon- 
spicuous gqanules. 

The  epimeral  grooves  of  the  abdominal  somites  are  well  marked. 
The  lateral  borders  of  the  second  somite  are  but  slightly  produced 
downward,  but  are  large  and  much  thickened  on  the  outer  edge  and 
bear  about  seven  blunt  tubercles.  The  next  three  have  short  thick 
lobes,  crenulated  irregularly.  The  posterior  ventral  ridges  of  the 
second  to  fifth  somites  are  sharp  and  finely  serrulate. 

Small,  slender,  thin,  biramous  pleopods  are  present  on  the  second 
to  fifth  segments,  but  are  very  small  on  the  fourth  and  fifth.  The 
under  sides  of  the  legs  and  of  the  abdominal  somites  are  covered 
with  small,  flattened  granules  bearing  a  few  very  short  and  small 
hairs. '  The  under  side  of  the  carapace  is  closely  covered  with 
large,  rounded  granules,  diminishing  in  size  anteriorly.  The 
under  sides  of  the  antennal  segments  are  covered  with  small  pits 
or  puncta,  each  bearing  one,  or  very  few,  very  short  hairs,  too 
small  and  too  scattered  to  obscure  the  surface,  and  a  few  small 
granules  on  the  basal  parts. 

The  females,  several  of  which  carried  large  numbers  of  small 
eggs,  are  smaller,  but  have  essentially  the  same  proportions  and 
ornamentation.  Their  colors  seem  to  have  been  rather  lighter, 
with  more  orange  above.  The  legs  of  the  last  pair  are  relatively 
somewhat  longer,  with  well-formed  chelate  tips,  in  the  females. 

According  to  Mr.  A.  Hyatt  Verrill,  this  species,  as  observed  by 
him  in  Dominica  I.,  is  very  sluggish  and  walks  very  slowly,  but  it 
can  use  its  powerful  abdomen  vigorously,  for  propulsion  and 
defense.  It  is  used  there  as  food  by  the  natives  and  its  flesh  is  of 
excellent  flavor  though  somewhat  watery.  It  resembles  that  of  a 
crab  more  than  that  of  a  lobster. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  23 

Comparative  Measurements  of  S.  (equinoctialis   (No.   4097)   and 
S.  braziliensis  (No.  4100). 

Number   4097  4100 

Sex   $  $ 

Total  length  292  295 

Length  to  base  of  rostrum  250  245 

Length  of  carapace  114  90 

Length  of  abdomen  to  telson 105  100 

Length  of  telson  32  28 

Breadth  of  telson   51  46 

Breadth  of  carapace,  in  middle   96  84 

Breadth  of  carapace,  anteriorly    87  82 

Breadth  of  carapace,  between   orbits    56      -        56 

Breadth  of  orbits,  transversely  8  6.5 

Breadth  between  orbits  and  carapace  border 14  11.5 

Breadth  of  sixth  abdominal  somite 59  53 

Length  of  sixth  abdominal  somite  (medial)  16  17 

Length  of  antennie   (total  above)    53  62 

Length  of  second  movable  segment  (total)    31  39 

Breadth  of  second  segment   41  45 

Length  of  fourth  antennal  segment  (above)    22  24 

Length  of  fourth  segment   (total  below)    25  30 

Breadth  of  fourth  segment  34  37.5 

This  was  first  recorded  from  Bermuda  by  Hurdis.  It  was  also 
collected  by  Dr.  T.  H.  Bean  (t.  Rathbun).  It  is  frequently  caught 
in  the  lobster  traps,  in  deep  water  among  the  outer  ree-fs,  and  is 
mostly  used  at  once  for  lobster  bait.  It  is  not  commonly  sold  in 
the  markets  at  Bermuda,  and  is  rarely  used  as  food  there. 

A  good  series  of  this  species  is  in  the  collection  from  Dominica  I. 
(A.  H.  Verrill,  1906,  Yale  Univ.  Mus.).  They  were  taken  in  fish 
traps  in  5  to  I  GO  fathoms.  Its  range  is  from  the  Bermudas  and 
Florida  Keys  to  Brazil.  Bermuda  (Hurdis ;  T.  H.  Bean ;  Rankin) . 
Bahia,  Brazil  (Smith).  Found  in  many  of  the  West  Indies,  where 
it  is  used  as  food,  more  or  less,  but  is  much  inferior  to  the  spiny 
lobsters  (Panulirus).  Sold  in  the  markets  of  Porto  Rico  (Rath- 
bun). 

This  species  is  closely  related  to  5".  bracilicnsis  Rathbun,  with 
which  it  is  associated  at  Dominica  I.,  where  a  few  of  the  latter, 
some  of  which  are  now  in  the  Yale  Museum,  were  taken,  with  the 
more  common  species,  by  A.  Hyatt  Verrill,  in  1905-06.  Possibly 
both  may  also  occur  at  Bermuda. 

6".  brasiliensis  can  be  readily  distinguished,  when  recently  pre- 
served, by  its  much  brighter  red  or  rosy  colors,  with  the  borders 


24  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

of  the  antennal  joints,  etc.,  bright  purple  or  magenta  color,  and 
especially  by  the  absence  of  the  united  or  approximated,  large, 
round,  lake-red  or  purple-red  spots  on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  first 
abdominal  segment.  But  in  ^.  brasiliensis  this  segment  has  a  pair 
of  equally  large  and  conspicuous  spots  of  brighter  red  or  magenta, 
wide  apart,  or  about  midway  between  the  center  and  the  margin, 
where  there  are  also  ill  defined  dull-reddish  or  light  brown  spots 
in  many  specimens  of  the  common  species,  in  addition  to  the 
median  pair. 

S.  hrasiliensis  differs,  however,  in  many  other  respects,  especially 
in  having  the  whole  upper  surface  more  coarsely  and  roughly 
granulous  and  covered  much  more  closely  with  longer  stiff,  erect, 
setose  hairs,  so  abundant  as  to  obscure  the  granules.  The  under 
parts  of  the  carapace,  antennal  plates,  legs,  and  sternum  are  more 
granulose  and  more  hairy.  The  legs  are  more  slender  and  more 
sharply  carinate  on  the  dorsal  surface,  and  lack  the  round,  purple 
spots  characteristic  of  the  common  species. 

The  antennae  are  longer,  especially  the  distal  segment,  and  their 
outer  edges  are  more  strongly  crenulated,  but  the  distal  and  inner 
margins  are  not  so  strongly  toothed.  The  second  to  fourth  abdom- 
inal segments  are  subcarinate,  but  not  humped.  The  lateral  lobes 
are  much  more  prolonged  ventrally,  not  so  thick,  and  the  margins 
are  more  -  strongly  toothed.  The  fifth  and  sixth  segments  are 
longer,  but  not  so  wide. 

It  was  first  described  from  a  Brazilian  specimen  by  Miss 
Rathbun,  in  1906.* 

Scyllarides  americanus,  sp.  nov.     Spanish  Lobster. 
Scyllarus  latus   (pars)  Von  Martens.     Cuban,  Crust.,  p.  122,  1872. 

Plate  V,  Figure  i.     Plate  VI,  Figure  i. 

Carapace  coarsely  granulated,  longer  than  wide,  a  little  wider  in 
the  middle  than  at  the  orbital  angles ;  subtruncate  in  front ; 
external  or  orbital  margins  form  nearly  a  right  angle  terminating 
with  an  obtuse  tooth ;  cervical  notch  and  groove  well  marked ; 
eight  or  nine  small,  nearly  equal,  obtuse  denticles  on  the  margin, 
in  front  of  the  notch,  that  of  the  angle  somewhat  larger ;  margins 
behind  the  notch  with  numerous  small  denticles,  scarcely  larger 


*  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  XIX,  p.  113,  1906. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  25 

than  the  granules ;  posterior  transverse  groove  deep  and  con- 
spicuous. Orbits  not  far  from  lateral  margins,  the  space  between 
only  one-third  more  than  their  diameter.  Granulation  of  the 
carapace  is  coarse  and  somewhat  uneven;  the  granules  being 
larger  over  the  central  and  posterior  portions  than  anteriorly. 

The  granules  are  elevated,  obtuse-conic  or  hemispherical,  not 
crowded,  many  of  them  with  a  pit  at  the  summit,  each  surrounded 
by  a  more  or  less  complete  circle  or  cluster  of  short  stiff  hairs. 
On  the  gastric  area  there  is  a  large,  broad-based,  prominent  median 
ridge,  divided  into  a  smaller  anterior  and  a  larger  posterior  part, 
each  portion  terminating  in  an  anterior,  larger  subconical,  obtuse 
or  bilobed  tubercle,  with  other  similar  but  smaller  tubercles  and 
coarse  granules  around  and  behind  the  apex.  The  larger  tubercles 
mostly  have  a  crater-like  pit  in  the  summit.  On  the  cardiac  region 
there  is  also  a  somewhat  prominent  but  less  elevated  area,  on  which 
there  are  tubercles  larger  than  those  adjacent;  some  of  these  are 
in  pairs,  or  they  may  form  a  triangular  group.  A  few  of  these 
larger  tubercles  are  also  scattered  elsewhere  on  the  carapace, 
especially  on  the  branchial  areas,  but  do  not  form  clusters  there. 

The  abdomen  is  strongly  sculptured ;  the  elevated  areas  are 
coarsely  granulated  and  hairy,  much  like  the  carapace ;  the  second 
to  fourth  segments  have  a  median,  elevated,  obtuse  ridge,  covered 
witii  large  granules ;  the  ridge  on  the  fourth  is  bilobed  longitudi- 
nally. There  is  a  slight  ridge  on  the  fifth,  also.  The  lateral 
marginal  lobes  are  large,  angular,  that  of  the  2d  segment  larger 
and  broader,  subacute,  about  as  long  as  broad,  both  edges  dentate 
with  many  small  teeth  about  equal  in  size  to  the  adjacent  granules. 
These  processes,  farther  back,  are  similarly  but  more  minutely 
dentate  on  the  posterior  edge,  and  nearly  smooth  or  minutely 
crenulate  on  the  anterior  edge. 

The  telson  is  broader  than  long-,  not  much  tapered  distally,  with 
the  distal  angles  broadly  rounded  and  the  distal  edge  subtruncate. 
The  proximal  part  is  granulated  and  hairy,  like  the  abdomen,  but 
distally  the  surface  is  covered  with  numerous  somewhat  divaricate 
and  forked  ridges  and  sulci,  becoming  very  fine  near  the  edges  and 
covered  with  rows  of  short  hairs.  The  uropods  are  very  broad, 
as  long  as  the  telson  and  sculptured  in  the  same  way.  Under  side 
of  bases  of  legs  and  sternum  are  very  roughly  sculptured,  with 
many  angular  elevations  and  deep  pits ;  one  larger  acute  or  pyra- 
midal elevation  is  on  the  sternum,  opposite  the  base  of  each  leg. 


26  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

These  parts  are  irregularly  granulous  and  sparsely  covered  with 
tufts  of  short  hairs,  arising  from  pits.  The  outer  maxillipeds  are 
large,  with  the  two  basal  segments  very  stout,  compressed,  trique- 
tral, hairy  and  granulated,  with  the  edges  denticulated. 

The  legs  are  large  and  unusually  long  for  this  genus,  projecting 
much  beyond  the  edges  of  the  carapace.  They  are  conspicuously 
banded  with  red  and  yellow.  The  legs  of  the  first  pair  are  con- 
siderably stouter  than  the  others,  but  not  so  long  as  the  next  two 
pairs.  They  have  the  propodus  considerably  swollen  and  the 
dactylus  stout.  Those  of  the  fifth  pair  are  most  slender,  especially 
the  propodus.  The  merus  and  carpus  of  all  the  legs,  except  the 
carpus  of  the  first  pair,  have  a  dorsal  carina,  finely  serrulate,  and 
ending  distally  in  a  sharp  tooth;  there  is  also  a  sharp  tooth  on 
each  side  of  the  distal  end  of  the  merus.  The  carina  is  sharply 
raised  on  the  anterior  legs,  but  rather  feebly  developed  on  the  fifth 
pair.  The  carpus,  except  of  the  first  pair,  has  also  a  carina  on 
the  posterior  side,  ending  in  a  distal  tooth.  The  propodus  has,  on 
most  of  the  legs,  two  slight  granulated  carinse  above,  one  on  the 
posterior  side,  and  one  below.  The  dactylus  is  only  moderately 
curved ;  a  sulcus  on  the  posterior  side.  The  legs  are  all  covered 
with  small  appressed  or  flattened  granules  and  small  pits,  often  in 
short  transverse  lines,  and  with  sparse  clusters  of  very  short  hairs. 
On  the  dactylus,  especially  of  the  fifth  pair,  the  tufts  of  hairs  are 
much  larger. 

The  distal  antennal  segment  is  thin,  broader  than  long ;  the 
edges  broadly  and  nearly  evenly  rounded ;  the  exposed  edge 
forming  a  half  oval,  minutely  lobulate  and  crenulate,  and  fringed 
with  short,  close  hairs. 

On  the  upper  side  there  is  a  narrow  red  marginal  band  which  is 
nearly  smooth  but  has  some  small  pits  and  sparse  hairs.  The  rest 
of  the  upper  surface  is  covered  with  small  rough  granules  and 
small  pits  carrying  tufts  of  short  hairs  which  cover  the  surface 
closely.  The  under  surface  of  this  and  the  other  segments  is 
smoother,  but  is  also  covered  with  short  stiff  hairs  emerging  from 
small  pits. 

The  penultimate  movable  joint,*  which  is  short,  only  about  half 
as  wide  as  the  distal,  is  three-lobed  beneath,  but  shows  above  only 


*  A  suture  near  the  proximal  end  of  the  distal  segment  indicates  that 
the  latter  actually  consists  of  two  ancylosed  segments  in  this  and  allied 
genera  so  that  the  total  number  of  segments,  including  the  fixed  basal,  is  six. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  27 

two  lobes ;  the  inner  marginal,  which  is  rhombic,  with  an  obtuse 
distal  tooth  and  denticulate  inner  edge ;  and  the  smaller  articular 
lobe,  which  ends  in  a  sharp  tooth.  The  second  movable  segment, 
which  is  distinctly  wider  than  long,  is  broader  than  the  distal 
segment.  Its  distal  lobe  is  large  and  terminates  in  a  thick,  angular 
point,  but  the  adjacent  edges  form  rather  more  than  a  right  angle. 
These  edges  are  dentate,  with  many  small  teeth,  and  with  a  larger 
stout  tooth  near  the  inner  curve  of  the  inner  margin.  The  inner 
lateral  lobe  is  stout,  thick,  enlarged  toward  the  end,  with  the 
inner  edge  obtusely  and  unevenly  dentate.  The  inner  edges  of 
these  lobes,  on  the  two  antennae,  are  separated  by  a  space  about 
equal  to  the  orljit  of  the  eye.  The  upper  surface  is  hairy  like  that 
of  the  distal  .segment,  but  it  is  more  coarsely  granular,  the  granules 
increasing  in  size  proximally,  where  they  are  nearly  as  large  as 
those  on  the  basal  segment  and  carapace. 

The  first  movable  segment  is  irregularly  4-lobed  above ;  the 
small  outer  lateral  lobe  bears  about  three  denticles ;  the  median  or 
distal  lobe  is  swollen  and  coarsely  granular ;  the  inner  lobe  is 
obliquely  oblong,  with  the  inner  edge  truncate  and  denticulate; 
those  of  the  opposite  antennae  are  separated  by  a  space  nearly  equal 
to  the  length  of  the  edge. 

The  prefrontal  or  rostral  lobe  is  a  little  broader  than  long, 
widest  distally,  swollen  laterally,  with  concave  sides,  and  with  a 
median  sulcus,  each  lobe  terminating  in  a  somewhat  raised  sub- 
acute tooth ;  upper  surface  coarsely  granulated  and  hairy.  The 
front  edge  of  the  carapace,  between  the  orbits  and  beyond  them, 
is  covered  with  small,  irregular,  obtuse  teeth,  mostly  of  the  same 
size  and  shape  as  the  adjacent  dorsal  granules ;  about  midway 
between  the  orbits  and  center  there  is  on  each  side  a  cluster  of 
rather  larger  ones  making  a  small  lobe ;  nearer  the  center  there  is 
a  pair  of  denticles  rather  larger  than  the  others ;  also  a  large  one 
on  each  side  close  to  the  orbits.  The  median  or  rostral  denticle 
is  scarcely  distinguishable  by  its  size,  but  there  is  a  median  row  of 
slightly  larger  granules  on  the  carapace  back  of  it. 

The  orbits  are  large,  with  prominent  and  thick  borders.  On  the 
upper  side  there  are  two  large,  angular  lobes,  subdivided  by 
granules,  especially  below,  and  with  a  conical  lobule  back  of  them ; 
the  posterior  and  inferior  margins  are  surrounded  by  small  obtuse 
teeth,  the  anterior  notch  is  wide  and  deep. 


2  8  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

The  general  color  of  a  dried  specimen,  above,  is  dull  terra-cotta, 
with  the  larger  naked  tubercles  and  marginal  denticles  orange-red. 
The  first  abdominal  segment  has  a  median,  large,  round,  red  spot, 
bordered  laterally  with  orange-yellow,  and  a  fainter  reddish  spot, 
midway  between  the  middle  and  the  margin.  The  antennal  joints 
have  a  narrow  border  of  bright  orange-red ;  teeth  the  same. 
Under  parts  of  body  and  antennae  are  dull  pale  yellow. 

Telson  and  uropods  are  finely  mottled  or  speckled  with  orange 
and  yellow.  Legs  bright  red,  banded  at  both  ends  of  each  segment 
with  light  yellow,  so  that  there  is  a  wide  band  of  red  in  the  middle 
of  each  segment.  Tips  of  the  claws  are  blackish.  Eye  stalks  are 
bright  red.  They  are  very  thick  at  base,  narrower  distally.  The 
cornea  is  smaller  than  the  stalk  and  looks  upward. 

Measurements  of  Ber)iiuda  Specimens  of  S.   ainericanus 

Total  length  —  350 

Length  of  carapace,  without  rostral  lobe 75  no 

Breadth  at  anterior  angles   68  107 

Breadth  of  carapace  in  middle  7?>  no 

Breadth  between  orbits   48  66 

Diameter  of  orbit 6  11 

Orbit  to  outer  angle  8  15 

Length  of  rostral  lobe  9  ^4 

Length  of  first  antennular  segment  —  7 

Length  of  second  antennular  segment  8  11 

Length  of  third  antennular  segment  15  ^^ 

Length  of  antennal  segments,  collectively 38  (>7 

Length  of  second  movable  antennal  segment  22  39 

Breadth  of  second  segment   32  49 

Length  of  exposed  part  of  last  segment  12  22 

Breadth  of  last  segment 30  44 

Length  of  leg  of  first  pair,  total   —  112 

Length  of  leg  of  first  pair,  carpus,  below   —  20 

Length  of  leg  of  first  pair,  propodus,  below —  22 

Length  of  leg  of  first  pair,  dactylus,  below  —  28 

Height  of  leg  of  first  pair,  propodus  —  I7 

The  American  form,  which  hitherto  has  been  identified  with 
S.  latus*  of  the  Mediterranean,  appears  to  me  to  be  a  distinct 
species,  or  at  least  a  well-marked  subspecies. 

*Scyllarides  latus  (Latreille). 

Scyllarus  latus  Latreille,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  vi,  182,  1803 ;    Tabl.  Encyc. 
Meth.,  xxiv,  pi.  cccxiii,   1818.     Guerin,  Icon.  Regne.   Anim.,  pi.  xvii, 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  29 

Miss  M.  J.  Rathbun  already  noticed  some  of  the  differences, 
several  years  ago,  when  she  sent  me  the  following  memoranda 
concerning  a  Bermuda  specimen  (see  figure),  now  in  the  U.  S. 
National  Museum,  collected  by  Dr.  T.  H.  Bean : — 

"This  specimen  differs  from  a  male  S.  latus  of  equal  size  from 
Fayal,  Azores,  and  contained  in  the  National  Museum,  as  follows : 
The  surface  is  much  more  uneven,  the  tubercles  are  less  crowded 
and  the  hairs  less  numerous,  the  width  between  the  orbits  is 
greater;  in  the  shape  of  the  rostrum,  the  outer  corners  do  not 
project  in  front  of  the  points  at  the  middle ;  the  antennulse  are 
longer,  their  peduncles  exceeding  the  antennae.  The  basal  seg- 
ments of  the  antennae  meet  in  front  of  the  rostrum  in  the  Fayal 
example  of  S.  latus,  but  are  widely  separated  in  the  one  from 
Bermuda.  The  last  three  joints  of  the  antennae  are  longer  and 
more  distinctly  dentate.  The  abdominal  protuberances  are  much 
stronger ;  the  lateral  margins  of  the  abdominal  segments  are  indis- 
tinctly dentate,  even  those  of  the  second  segment.  The  feet  are 
longer  and  narrower.  These  characters  are  sufficient  to  warrant 
the  formation  of  a  new  species,  were  it  not  that  specimens  from 
the  coast  of  Florida  show  intermediate  characters,  especially  in 
regard  to  the  antennae." 

The  American  form  has  not  yet  been  figured,  so  far  as  I  know, 
and  most  of  the  few  figures  of  the  European  species  are  inexact. 
It  has  been  taken  at  Bermuda  by  Dr.  T.  H.  Bean,  who  probably 
obtained  it  by  means  of  lobster  traps,  off  the  outer  reefs.  The 
type  specimen  described  above  was  from  Bermuda  and  was  kept 
alive  in  the  New  York  Aquarium  for  a  short  time.  The  American 
species  has  been  recorded  from  Cuba  by  Von  Martens. 

Miss  Rathbun  has  furnished  the  following  additional  localities : 
Off  Pensacola,  Florida,  in  fish  stomach,  Silas  Stearns,  coll.  (U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.)  ;  along  the  coast  between  Savannah,  Ga.,  and  Cape 
Canaveral,  Fla.,  collected  by  Capt.  Silas  B.  Latham,  1890,  and 
received  through  the  U,  S.  Fish  Commission  (lU.  S.  Nat.  Mus., 
M.  J.  Rathbun). 

fig.  I.     Savigny,  Egypt,  Crust.,  pi.  viii,  fig.  i,    Desmarest,  op.  cit,  p. 
182.    H.  M.-Edw.,  Hist.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  284,  1837. 

The  true  S.  latus  is  found  in  the  Mediterranean  and  adjacent  parts  of 
the  Atlantic;   at  the  Azores;   Canaries;   and  St.  Helena. 


30  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Scyllarides  sculptus,  sub.  sp.  bermudensis,  nov.  Small  Spanish  Lobster. 

Scyllarus  sculptus  Latreille,  Tabl.  Encycl.  Meth.,^  xxiv,  pi.  cccxx,  f.  2, 
1818.  H.  Milne-Edwards,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  283,  1837.  Heilprin, 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  1888,  321,  The  Bermuda  Is.,  p.  150. 

Plate  VII,  Figure  i. 

The  carapace  is  scarcely  wider  than  long,  widest  at  the  orbital 
angles;  posterior  margin  sinuous  with  a  wide  median  sinus  and 
deep  transverse  groove. 

The  granulation  of  the  carapace  is  crowded  and  pretty  uniform. 
There  is  a  single,  small,  conical  spine  behind  each  eye  and  about 
on  a  level  with  the  upper  margin  of  the  orbits,  but  no  large,  acute 
median  denticles  on  the  gastric  and  cardiac  areas,  described  as 
present  on  the  true  sculptus.  The  lateral  margins  have,  behind  the 
cervical  suture,  about  11  sharp  teeth,  directed  strongly  forward, 
decreasing  in  size  posteriorly,  and  six  in  front  of  the  cervical 
notch,  of  which  the  two  anterior,  at  the  orbital  angle,  are  much 
larger  than  the  rest  and  very  sharp. 

The  second  movable  segment  of  the  antennae  is  acute,  angular, 
convex  externally,  about  as  long  as  broad,  with  a  very  large  acute 
tooth  at  the  end ;  back  of  this  tooth,  on  the  outer  margin,  are  six 
sharp  teeth  or  spines,  inclined  strongly  forward,  and  decreasing 
backward,  the  last  obscure;  on  the  anterior  edge  there  are  four 
sharp  spines  with  dark  tips.  The  distal  segment  is  broader  than 
the  second,  broadly  rounded,  with  a  small  emargination  in  the 
outer  margin;  the  anterior  and  outer  edges  are  divided  into 
numerous  angular  teeth  and  closely  fringed  with  short  hairs. 

The  abdomen  is  strongly  convex  and  deeply  sculptured  with 
oblique  and  transverse  grooves,  and  it  is  coarsely  granulated.  Eyes 
large,  rather  close  to  the  lateral  border;  orbits  surrounded  by 
unequal  sharp  teeth. 

The  legs  are  larger  and  longer  than  in  most  allied  species ;  the 
merus  joints  project  considerably  beyond  the  sides  of  the  carapace. 

The  colors,  in  life,  are  clouded  with  various  shades  of  light 
brown,  terra-cotta,  and  dull  yellowish,  mostly  in  irregularly  placed 
patches.  This  species  seems  to  be  rare  at  Bermuda.  It  is  taken 
in  lobster  pots  off  the  outer  reefs.  A  specimen  in  the  Yale 
Museum  (No.  814)  was  in  the  early  Bermuda  collections  sent  by 
J.  M.  Jones,  about  1876.  It  was  first  recorded  from  Bermuda 
by  W.  Stone  as  in  Heilprin's  collection  (as  .9.  sculptus). 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  31 

MeasiirciiicHts  of  a  Bermuda  specimen. 

No.  814 

Total  length,  from  base  of  antennules  — 

Length  of  carapace  45 

Breadth  of  carapace,  anteriorly    44 

Breadth  of  carapace,  in  middle    40 

Breadth  of  carapace,  between  orbits  30 

Diameter  of  orbits 5 

Length  of  anti-penultimate  antennal  segment 18 

Breadth  of  anti-penultimate  antennal  segment 17 

Length  of  distal  segment  (part  exposed)   7 

Breadth  of  distal  segment  24 

Sex    male 

I  have  had  an  opportunity  to  study  a  Hving  specimen  in  the 
aquarium  at  Agars  Island,  Bermuda.  Miss  Rathbun  states  (in  a 
letter)  that  there  is  a  Bermuda  specimen  in  the  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus. 
collected  by  Dr.  T.  H.  Bean.  I  am  much  indebteded  to  her  for  the 
photograph  of  Dr.  Bean's  specimen,  which  I  have  reproduced. 

Tribe  ASTACIDEA  Dana    (emend.).     Lobsters;    Craw-fishes. 
Astacidea  (pars)  De  Haan,  1850. 
Astacidca  (pars)  Dana,  1852.    Heller,  1863. 
Homaridca  Ortmann,  1891.     Rathbun,  op,  cit.,  1901,  p.  98. 
Nephropsidca  Ortmann,  Syst.  Crust.,  p.  429,  1896. 

Three  pairs  of  legs  are  chelate ;  the  first  pair  largest.  Anten- 
nules have  two  long,  slender,  multiarticulate,  not  spinose,  flagella. 
Antennas  have  a  large  scale  and  a  very  long  flexible  flagellum. 
Telson  is  large  and  strong,  usually  with  terminal  spines.  Uropods 
are  large ;  the  outer  branch  usually  has  a  distal  articulation ;  margin 
rather  stiff.  Legs  have  seven  functional  segments.  First  segment 
of  the  abdomen  (pleon)  bears  a  pair  of  appendages  in  both  sexes, 
with  few  exceptions.  The  last  thoracic  segment  is  consolidated 
with  the  preceding  one.  The  female  commonly  has  an  external 
spermatheca. 

Family  HOMARID.ffi:  Huxley,  1883,  Lobsters. 
AstacidcE  (pars)  Dana,  1852.     Heller,  1863. 
Honiaridce  Bate,  Voy.  Chall.  vol.  xxiv,  Macrura,  pp.  56,  170,  1888.     M.  J. 

Rathbun,  op.  cit.,  1901,  p.  98. 
Ncphropsidcp  Stebbing,  Hist.  Crust.,  p.  201,  1893.     Ortmann,  Syst.  Decap. 

Crust.,  1896.     Stebbing,  Crust.  S.  Africa,  part  I,  p.  33,  1900. 


32  Addison  E.  V  err  ill. 

The  marine  genera  included  in  this  family  differ  from  the  fresh- 
water genera  of  crawfishes  (Astacidse)  chiefly  in  the  number  and 
arrangement  of  the  branchial  plumes.  The  latter,  however,  differ 
considerably  among  themselves  in  that  respect. 

Nephopsis  Wood  Mason,  1873. 

Form  of  body  similar  to  that  of  Homarus,  but  more  slender. 
Chelae  of  first  pair  of  legs  moderately  large  and  equal,  or  nearly 
so,  not  carinated.  Antennae  with  a  long  flagellum;  no  antennal 
scale.  Eye-stalks  and  eyes  small ;  rostrum  long,  with  carinate  and 
dentate  margins.  Second  and  third  pairs  of  legs  much  more 
slender  than  first,  and  with  small  simple  chelae.  Telson  with  two 
ribs  or  ridges  ending  in  two  terminal  spines ;  uropods  large,  ribbed. 
Branchiae  nineteen  on  each  side,  arranged  like  the  posterior  nine- 
teen pairs  of  Homarus.  No  branchiae  on  the  second  maxillipeds. 
Inhabitants  of  deep  water. 

Nephropsis  rosea  Bate. 

Nephropsis  rosea  Bate,  Voy.  of  the  Challenger,  Macrura,  vol.  xxiv,  p. 
178,  fig.  39,  pi.  xxiii,  figs.  I,  2,  1 — i;  pi.  xxiv,  fig.  i,  b — z,  1888.  Faxon, 
op.  cit.,  p.  157,  1896. 

Plate  IX,  Figures  3,  3A,  4 — 4c. 

This  is  a  very  slender  species.  The  epimeral  processes  of  the 
abdominal  segments  are  very  acute-angular ;  those  of  the  first  two 
segments  are  bidentate,  as  seen  from  below.  The  rostrum  is  long, 
acute,  carinate;  with  raised  margins,  strongly  contracted  proxi- 
mally;  at  about  the  distal  third  there  is  a  sharp  spine  on  each 
margin,  at  the  wide  base  there  is  another  pair  of  spines ;  a  short 
distance  back  of  these  on  the  carapace  and  joined  to  them  by  a 
slight  carina  there  is  a  third  pair  of  smaller  spines  ;  anterior  margin 
of  the  carapace  has  a  pair  of  strong  antennal  spines. 

Antennular  peduncle  is  slender  with  the  third  article  much  the 
longest;  its  outer  flagellum  is  thickened  distally;  inner  one  is 
about  the  same  length,  but  much  more  slender.  Antennal  peduncle 
is  shorter  and  stouter.  Larger  chelipeds  elongated ;  chela  simple, 
not  much  smaller ;  palm  longer  than  fingers  ;  carpus  has  a  terminal 
and  a  subterminal  spine;  merus  has  a  distal  spine  on  the  outer 
side. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  33 

Tribe  THALASSINIDEA. 

The  species  included  in  this  group  are  adapted  for  burrowing, 
having  habits  similar  to  SqiiUla.  The  body,  especially  the  abdo- 
men, is  elongated  and  weak,  with  the  segments  not  overlapping. 
The  carapace  is  short  and  feebly  developed ;  rostrum  small  or 
lacking.  Third  pair  of  legs  not  chelate;  chelae  usually  present 
on  the  first  pair  and  often  on  the  second.  Antennules  and  antennae 
are  elongated,  peduncle  of  antenna  is  5-jointed,  usually  without  a 
scale.     Last  segment  of  thorax  is  movable. 

Family  CALLIANASSIDffi  Dana,   1852. 

Rostrum  is  very  small  or  lacking;  eye-stalks  are  flattened. 
First  pair  of  legs  have  unequal  chelae ;  third  and  fourth  pairs  are 
not  chelate.     Uropods  and  telson  are  large.     Gills  are  filamentous. 

Glypturus  Stimpson. 
Glypturus  Stimpson.  Proc.  Chicago  Acad.   Science,  vol.   i,  p.  46,   1866. 
Annals  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  York,  vol.  x,  p.  120,  1871.     M.  J.  Rathbun, 
Brach.  and  Macr.  Porto  Rico,  p.  93,  1901  (descr.). 

This  genus  is  closely  related  to  Callianassa.  It  is  most  readily 
distinguished  by  the  form  of  the  outer  maxilliped,  which  has  the 
propodus  dilated  and  about  as  broad  as  the  merus  and  ischium, 
while  in  the  latter  it  is  distinctly  narrower  than  the  two  preceding 
segments. 

Glypturus  branneri  M.  J.  Rathbun. 

Glypturus  branneri  Rathbun,  Branner-Agassiz  Exped.  to  Brazil,  Proc. 
Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  i.  p.  150,  pi.  viii,  figs.  5-8,  IQOO  (descr.)  ; 
Brachyura  and  Macr.  of  Porto  Rico,  p.  93,  1901   (descr.). 

Plate  I,  Figure  2.     Plate  VIII,  Figures  i-ia — e. 

Front  with  a  short,  acute,  depressed  rostrum  and  with  a  shorter 
inconspicuous,  obtuse  lobe  on  each  side  above  the  bases  of  the 
antennae,  but  without  spines.  Dorsal  suture  deep.  Larger 
cheliped  is  compressed,  very  smooth  above,  polished,  finely  and 
inconspicuously  denticulated  on  its  lower  margin  and  on  the  distal 
articular  edges.  The  cutting  edge  of  the  dactyl  has  two  unequal, 
lobe-like  teeth.  The  larger  chela  has  the  palm  nearly  as  wide  as 
long ;   the  dactyl  is  smooth  and  polished,  denticulate  below ;    the 


34  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

fingers  cross  when  closed ;  the  carpus  is  sometimes  twice  as  wide 
as  long  and  nearly  as  wide  as  the  palm;  in  other  specimens  the 
length  exceeds  the  breadth.  The  smaller  cheliped  usually  has  the 
carpus  and  merus  less  than  half  as  wide  as  in  the  larger  one.  Both 
fingers  have  tufts  of  elongated  hairs  on  the  margins,  but  no  spines. 
Uropods  large,  with  the  outer  lamellae  coalesced ;  outer  lobe  only 
slightly  the  shorter;  inner  branch  shorter,  longer  than  telson. 
Telson  short,  broader  than  long,  tapered  and  broadly  rounded  dis- 
tally ;  two  small  proximal  pits  and  a  median  distal  fossa.  Color 
white. 

Length  of  type  from  Brazil,  52.2  mm.,  without  antennae ;  length 
of  carapace,  14.9  mm. ;  of  carpus  and  propodus  together,  15.5  mm. 
(M.  J.  R.) 

This  species  has  been  taken  only  once  at  Bermuda.  It  burrows 
in  the  mud  below  low-tide  level  and  may  be  nocturnal  in  habits. 
Mamanguepe  Reef,  Brazil,  and  Porto  Rico  (M.  J.  Rathbun.) 
Bermuda  at  St.  David's  Island  (T.  H.  Bean,  Field,  N.  Hist.  Mus. 
Exped.,  1905). 

Suborder  NATANTIA  Boas.     Shrimps  and  Prawns. 
Key  to  the  families  of  Naiantia  hitherto  found  at  Bermuda. 

A. — The  epimera  .of  the  first  abdominal  segment  are  not  covered  by  those 
of  the  second.  Third  pair  of  legs  chelate ;  usually  the  first  and  second 
pairs  also;   branchiae  not  foliaceous. 

B. — ^Branchiae  filamentous  (trichobranchiate),  not  branched;  body  not 
compressed  nor  carinate;  pleopods  not  segmented. 

Tribe  Stenopidea. 

BE. — Branchiae  branched  and  plumose. 

Tribe  Penccidea  or  Dend^obranchiata. 

b. — Three  pairs  of  chelae  nearly  equal  and  not  very  strong,  the  third  pair 
of  legs  longest.  Rostrum  usually  long  and  dentate;  carapace  carinated 
dorsally;    an  epipodite  on  the  second  maxillipeds. 

Family  Pencaidcc. 

c. — Ocular  segment  without  styliform  spines  beneath. 

Subfamily  Penceituv. 

cc. — Ocular  segment  with  a  pair  of  styliform  spines. 

Subfamily  Sicyonitue. 

bb. — First  pair  of  legs  reduced  and  without  chelae.  Chelae  of  second  and 
third  pairs  minute,  sometimes  lacking  on  second  pair.  Rostrum 
usually  small  and  simple. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  35 

d. — Cephalon  and  pleon  not  abnormally  elongated ;  podobranchiae  lacking 
or  present  only  on  second  maxillipeds ;  arthrobranchiae  few.,  sometimes 
present  on  the  second  and  third  maxillipeds  and  first  to  third  legs ; 
branchial  filaments  are  flat.  Last  two  pairs  of  legs  small  and  feeble, 
the  fifth  sometimes  absent. 

Family  Sergestidce. 

dd. — Cephalon  and  pleon  generally  much  elongated ;  branchiae  lacking ; 
fourth  and  fifth  pairs  of  legs  absent;  no  exopodites  nor  epipodites  on 
the  legs. 

Family  Lcuciferidce. 

AA. — The  epimera  of  first  abdominal  segment  are  covered  by  those  of 
the  strongly  developed  second  segment.  Third  pair  of  legs  not  chelate. 
Branchiae  are  phyllobranchiate,  composed  of  thin,  flat  lamellae  and  not 
branched.  Antennules  usually  have  two  flagella,  the  outer  one 
thickened  and  distally  branched. 

Tribe  Caridea  or  Phyllobranchiata. 

C. — Second  pair  of  legs  long  and  slender,  with  the  carpus  subdivided  into 
few  or  many  articles  or  annuli,  and  with  very  small  chelae.  First 
pair  larger,  with  stronger  chelae  and  undivided  carpus. 

Group  Polycarpidea. 

D. — Eye-stalks  very  short ;  eyes  usually  nearly  or  entirely  covered  by  lobes 
of  the  carapace ;  rarely  exposed.  First  pair  of  legs  large,  with  large 
unequal  chelae,  one  usually  very  large,  rarely  equal.  Rostrum  usually 
small  and  simple,  acute,  sometimes  obsolete.  Carpus  of  second  pair 
of  legs  with  five  articles.     A  cardiac  pit  in  carapace. 

Family  Synalpheidce  (formerly  Alpheidce). 

DD. — Eye-stalks  and  eyes  not  covered  by  the  carapace ;  carpal  segments 
various  ;   no  cardiac  pit. 

E. — First  pair  of  legs  chelate,  or  at  least  one  is  chelate. 

F. — Eyes  very  small  on  long  slender  stalks.  Female  has  a  thelecum ; 
uropods  are  excurved.  Legs  of  second  pair  have  the  carpus  divided 
into  three  or  four  articles ;  both  of  first  pair  chelate ;  third  maxil- 
lipeds slender,  last  article  shorter  than  preceding  one ;  rostrum  small 
and  short. 

Family  Ogyridce. 

FF. — Eyes  large,  on  short  stalks ;  no  thelecum ;  uropods  not  excurved ; 
carpus  of  second  pair  of  legs  has  few  or  many  articles ;  third  maxil- 
liped  usually  has  the  last  article  longer  than  the  preceding. 

G. — Rostrum  usually  of  notable  size  and  serrate.  First  pair  of  legs  with 
rather  small  equal  or  subequal  chelae,  larger  than  those  of  second  pair ; 
second  pair  slender,  with  few  or  many  carpal  articles. 

Family  Hippolytida. 

GG. — Rostrum  small.  First  pair  of  legs  commonly  with  only  one  leg 
chelate;  those  of  second  pair  very  slender,  unequal  in  length;  carpal 
articles  numerous,  more  than  five.     Mandible  has  no  palpus. 

Family  Processida. 


^6  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

EE. — First  pair  of  legs  not  chelate;    second  pair  more  slender,  chelate, 

with  the  carpus  divided  into  numerous  articles.     Rostrum   elongated 

and  usually  serrate,  sometimes  movably  articulated  with  the  carapace; 

mandibles  have  a  jointed  palpus. 

Family  PandalidcB. 

CC. — Second  pair  of  legs  usually  larger  than  the  first,  with  the  carpus  not 
subdivided,  and  the  chelae  larger  than  those  of  the  first  pair,  often  much 
larger. 

H. — Third  maxillipeds  more  or  less  leg-like,  with  the  articles  not  greatly 
dilated  nor  operculiform. 

I. — Rostrum  elongated  and  usually  serrated  on  one  or  both  edges ;  second 
pair  of  legs  commonly  very  much  longer  and  larger  than  the  first; 
both  pairs  chelate ;  base  of  antennules  excavated  above,  and  usually 
with    a    scale.     Eyes    large,    usually   with    a    small    accessory    ocellus. 

Mandibles  with  or  without  a  palpus. 

Family  PalcEmonidce. 

I,  I. — Rostrum   usually  small,   not   serrate,   sometimes   lacking,   sometimes 

(as  in  Periclimenes)  elongated  and  serrate;    first  pair  of  legs  usually 

equal;   one  chela  sometimes  much  enlarged;    all  legs  without  exopods 

or    mastigobranchs ;     mandibles    have    no    palpus ;     third    maxillipeds 

often  with  some  articles  widened,  more  or   less.     Many  species   are 

commensals  with  MoUusca,  etc. 

Family  Pontonidcs. 

H,  H. — Third  maxillipeds  with  the  third  article  much  dilated  or  operculi- 
form, the  pair  completely  covering  the  oral  area.  Chelae  equal  in  both 
pairs ;    second  pair  larger ;    rostrum  short  serrate  above ;    mandibles 

simple  without  a  palpus  or  cutting  edge. 

Family  Gnathophyllidce. 

Tribe  STENOPIDEA  Bate,  1888.     Oceanic  Shrimp. 

Stcnopidea  Stebbing,  History  of  Crustacea,  p.  211,  1893. 

Three  anterior  pairs  of  legs  are  chelate;  those  of  the  third  pair 
are  the  largest  and  longest;  fourth  and  fifth  pairs  have  the  carpus 
subdivided.  Branchiae  are  filamentous.  Appendages  of  the  first 
segment  of  the  pleon  are  unbranched  and  differ  little  or  not  at  all 
in  the  sexes.  Podobranchise  are  lacking,  except  on  the  first  pair 
of  maxillipeds.     Mandibles  have  a  three-branched  palpus. 

Family  STENOPID^  Huxley,  1883. 
Stenopidce  A.  M.-Edw.  and  Bouvier,  Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  vol,  xxvii. 
The  characters  of  the  family  are  the  same  as  for  the  tribe  above. 

Stenopus  hispidus  (Oliv.)  Latr. 
Palcemon  hispidus  Olivier,  Encyc.  Meth.,  Insects,  vii,  p.  666,  181 1,  pi.  319, 
fig.  2,  1818. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  37 

Stenof>us  hispidus  Latreille,  in  Desmarest,  Diet.  Sci.  Nat.,  vol.  xxviii,  p. 
321,  1823.  Illust.  Ed.  Cuvier,  Reg.  Anim.,  iv,  p.  93.  Dana,  Crust. 
U.  S.  Expl.  Exped,,  p.  607;  Atlas,  pi.  40,  fig.  8  (colored).  Bate,  Voy. 
Chall.,  Zool,  xxiv,  p.  211,  pi.  xxx,  1885.  Brooks  and  Herrick,  Johns 
Hopkins  Univ.  Circulars,  xi,  p.  66,  1892  (life  history).  Herrick,  Life 
History  of  Stenopus,  Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  v,  pp.  339-352,  pi.  v 
(colored),  plates  vi-xiii  (structure  and  metamorphoses,  1892,  full 
descr.).  Rankin,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  xi,  p.  240,  pi.  xxix,  fig.  i, 
1898  (descr.).  Borradaile,  Stomat.  and  Macr.  brought  home  by  Dr. 
Willey  from  South  Seas,  Zool.  Results,  iv,  p.  407,  1900. 

Plate  IX,  Figures  5-5B.    Plate  XI,  Figure  i.     Plate  XII,  Figures  i,  2. 

This  large  and  handsome  species  can  be  recognized  at  once  by 
its  bright  colors  and  very  long  legs  and  antennae,  and  the  spinules 
that  thickly  cover  its  body;  the  bases  of  the  legs  and  antennae; 
and  the  whole  of  the  large  (third)  pair  of  legs.  On  the  anterior 
part  of  carapace  the  spines  point  forward ;  posteriorly  they  point 
back ;  on  the  large  legs  the  spines  are  closely  arranged  in  rows  and 
directed  distally;  the  fixed  finger  of  the  chelae  is  bifid  at  the  tip, 
the  simple  dactylus  fitting  into  the  notch.  The  first  two  pairs  of 
legs  are  slender  and  have  small  chelae.  The  fourth  and  fifth  pairs 
are  slender  and  have  the  carpus  and  propodus  subdivided. 

The  published  figures  show  considerable  differences,  however, 
between  specimens  from  widely  separated  localities.  Perhaps  two 
or  more  species  have  been  confused  under  this  name.  The  large 
chelae,  especially,  are  represented  as  differing  widely  in  form  and 
proportions.  Professor  Herrick  (Mem.  Nat.  Acad.,  v.)  has  given 
a  very  full  description,  with  numerous  measurements,  of  the 
Bahama  specimens  (op.  cit.,  pp.  348-352),  as  well  as  excellent 
ligures,  including  details  of  the  appendages  (pi.  xiii,  etc. ) .  He  also 
figured  various  stages  of  its  remarkable  larvae.  He  discussed  its 
identity  with  the  Pacific  Ocean  form,  but  left  it  undecided,  for 
want  of  material,  as  I  must  do,  for  our  museum  lias  no-  examples 
of  the  oriental  species.  The  latter  has  the  same  form  and  the 
same  remarkable  coloration.* 

It  is  perhaps  the  most  beautiful  of  all  the  shrimps  and  prawns, 
and  is  also  graceful  in  its  motions.  According  to  Prof.  Herrick 
it  is  conspicuously  marked  with  red,  white,  and  blue,  in  life.     The 


*  Borradaile  (op.  cit.,  p.  407,  1900)  states  that  three  specimens,  both 
male  and  female,  from  New  Britain  I.,  agree  precisely  with  the  descriptixsn 
given  by  Brooks  and  Herrick. 


38  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

ground-color  is  nearly  white ;  the  head  region  and  front  of  cara- 
pace, two  broad  bands  on  the  abdomen,  and  four  wide  bands  on 
the  cheliferous  legs  are  bright  red  ;  the  bases  of  the  legs  are  bright 
blue.  Dana's  colored  figure  shows  the  red  bands,  but  no  blue. 
It  is  usually  found  swimming,  with  its  appendages  widely  out- 
spread, near  the  surface,  and  most  often  in  pairs. 

It  was  first  reported  from  Bermuda  by  Bate  (Voy.  Challenger). 
His  figure  was  from  a  Bermuda  specimen.  Two  fine  adult  speci- 
mens studied  by  me  were  taken  by  the  Field  Natural  History 
Museum  party  in  1905.  They  were  found  in  tide-pools  at 
Cooper's  Island. 

It  is  widely  distributed  in  all  tropical  seas.  Reported  from  the 
Indian  Ocean,  Australia,  Philippines.  Fiji  Islands,  Cuba,  Bahamas. 
Porto  Rico,  etc. 

One  of  the  singular  larval  stages  is  figured  on  Plate  xii ;  after 
Herrick ;  earlier  stages  are  still  more  peculiar. 

Its  bright  coloration  undoubtedly  has  a  protective  value  when 
living  among  bright  red  sponges  and  algae,  so  frequent  on  all 
tropical  reefs. 

Tribe  PENiEIDEA  Dana.     Prazuns. 
Penceidea  Dana,  op.  cit.,  1852. 
D cndrobranchiata  Bate,  op.  cit.,  1888. 

Branchiae  are  branched,  with  slender  filaments ;  usually  eight 
pairs.  Legs  of  the  three  anterior  pairs  are  nearly  always  chelate 
and  slender;  those  of  the  third  pair  longest  and  always  chelate; 
first  pair  shortest;  fourth  and  fifth  pairs  of  legs  are  slender  and 
simple,  the  last  sometimes  abortive ;  outer  maxillipeds  are  long 
and  leg-like;  second  and  third  maxillipeds  have  an  exopodite. 
Sides  of  the  carapace  extend  farther  back  than  the  dorsal  margin. 
Rostrum  is  usually  long,  dentate  and  carinate ;  the  carina  usually 
extends  back  more  or  less  on  the  carapace.  Fourth,  fifth  and 
sixth  abdominal  segments  are  compressed  and  usually  carinate; 
sometimes  also  the  second  and  third.  Eyes  usually  large,  on  two- 
jointed  stalks.  Mandibles  have  a  two-jointed  palpus.  Antennae 
long,  with  a  broad  f  oliaceous  scale. 

Antennules  are  biflagellate ;  basal  segment  of  the  stalk  is  exca- 
vated and  modified  to  accommodate  the  eyes;  there  is  a  basal 
antennular  spine.     Sternum  usually  has  complex  sexual  organs. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  39 

That  of  the  female,  called  the  thclycum,  serves  as  a  spermatheca. 
That  of  the  male,  called  the  petasma,  is  supposed  to  aid  in  the 
transfer  of  the  spermatophores.  The  eggs  are  not  carried  attached 
to  the  pleopods,  as  in  most  macrura,  but  are  held  by  the  legs  in  a 
cluster  under  the  body. 

Family  PEN.ffiID.ffi  Dana,  1852.    Prawns. 

Body  is  usually  compressed  and  curved.  The  carapace  extends 
further  back  on  the  sides  than  dorsally ;  usually  it  is  carinated 
dor  sally ;  a  carina  is  usually  present  also  on  some  of  the  posterior 
abdominal  segments ;  the  carina  is  often  dentate.  The  legs  of  the 
third  pair  are  the  longest ;  the  chelae  of  first  three  pairs  are  small, 
all  similar  in  form  and  size. 

Antennje  are  long,  with  a  large  basal  scale.  Antennules  are 
biflagellate,  with  an  external  basal  spine  and  an  inner  unjointed 
appendage,  excavate  on  the  upper  side.  The  eye-stalks  are  usually 
two-jointed.  The  lateral  lobes  of  the  first  abdominal  segment  are 
broad  and  project  forward,  overlapping  the  margin  of  the  cara- 
pace, while  posteriorly  they  overlap  the  margin  of  the  second 
abdominal  segment. 

In  most  of  the  genera  the  female  has,  on  the  under  side  of  the 
sternum,  a  peculiar  sexual  organ,  called  the  "thelycum,"  serving 
as  a  spermatheca.  The  male  usually  has,  in  the  same  region,  an 
organ  called  the  petasma. 

The  gills  are  dendrobranchiate.  consisting  of  a  central  stem, 
sending  oflf  on  each  side  a  row  of  branches,  which  divide  and  sub- 
divide in  various  ways,  according  to  the  genus,  thus  forming  a 
dense  plume  of  slender  filaments.  There  are  eight  or  more  pairs 
of  gills. 

Analytical  Key  to  Bermuda  Genera  of  Penaidcc. 
A —Dorsal  carina  not  crest-like  and  dentate ;    subocular,  median,  anterior 
spines   lacking;    Pleopods   biramous.    Sexual   orifices   coxal   in   both 

^„^„,  Subfamily  Pettainee 

sexes ...•• 

B  —Rostrum  with  teeth  above  and  below ;  exopodites  on  all  the  thoracic 
legs,  except  sometimes  the  last;  epipodites  on  all  except  the  fourth 
and 'fifth;  pleurobranchi;e  at  the  last  pair  of  legs;  endognath  of  first 
maxilla  long  and  segmented Pemeus. 

BB.— Rostrum  without  teeth  below ;  no  epipodite  on  the  outer  maxiUipeds ; 
endognath  of  first  maxillae  shorter,  not  segmented. 

C.-No  pleurobranchia  at  the  base  of  the  fifth  legs;  no  epipodites  on ^he 
fourth  and  fifth  legs. 


40  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

D. — Exopodites  on  all   the  maxillipeds   and  legs,   except  rarely  the  last. 

Penceopsis. 

DD. — No  exopodites  on  the  legs ParapencEus  (restr.),  extralimital. 

CC. — No  pleurobranchiae  at  the  bases  of  either  the  fourth  or  fifth  legs. 
Epipodites  lacking  at  least  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  legs ;  exopodites 
present  on  all  the  legs ;    antennular  flagella  short Trachypenceus. 

AA. — Dorsal  carina  crested  and  dentate.  Anterior  legs  without  exopodites. 
Abdominal  segments  sculptured  and  carinated.  A  pair  of  slender 
median  subocular  spines.  Male  orifices  subcoxal.  Pleopods  unira- 
mous.     Subfamily  Sicyonmac;   genus  Sicyonia. 

Penaeus  Fabricius  (restricted).  Large  prawns. 
PencEus  Fabr.,  Entom.  Syst.,  vol.  v,  1798  (pars).  Desmarest,  Consid. 
gen.,  p.  224,  1825.  Milne-Edw.,  Hist.  Crust,  vol.  ii,  p.  411,  1837 
(pars).  Stebbing,  Hist.  Crust.,  p.  214  (restricted).  Bate,  Voyage 
Challenger,  vol.  xiv  (restricted).  Smith,  S.  I.,  on  some  Genera  and 
Species  of  Penaeidse,  Proc.  U.  S.  National  Mus.,  vol.  viii,  pp.  170-190, 
1885  (restricted).  Report  on  Decapod  Crustacea  from  Albatross 
dredgings  in  1884,  p.  [80],  1886.  Rathbun,  M.  J.,  Crust,  of  Porto  Rico, 
p.  100,  1901. 

The  rostrum  is  long  and  serrated  on  the  upper  margin,  some- 
times also  on  the  lower  margin.  The  perepods  on  legs  of  the  first 
three  pairs  have  exopods  and  small  equal  chelae;  the  third  pair  of 
legs  are  the  longest.  The  outer  maxillipeds  or  third  gnathopods 
are  leg-like,  elongated,  and  have  an  exopod.  Podobranchise  are 
lacking.  Usually  18  pairs  of  gills.  The  eye-stalks  are  two- 
jointed  or  three-jointed.  The  antennal  flagella  are  not  longer 
than  the  carapace.     The  mandibles  have  a  two-jointed  palpus. 

Pleopods,  except  the  first  pair,  have  two  thin  foliate  branches ; 
those  of  the  first  pair,  in  the  male,  have  a  large,  membranous 
basal  appendage  known  as  the  "petasma"  or  curtain;  it  is  rudi- 
mentary in  the  female.     The  female  has  a  thelycum. 

Prof.  Sidney  I.  Smitii,  in  his  important  work  on  the  Penceidce 
(op.  cit,  1886),  gave  the  following  additional  characters  for  the 
restricted  genus  Perueus,  as  limited  by  him  (type  P.  caramote). 
Viz.  :— 

The  antennular  flagella  are  very  short.  The  distal  segment  of 
the  mandibular  palpus  is  much  larger  than  the  proximal  one.  It 
is  very  broad  and  is  not  prolonged  into  a  narrow  tip.  The 
endognaths  of  the  first  maxillae  are  greatly  elongated  and  seg- 
mented. The  endopod  of  the  outer  maxilliped  is  slender  and  com- 
posed   of     four    segments,    and    the    exopod    is    lamellar    and 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  41 

iinsegmented ;  second  and  third  maxillipeds  have  well  developed 
epipods  and  large  exopods ;  all  the  perepods  have  small  exopods, 
but  only  the  first,  second  and  third  are  furnished  with  epipods ; 
there  is  a  well  developed  pleurobranchia  on  the  fourteenth  somite. 
The  number  and  arrangement  of  the  branchiae  and  epipods  are 
the  same  for  the  six  species  named,  including  the  type,  with 
P.  hrazilicnsis,  P.  setifcrus,  etc.  Viz, : — Epipods,  6  pairs  ;  podo- 
branchiae,  i  pair ;  arthrobranchiae,  1 1  pairs ;  pleurobranchise,  6 
pairs.     Altogether  there  are  18  pairs  of  branchiae. 

Penaeus  braziliensis  (Latr.)     Large  Prawn.    Market  Shrimp. 

Petueus  braziliensis  Latreille,  Nouv.  Diet,  d'  Hist.  Nat.  xxv,  p.  156,  1817. 
H.  M.-Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  414,  1877.  Stimpson,  Notes  on 
N.  A.  Crust,  iii,  p.  132,  1871.  Smith,  these  Trans.,  ii,  p.  27  (Brazil). 
Von  Martens,  Cuban  Crust.,  p.  140,  1872  (descr.).  Miers,  Proc.  Zool. 
Soc.  London,  1878,  pp.  299-306.  Kingsley,  Bull.  Essex  Inst,  xiv,  p.  106 
(2),  1883  (distr.).  R.  Rathbun,  Fishes  and  Fish  Industries  U.  S.  Sect,  i, 
text,  p.  822,  1884.  Benedict,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  xvi,  p.  540,  1893 
(W.  Africa).  Verrill,  these  Trans.,  x,  p.  580,  1900  (Bermuda). 
Smith,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  vol.  for  1885,  p.  (80),  1886. 

Palcctnon  serratus  Hurdis,  Rough  Notes,  p.  361,  1897,  "The  common 
prawn." 

Penccus  brcvirostris  Kingsley,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.  for  1878. 
p.  98  (10),  t.  Kingsley,  op.  cit.,  1879,  p.  427  (Nicaragua). 

Pcnceus  braziliensis  Edwards  and  Bouv.,  op,  cit.,  p.  239,  pi.  vi,  figs.  11-12, 

1909. 
Peneus  brasiliensis  Hay  and  Shore,  Bulletin  Bureau  Fisheries,  vol.  xxxv, 

p.  377,  pl.  25,  fig.  6,  19 18, 

Pl.\te  XIII,  Figures  1-3.     Plate  XVI,  Figures  i,  2,  2a.     Plate  XVII, 
Figure  10.    d.  e,  f.  (details  after  Edwards.) 

This  species  can  be  easily  distinguished  by  the  wide  and  deep 
sulcus  that  extends  along  each  side  of  the  prominent  dorsal  carina, 
nearly  to  the  posterior  border  of  the  carapace,  while  the  posterior 
half  of  the  carina  also  has  a  dorsal  sulcus,  or  is  bicarinate.  The 
highest  part  of  this  carina  is  above  the  orbits.  The  carina  and 
rostrum  have  about  nine  teeth  above  (8-1 1)  ;  the  rostrum  usually 
has  two  or  three  below,  sometimes  but  one.  About  three  or  four 
of  the  upper  teeth  are  on  the  rostrum  and  five  or  six  on  the  cara- 
pace, the  last  one  being  considerably  separated  from  the  next; 
toward  the  anterior  end  the  rostrum  is  straight  and  without  teeth. 


42  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

It  is  about  one-third  as  long  as  the  carapace.  There  is  also  a 
well  developed  antennal  groove  and  spine,  and  a  hepatic  spine. 
The  fourth,  fifth,  and  sixth  abdominal  segments  are  sharply  cari- 
nated  with  a  groove  each  side  of  the  carina  on  the  sixth.  The 
telson  tapers  to  a  sharp,  acuminate  point,  without  lateral  spines ; 
it  has  a  deep  dorsal  sulcus. 

The  color  of  a  young  specimen  in  life  was  translucent  whitish, 
with  faint  irregular  brown  markings  on  the  abdomen. 

Length  of  body  of  large  females  may  be  i6o  to  170  mm.  (or 
about  7  inches),  including  the  rostrum  ;  carapace  about  60-64  mm ; 
rostrum  22-24  ^nn^-  Most  specimens  do  not  exceed  100-125  mm. 
Those  occasionally  found  in  our  northern  waters  are  generally 
small  and  immature. 

This  large  species  is  undoubtedly  the  one  recorded  as  "The 
common  prawn"  of  Bermuda,  by  Hurdis.  He  mentioned  having 
specimens  5.3  inches  long  and  that  they  had  six  chelate  legs, 
characters  that  could  apply  to  this  species  alone,  of  those  now 
known  at  Bermuda.  It  was  taken  later  by  Mr.  G.  B.  Goode, 
C.  M.  Allen,  and  by  others.  More  recently  it  has  been  taken  by 
the  Yale  parties  in  1898  and  1901.  Young  were  dredged  by  me 
in  Great  Sound,  in  3  to  5  fathoms,  May,  1901.  Larger  specimens 
were  taken  in  a  fish-seine,  in  1905,  at  David's  Island,  by  The  Field 
Museum  Expedition. 

Peiusus   braziliensis:    Dental  formula  of  rostrum   and   measurements  in 

millimeters. 

Teeth  above 
No. 

7570a 
7570& 
7570c 
7S7od 
7S7oe 
7Sna 


Teeth  above 
and  below 

Specimens  examin 
c?         Length. 

ed 

9 

Length. 

4     S 
2 

16 

(45-75) 

20 

(40-75) 

4    4 
2 

3 

(50-60) 

4 

(45-67) 

4    6 

2 

2 

(50-53) 

5 

(50-80) 

4     7 
I 

1 

(65) 

4    5 

I 

(40) 

I 

3  5  2    (67-85) 


2 


75236         J_A  I     (68) 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  43 

Nos.  7570  a  to  7570  c.  were  from  Sabanilla,  N.  G.  Nos.  7523 
were  from  Key  West.  Florida,  tabulated  by  Professor  S.  I.  Smith. 

This  is  one  of  the  common  large  marine  prawns  (also  called 
"shrimp,"  especially  when  young),  sold  extensively  in  the  markets 
of  the  Southern  United  States,  from  Louisiana  and  Texas  to 
North  Carolina.  It  is  widely  distributed,  from  Martha's  Vineyard 
and  Long  Island  Sound  to  Rio  de  Janiero,  Brazil,  and  West  Africa 
(Miers,  Edw.,  etc.)  Hudson  River  at  Sing  Sing,  New  York 
(Stimpson);  Rio  Grande  de  Sul,  Brazil  (Ortmann)  ;  off  Cape 
Hatteras,  11-14  fathoms  (Smith)  ;  West  Africa;  Porto  Rico,  7-76 
fathoms ;  Katama  Bay,  Martha's  Vineyard,  Sept.  8,  1900  (Rath- 
bun)  ;  Sarasota  Bay,  W.  Florida,  and  W.  coast  of  Nicaragua 
(Yale  Mus.),  Bahia,  Brazil  (Smith).  Abundant  at  various  places 
on  the  W.  coast  of  Africa  (Edw.  and  Bouvier). 

It  often  occurs  in  vast  schools  in  the  estuaries  of  our  southern 
coasts,  from  North  Carolina  to  Texas.  It  is  sometimes  found 
many  miles  up  the  rivers.  I  have  seen  specimens  taken  in  the 
western  end  of  Long  Island  Sound.  Whether  it  ever  occurs  in 
Bermuda  waters  in  numbers  sufficient  for  commercial  use  I  do  not 
know.     It  is  used  as  food  wherever  it  occurs  in  abundance. 

It  is  often  associated  on  our  southern  coasts  with  another 
similar  large  species  (P.  setiferus)  of  which  large  quantities  are 
also  collected  for  food*  and  both  are  sold,  fresh  and  canned,  under 
the  name  of  "shrimp."     Young  ones  are  often  sold  as  "prawjis." 

Both  species,  in  the  cooked  condition,  may  frequently  be  found 
in  the  markets  of  New  York  and  other  northern  cities.  Large 
quantities  are  canned  and  widely  distributed. 

Penaeopsis  Bate. 

PetuEopsis  (A.  M.-Edwards,  MSS.),  Bate,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  ser.  5, 

vol.  viii,  p,  182,  1881   (T3T)e,  P.  scrratus). 
Paraperurus  (pars)  Smith,  op.  cit.,  p.  [81],  1886. 
Pettceopsis  M.-Edw.  and  Bouvier,  op.  cit.,  p.  220,  1909. 
Metapemeus  Wood-Mason,  1891  (t.  Bouvier). 
Archipemeopsis  Bouvier,  1905  (t.  Bouvier). 

The  rostrum  is  rather  long,  without  teeth  below.  The  last 
thoracic  segment  lacks  pleurobranchiae ;   epipodites  are  lacking  on 

*  See  Richard  Rathbun,  Fish  and  Fisheries  of  the  United  States,  vol.  v, 
PP-  799-807,  1884,  for  statistics  and  methods  of  fishing  for  them. 


44  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

the  fourth  and  fifth  pairs  of  legs.     Endognath  of  first  maxilla  is 
short  and  not  segmented. 

Penaeopsis  goodei  (Smith).     Edw.  and  Bouv. 

ParapencEus  goodei  S.  I.  Smith,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  viii,  p.  177, 
1885 ;  M.  J.  Rathbun,  Branner-Agassiz  Exped.  to  Brazil,  p.  152  (no 
descr.). 

ParapencEopsis  rathbuni  and  Archipenccopsis  vestitus  Bouvier,  C.  R. 
Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  cxli,  pp.  748,  757,  1905   (t.  Bouvier). 

Metaperucus  goodei  Alcock,  Ann.  Mag.  N.  Hist.,  ser.  7,  vol.  xvi,  p.  519, 

1905. 
PencEopsis  goodei  M.-Edw.  and  Bouv.,  op.  cit.,  p.  226,  pi.  iv,  figs.  6-10, 

1909. 

Plate  XV,  Figures  iA — lAiv.     Plate  XVI,  Figure  3. 

The  carapace  and  pleon  are  densely  covered  with  short  plumose 
hairs.  There  is  a  dorsal  gastric  spine  behind  the  rostral  carina, 
which  rises  abruptly ;  the  rostrum,  which  is  directed  a  little 
obliquely  upward,  is  shorter  than  the  carapace.  It  has  eight  to 
ten  dorsal  teeth,  all  in  front  of  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit. 
There  are  two  small  denticles  on  the  posterior  margin  of  the  orbit, 
and  a  much  larger,  angular,  acute  antennal  spine  just  below  it ; 
also  a  small  acute  spine  at  the  lower  margin  of  the  antennal  sinus ; 
hepatic  spine  small,  acute,  appressed. 

The  legs  of  the  third  pair  reach  as  far  forward  as  the  tip  of 
the  rostrum,  being  longer  than  the  second  pair  by  at  least  the 
length  of  the  chelae ;  the  chela  is  two-fifths  the  length  of  the  carpus 
and  scarcely  thicker.     Fifth  legs  are  longer  than  the  fourth. 

The  third  to  sixth  segments  of  the  pleon  have  a  dorsal  carina ; 
on  the  fourth  and  fifth  segments  the  carina  is  divided  by  a  median 
incision  at  the  posterior  end  into  a  pair  of  denticles  ;  sixth  segment 
strongly  compressed.  The  telson  is  regularly  tapered  to  an  acute 
tip,  which  has  an  elongated  spine  on  each  side;  three  pairs  of 
movable  spines,  the  posterior  much  the  largest,  arise  in  front  of 
the  lateral  spines  and  reach  beyond  their  tips. 

The  length  of  the  Bermuda  type-specimen  (female)  was  57  mm; 
length  of  carapace  and  rostrum,  19.4  mm;  length  of  rostrum,  9; 
of  carapace,  7.5;  of  third  perseopods,  18.2;  of  antennal  scale 
lo.o  mm. 

Bermuda   (type,  G.  Brown  Goode  coll.)  ;    Panama    (Bradley. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  45 

Yale  Mus.  coll.,  t.  S.  I.  Smith) ;  off  U.  S.  Coast,  Albatross  sta. 
2606,  1885.  in  25  fathoms  (S.  I.  Smith)  ;  Maceio,  Brazil  (M.  J. 
Rathbun)  ;  Florida  (Stimpson). 

This  species  resembles  Parapen<£us  velutinus  (Dana,  sp.)  and 
may,  perhaps,  be  the  species  recorded  under  the  latter  name  by 
Mr.  W.  Stone  (coll.  Heilprin).* 

It  differs  from  Dana's  species  (see  below  and  figures)  in  having 
the  second  and  third  pairs  of  legs  decidedly  unequal,  the  third 
pair  being  much  longer,  instead  of  subequal ;  and  in  having  the 
fourth  pair  much  shorter  than  the  fifth,  instead  of  subequal ;  also 
in  having  the  telson  armed  with  longer  spiniform  lateral  processes 
and  movable  spines ;  and  in  some  other  details. 

Prof.  Sidney  I.  Smith  (op.  cit.)  gave  a  very  full  description  of 
this  species  with  detailed  measurements  of  a  specimen  from 
Bermuda  (coll.  G.  B.  Goode),  which  must  be  considered  tlie  type 
(see  our  pi.  xvi,  fig.  3). 

M. -Ed wards  and  Bouvier  described  later  a  much  smaller  and 
more  slender  specimen  under  the  same  name,  with  good  figures. 
This  seems  to  me  to  be  a  distinct  variety.  (See  our  pi.  xv,  figs,  i, 
A-A  iv,  I  a.)  From  lat.  24°  43'N.,  in  37  fathoms,  Blake  Expedition. 
It  differs  in  various  details  as  shown  by  the  figures. 

Trachypenaeus  Alcock,  1901. 
ParapencEUs  (pars)  Smith,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  viii,  p.  171,  1885  ; 

Annual  Report  U.  S.  Com.  of  Fish  and  Fisheries  for  1885,  p.   [80], 

1886. 
Trachypeneus  Alcock,   Ann.   and  Mag.    Nat.   Hist.,    Ser.  7,  vol.   xvi,  p. 

523,  1905. 

This  genus  is  separated  from  Penceus  and  Parapenaus  mainly 
by  lacking  pleurobranchiae  on  the  fourth  and  fifth  pereopods  and 
by  the  presence  of  exopodites  on  all  the  legs.  The  flagella  of  the 
antennae  are  shorter  than  in  the  allied  genera. 

Trachypenaeus  constrictus  (Stimp.)  Edw.  and  Bouv. 
Penceus  constrictus  Stimpson,  Ann.  Lye.  Nat.  Hist.  N.  Y.,  x,  135,  1871. 

Kingsley,  Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  x,  p.  69;    Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad., 

1878,  p.  330;  Am.  Naturalist,  xxxiii,  p.  719,  1899. 
Parapen<Fus  constrictus  Smith,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  viii,  p.  174, 

1885;   Ann.  Rept.  U.  S.  Comm.  Fish  and  Fisheries  for  1885,  p.  [81], 

♦That  species  is  not  mentioned  by  Mr.  Sharp  as  now  in  the  collection 
of  the  Philad.  Acad.  Sci.     (See  Bibliography  bek>w.) 


46  Addison  E.  V  err  ill, 

1886  (descr.  and  branchial  formula).     Rathbun,  M.  J.,  Brachyura  and 
Macrura  of  Porto  Rico,  p.  loi,  1901. 

Trachypeneus  constrictus  Edw.  and  Bouvier,  Mem.  Mus.  Camp.  Zool., 
vol.  xxvii,  p.  232,  pi.  vi,  figs,  i,  2,  1909.  Hay  and  Shore,  op.  cit.,  p. 
378,  pi.  25,  fig.  9,  1 9 18. 

Plate  XIV,  Figures  1-4.    Plate  XV,  Figures  2,  2a,  3-5. 

The  rostrum  is  straight  or  only  sHghtly  bent ;  on  the  upper  edge 
are  seven  to  nine  regularly  spaced  teeth,  the  distal  ones  smaller ; 
a  single  spine  is  back  of  the  base  of  rostrum ;  carapace  not  pubes- 
cent, except  on  special  areas,  the  hairs  are  short  and  soft ;  abdomen 
smooth  and  glossy ;  carapace  carinated  more  than  half  its  length ; 
abdomen  carinate  on  the  fourth  to  sixth  segments ;  hepatic  and 
antennal  spines  present. 

The  antennular  stalk  is  longer  than  the  rostrum,  about  as  long 
as  the  scaphocerite,  not  very  stout ;  the  penultimate  article  is  rather 
elongated.  The-  preceding  joint  reaches  a  little  beyond  the  eye. 
The  eye  is  large,  a  little  emarginate  on  the  upper  side ;  stalk  is 
short  and  thick. 

Telson  tapers  to  the  acute  tip,  v^ith  a  small,  sharp  distal  spine  on 
each  side;  upper  side  with  two  obtuse  carinae.  Length  of  body 
of  adult  females  60-65  mm,  including  rostrum.  The  color  of  a 
small  specimen,  in  life,  was  translucent  bluish  white,  faintly  and 
irregularly  marked  with  brown  on  the  abdomen.  According  to 
Hay  and  Shore  it  is  "translucent  white  with  purplish  gray  cloud- 
ings and  blotches ;  appendages  pinkish." 

This  was  taken  at  Bermuda  by  Mr.  Goode  in  1877,  and  by  the 
Yale  Expedition  in  1901.  The  latter  was  young,  dredged  in  Great 
Sound,  in  3-5  fathoms.  Its  range  extends  from  ofif  Chesapeake 
Bay  to  Porto  Rico.  Off  Chesapeake  Bay,  18  fathoms;  off  Cape 
Hatteras,  7  to  27  fathoms;  and  Fort  Macon,  N.  C.  (Smith); 
Beaufort,  N.  C,  4  fathoms,  and  Charleston  Harbor,  S.  C.  (Stimp- 
son)  ;  Pensacola,  Fla.,  and  Porto  Rico  (Rathbun)  ;  Bahamas 
(Rankin).     Marcou  Pass,  Fla.  (Kingsley). 

Parapenaeus  Smith  (restr.). 
ParapctKEUs  Smith,   Proc.  U.   S.  Nat.  Mus.,  for   1884,  vol.  viii,  p.   170, 
1885    (type  P.   longirostris)  ;    op.   cit.    for    1885,   p.    (81),    1886.     M.- 
Edw.  and  Bouvier,  Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  vol.  xxvii,  p.  228  (restr.), 
1909. 

Neopenccopsis  Bouvier,  1905. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  47 

This  genus,  as  restricted,  differs  from  Pen^opsis  in  the  absence 
of  exopodites  on  all  the  pereopods*  and  in  having  a  lateral  line  on 
the  carapace  extending  from  the  infra-orbital  angle  to  the  posterior 
edge  of  the  carapace. 

Parapenaeus  velutinus  (Dana)  Smitli.     Velvety  Oceanic  Prawn. 
Pcnccus  velutinus  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  p.  604,  1852;   Atlas, 
pi.  xl,  fig.  4,  1855.     Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.  for  i860, 
p.  44   [115].     Bate,  Voy.  Chall.,  Z06I.,  xxiv,  p.  253,  pi.  xxxiii,  fig.   i, 
1887.      Witmar    Stone,    in    Heilprin,    Bermuda    Islands     (Bermuda). 
Rankin,  op.  cit.,  p.  544,  1900. 
Parapenaus  velutinus  Smith,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  viii,  p.  117,  1885. 
Plate  XVI,  Figure  4. 

Body  covered  with  a  close  velvety  pubescence.  Rostrum  stout, 
laterally  carinate,  acute,  slightly  curved  up  at  tip,  with  about  seven 
or  eight  teeth  above,  beginning  opposite  orbit;  none  below;  one 
on  the  dorsal  carina  of  carapace;  lower  margin  nearly  straight, 
fringed  with  hairs.  Telson  narrow,  acute,  not  sulcate,  terminating 
in  a  slender,  sharp,  median  spine ;  a  small  lateral  spine  and  a 
smaller  intermediate  one;  denticulate,  with  three  lateral  spinules. 
and  fringed  on  the  margins  distally;  third  to  sixth  abdominal 
segments  strongly  carinate ;  carina  on  the  third  is  sulcate ;  on 
sixth  it  ends  "in  a  small  dorsal  spine.  The  dorsal  rostral  carina, 
which  is  strong  anteriorly,  scarcely  extends  beyond  the  middle  of 
the  carapace. 

Eyes  large,  on  short  stalks.  The  antennular  peduncle  is  short. 
The  antennal  scale  has  a  stout  spine,  of  about  the  same  length  as, 
or  slightly  longer  than,  the  antennular  peduncle ;  it  has  two 
small,  acute,  basal  spines. 

The  first  leg  is  stouter  and  more  hairy  than  the  second  and  third, 
with  a  larger  chela ;  it  reaches  a  little  beyond  the  base  of  the  chela 
of  the  second.  The  second  reaches  the  chela  of  the  third  ;  fourth 
leg  reaches  the  base  of  the  dactyl  of  the  fifth ;  fifth  leg  is  equal  to 
second  and  reaches  the  chela  of  the  third.  The  above  description 
is  of  adult  males  from  Zanzibar. 

It  is  widely  distributed  in  the  Pacific  and  Indian  Oceans. 
Hawaiian  Is.  (Dana);  China  and  Ousima  (Stimpson);  Japan; 
E.  Indies;  New  Guinea;  Australia  (Bate)  ;  West  Africa  (Miers). 

♦  Rudimentary  exopodites  sometimes  occur  on  some  individuals  of 
P.  paradoxus  (Edw.  and  Bouv.)  and  on  the  young  of  other  species. 


48  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Bate  records  this  species  from  eight  stations  (Voy.  Challenger) 
ranging  from  6,  8,  and  26  fathoms  to  2675  fathoms.  It  is  alto- 
gether probable  that  it  is  strictly  a  surface  or  shallow  water  species 
which,  as  often  happens,  was  sometimes  picked  up  by  the  deep-sea 
trawl  when  the  net  had  nearly  reached  the  surface.  The  specimen 
obtained  by  Heilprin,  at  Bermuda,  and  identified  by  W.  Stone  was, 
perhaps,  Peticeopsis  goodei.  It  has  not  been  recorded  from  this 
region  by  anyone  else. 

Subfamily  SICYONIN^  Ortm. . 
This  group  includes  only  the  genus  Sicyonia. 

Sicyonia  H.  M.-Edw.,  1830.     Crested  Shrimp. 

Sicyonia   Dana,    op.    cit,   p.   602,    1852.     Stebbing,   Hist.    Crust.,    p.   218 
(critical  remarks).     Edw.  and  Bouvier,  op.  cit.,  p.  243,  1909. 

The  carapace  has  a  rather  high,  crest-like,  and  dentate  carina. 
Rostrum  carinate,  toothed  above,  sometimes  one  tooth  below  near 
tip.  Abdomen  carinated  dorsally  and  sculptured  by  furrows. 
Thoracic  legs  have  no  exopods.  Abdominal  appendages  are  not 
biramous,  except  the  sixth.  No  internal  antennular  scale.  Ocular 
segment  with  two  submedian  spines  directed  forward.  Last  two 
pairs  of  feet  have  flattened  dactyls.     Telson  pointed. 

The  four  recognized  Florida  and  West  Indies  species  of  this 
genus  are  pretty  closely  allied,  but  dififer  in  the  length  of  the 
rostrum  and  arrangement  of  the  rostral  and  carinal  teeth. 

They  may  be  distinguished  as  follows : 

Key  to  North  Atlantic  species  of  Sicyonia. 

I. — Three  carinal  teeth. 

A. — Rostrum  long,  truncate,  with  two  or  three  terminal  denticles. 

B. — Rostrum  with  two  teeth  above,  and  also  terminal  spinules ;  none 
below ;    abdomen  feebly  sculptured Icevigata. 

BB. — Rostrum  truncate  with  two  minute  teeth  above,  one  of  which  is  close 
to  the  tip ;  one  below ;  carina  with  two  larger  teeth.  Abdomen 
strongly  sculptured carinata.     E.  Atlantic. 

AA. — Rostrum  pointed,  very  short  and  narrow,  with  three  large  teeth 
above,  none  below brevirostris^cristata  Saus. 

II. — Two  carinal  teeth ;  rostrum  not  truncate ;  abdomen  strongly  sculp- 
tured. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  49 

C. — Rostrum  exceeding  the  eyes,  with  three  teeth  above  and  a  very  small 
one  below,   near   the   tip ;    carina   with   two  teeth,   widely   separated. 

dorsalis. 
CC. — Rostrum  with  the  tip  simple  not  exceeding  the  eyes ;    two  or  three 
small  teeth  above ;    none  below ;    two  subequal,  evenly  spaced  carinal 
teeth. 

edwardsi  Miers. 

Sicyonia  dorsalis  Kingsley. 

Sicyonia  dorsalis  Kingsley,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  xxx,  for  1878, 
p.  97  (9)  ;  Bull.  Essex  Inst,  x,  p.  69.  Verrill,  these  Trans.,  x,  p.  580, 
1900  (Bermuda).  M.-Edw.  and  Bouvier,  op.  cit.,  pp.  244,  253,  pi.  viii, 
figs.  4-13,  1909.  M.  J.  Rathbun,  Brachyura  and  Macrura  of  Porto 
Rico,  p.  103,  1901. 

Sicyonia  stimpsoni  Bouvier,  C.  R.  Acad.  Sci.  y.  141,  p.  748,  1905. 

Sicyonia  carinata  (?)  Rankin  {non  Olivier,  nee  Bate),  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad. 
Sci.,  xii,  p.  543.  The  figure  (pi.  xvii,  fig.  6)  which  was  copied  from 
Bate,  with  credit,  was  edwardsii  Miers. 

Plate  X,  Figures  I — li;  2,  a-c;  3;  4;  5. 

The  two  teeth  on  the  dorsal  carina  of  the  carapace  are  widely 
separated,  the  posterior  one  being  the  larger,  acute,  hooked,  and 
situated  at  about  the  posterior  fourth  of  the  carapace;  the  other 
is  close  to  the  base  of  the  rostrum,  near  the  first  rostral  tooth,  and 
similar  to  it  in  size.  The  rostrum  is  subacute,  small  and  rather 
short;  longer  than  the  eyes,  often  slightly  bifid,  with  three  teeth 
on  the  upper  edge;  it  usually  has  one  minute  tooth,  close  to  the 
tip,  on  the  under  side,  but  this  may  be  lacking.  Abdominal  seg- 
ments are  strongly  carinate  and  sculptured. 

Length  of  a  large  adult  female,  90  mm ;  carapace  with  rostrum, 
21.5  mm ;  rostrum,  5  mm  ;  abdomen,  6.85  mm.  One  young  speci- 
men, taken  by  us  in  1898,  was  determined  by  Miss  Rathbun.  It 
agrees  well  with  the  description  and  figures.  The  specimen 
recorded  as  6".  carinata  by  Rankin  was  taken  in  shallow  water  in 
Harrington  Sound,  on  white  sand.  His  copied  figure  represents 
6*.  edwardsii.  Otherwise  the  latter  has  not  been  recorded  from 
Bermuda. 

Dr.  Rankin  stated  that  in  his  Bermuda  specimen  there  is  one 
tooth  behind  the  gastric  region;  the  rostrum  has  four  teeth  close 
together  on  the  dorsal  edge  and  none  below,  which  is  not  the  case 
in  S.  carinata  Bate  (=ed'wardsii  Miers),  as  Dr.  Rankin  observed. 
His  two  specimens  had  lost  their  thoracic  appendages.  According 
to  his  description  it  differs  both  from  ^.  dorsalis  and  S.  edwardsii, 


50  Addison  E.  V  err  ill, 

as  well  as  from  the  other  Atlantic  species,  but  he  probably  counted 
the  anterior  carinal  tooth  as  a  rostral  tooth.  It  agrees  more  nearly 
with  dorsalis  than  with  any  other.  There  seems  to  be  no  good 
reason  for  referring  it  to  5*.  brevirostris  Edw.  For  parts  of  the 
latter,  see  our  figures  (pi.  xx,  figs.  2-2c;  6-6k). 

Off  Cape  Hatteras,  i6  fathoms  (Smith)  ;    Fort  Jefferson,  Fla. 
(type  locality).     Off  Key  West,  45  fathoms,  station  2318  (Alba- 
tross) ;    off    Havana,    230    fathoms,    station   2321    (Albatross) 
Sabanilla,  U.   S.   Columbia,    (Albatross)  ;    Bermudas    (Verrill) 
Porto  Rico,  Mayaguez  Harbor,  12  to  18  fathoms;  Pensacola,  Fla. 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  30  to  88  fathoms   (Rathbun).     Many  localities 
in  the  West  Indies,  in  36  to  120  fathoms  (Blake  Exped.).     Other 
West   Indian   species   of   the   genus   are   likely   to    occur   at   the 
Bermudas  when  looked  for  at  suitable  depths. 

Family  SERGESTID.ffi  Dana,  1852.    Phosphorescent  Oceanic  Shrimp. 

SergestidcB  Bate,  op.  cit,   1888.     Stcbbing,  Hist.  Crust.,  p.  221.     Faxon, 
op.  cit.,  p.  208,  1895.     Ortmann,  Plankton  Exped.,  p.  29,  1893. 

This  family  includes  many  oceanic  species,  often  noteworthy  on 
account  of  their  bright  colors  or  their  brilliant  phosphorescence. 
The  rostrum  is  usually  very  small  and  simple.  The  eyes  are  often 
very  large  and  prominent,  on  long  stalks,  but  they  are  sometimes 
much  reduced.  The  legs  are  very  slender.  The  chelae  are  lacking 
on  the  first  pair  of  legs,  which  are  usually  short,  and  sometimes 
also  on  the  second  pair ;  on  the  third  pair  they  are  very  minute. 
The  fifth  legs  are  usually  very  small  and  slender,  and  often,  also, 
the  fourth  pair ;  one  or  both  may  be  rudimentary  or  absent.  The 
legs  bear  long  plumose  hairs.  Branchiae  are  much  reduced,  some- 
times lacking ;  never  present  on  all  the  legs.  The  species  undergo 
a  complicated  metamorphosis  and  have  very  singular  larval  forms 
which  are  often  taken  in  surface  nets. 

Sergestes  PI.  M.-Edw.,  1830. 

Several  species  of  Sergestes  have  been  taken  in  the  North 
Atlantic  Ocean,  some  of  them  in  the  region  of  Bermuda.  Any  of 
these  are  likely  to  occur  near  the  Bermuda  shores.  The  species 
are  free-swimming  forms,  widely  distributed,  and  are  often  taken 
at  or  near  the  surface,  away  from  the  land.  Though  often 
brought  up  by  the  deep-sea  dredges  and  trawls,  apparently  from 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  51 

great  depths,  they  certainly  do  not  always  come  from  the  bottom. 
Some  species  have  been  taken  in  the  Gulf-weed  (Sargassiim)  in 
the  North  Atlantic. 

Bate,  in  the  Voyage  of  the  Challenger,  vol.  xxiv,  pp.  389-418, 
described  the  following  species  from  the  central  or  western  parts 
of  the  North  Atlantic. 

Sergcstcs  atlanticus  M.-Edw.*  Many  localities  in  the  North  Atlantic; 
West  Indies  to  Greenland.  S.  Africa;  Japan;  Fiji  Is.;  S.  of 
Australia. 

S.  edwardsii  Kroyer,  off  Cape  Verde  Is.  to  Greenland  and  Pacific  Ocean. 

5".  oculatus  Kroyer,  Mid-Atlantic  to  Greenland;    North  and  S.  Pacific. 

S.  ovatoculatus  Bate,  North  Atlantic. 

5".  parvidcns  Bate,  Tropical  Atlantic;    Pacific  Ocean;    off  Australia. 

S.  longirostris  Bate,  Mid-Atlantic. 

S.  longispinus  Bate,  Mid-Atlantic ;    North  Atlantic. 

S.  penerinkii  Bate,  North  Atlantic. 

Other  North  Atlantic  species  have  been  recorded  by  various  authors. 
Several  of  these  species  are  liable  to  occur  in  Bermuda  waters. 

Family  LEUCIFERID.ffi  Dana. 
LeuciferincB  (subfamily)  Bate,  op.  cit.,  p.  443,  1888. 

Body  slender  and  much  elongated.  Antennal  and  ocular  seg- 
ments (cephalon  or  "neck")  greatly  prolonged  so  that  the  antennae 
and  eyes  are  inserted  relatively  far  forward  of  the  oral  appendages 
and  mouth.  Eyes  on  long  stalks.  Third  maxillipeds  leg-like. 
The  abdominal  (pleon)  segments  are  especially  much  elongated, 
forming  more  than  half  the  body.  Thorax  short.  No  exopods 
on  legs.  First  two  pairs  of  legs  are  slender,  not  chelate;  rudi- 
mentary chelae  on  the  third  pair ;  fourth  and  fifth  pairs  lacking. 
No  branchiae  on  the  thoracic  segments.  Pleopods  of  second  to 
fifth  pairs  have  two  large  ciliated  branches ;  a  small  third  branch, 
also,  on  second  pair  of  male,  and  clasping  organ  on  first  pair. 

The  eggs  are  carried  beneath  the  thorax  of  the  female,  without 
special  organs  for  attachment.     Young  hatch  in  a  nauplius  form 

*  This  is  the  Sergcstcs  arcticus  of  Kroyer,  1855.  See  also  S.  arcticus 
S.  I.  Smith,  Dec.  Crust.  Albatross  Dredgings  of  1884,  pp.  6,  93,  pi.  xx, 
figs.  I,  2,  1886.  C.  Hatteras,  northward,  235  to  2516  fathoms  (?).  It  has, 
however,  been  repeatedly  taken  at  the  surface. 


52  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

(pi.   i8,  fig.  6)   and  undergo  extensive  metamorphoses,   passing 
through  protozoea  and  zoea  stages.     (See  Brooks,  op.  cit.,  1882.) 

Leucifer  H.  Milne-Edw.* 

Lucifer  V.  Thompson,  Zool.  Res.,  p.  58,  pi.  vii,  fig.  2,  1869  (name  pre- 
occupied). W.  K.  Brooks,  op.  cit,  vol.  173,  pp.  57-157,  structure  and 
development,  1883.  Bate,  op.  cit.,  pp.  442-467,  pi.  79-85,  structure  and 
development,  1888. 

Leucifer  H.  M.-Edw.,  Hist.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  469,  1837.     Dana,  op.  cit.,  p. 

662. 

Text  figure  4.     Plates  XVII  and  XVIII. 

Integument  thin,  transparent.  Cephahc  region  or  neck  (cepha- 
lon)  long,  cylindrical ;  pleon  very  long,  about  two  thirds  of 
body ;  its  sixth  segment  much  longer  than  the  others,  which 
are  subequal ;  pleopods  long ;  uropods  large,  branches  unequal, 
usually  much  longer  than  telson.  Telson  small,  narrow,  tapered, 
with  three  spines  at  each  angle  and,  in  the  male  a  ventral  lobe; 
four  spinules  above. 


Figure  4.    Leucifer.  sp.  ?;  a,  antennule;   b.  antenna;   o,  eye;   ot,  ootocyst; 
s,  antennal  scale.     Enlarged. 

Eye-stalks  long ;  eyes  large ;  ootocysts  well  developed.  Anten- 
nules  with  a  slender  three-jointed  peduncle  and  a  single  slender 
flagellum.  Antennae  have  a  long  flagellum  and  a  narrow  subacute 
scale;  basicerite  small,  bicuspid.  A  clasping  organ  (petasma)  on 
anterior  side  of  first  pleopods  of  male  and  the  second  pleopod  has 


*  The  name  of  this  genus  was  first  written  Lucifer.  It  was  changed  to 
Leucifer  by  M. -Edwards,  but  he  gave  no  reason  for  the  change.  It  has 
been  said  that  it  was  because  the  former  was  preoccupied,  but  as  he  quotes 
Thompson  as  spelling  it  Leucifer,  he  probably  intended  it  as  a  more  correct 
form.  However,  as  Lucifer  was  really  preoccupied,  the  change  should  be 
adopted. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  53 

a  third  small  sexual  branch.  Mandibles  lack  a  palpus.  Rostrum 
small,  or  sometimes  lacking. 

Sexes  differ  decidedly.  The  male  has  a  conspicuous  petasma 
on  the  first  pleopods  and  a  special  organ  on  the  second ;  two  con- 
spicuous ventral  spines  on  the  sixth  abdominal  segment;  and  a 
prominent  tubercle  on  the  under  side  of  the  telson,  all  of  which 
are  lacking  in  the  female.  In  the  latter,  at  least  in  some  species, 
the  third  maxillipeds  are  shorter  than  the  first  legs,  and  there  are 
apparently  differences  in  the  second  maxillipeds  and  other  organs. 
The  lateral  abdominal  processes  are  more  acute  in  some  species. 

In  our  species  the  male,  at  least,  appears  to  have  a  pair  of  phos- 
phorescent organs  in  the  first  five  abdominal  segments,  and  perhaps 
the  tubercle  on  the  under  side  of  the  telson  is  also  a  phosphorescent 
organ. 

Leucifer  faxoni  Borr. 

Lucifer  typus  (?)  Faxon,  Chesapeake  Zool.  Labr.  Studies,  Johns 
Hopkins  Univ.  Biol.  Labr.,  (iii),  p.  113,  pi.  7,  figs.  1-3,  1879  {non 
Thompson).  (?)  Bate,  Voy.  Challenger,  Zool.  Crustacea,  vol.  xxiv, 
p.  464,  pi.  71-83,  1888  (descrip.  and  metamorphoses) :=L.  affinis  Bor- 
rodaile. 

Lucifer,  sp.,  W.  K.  Brooks,  op.  cit.,  vol.  173,  pp.  57-137,  pi.  i-ix,  1883 
(anat.  and  metamorphoses). 

Lucifer  faxoni  Borrodaile,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  Ser.  8,  vol.  xvi, 
pp.  228,  230,  1915. 

(f)  L.  affinis  Borrodaile,  op.  cit.,  pp.  228,  230,  1915  (based  on  Bate's 
species). 

Leucifer  faxoni  Hay  and  Shore,  op.  cit.,  p.  381,  text-figure  4,  pi.  xxvi, 
fig.  10,  1918. 

Plate  XVH,  Figures  1-7.    Plate  XVHI,  Figures  1-13. 

The  specimens  of  Leucifer  taken  by  my  party  at  the  surface  at 
Bermuda  have  been  lost.  The  following  description  is  based  on 
a  large  lot  (several  hundred)  taken  at  one  time  in  the  Gulf  Stream 
at  the  Albatross  station.  No.  271 1,  and  unusually  well  preserved. 

Owing  to  the  extreme  delicacy  and  tenuity  of  the  species  of  this 
genus  various  organs  are  liable  to  be  lost  or  damaged ;  others  are 
often  contracted  or  distorted  by  preservatives.  Therefore  it  is 
advantageous  to  have  large  numbers  for  any  careful  study  of  their 
structure.  The  sexes  differ  much  in  several  respects  and  are 
readily  distinguishable,  as  stated  in  the  generic  description. 


54  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Probably  more  than  one  species  of  Leucifer  will  be  found  in 
Bermuda  waters,  but  the  following  species  is  likely  to  be  the  most 
frequent,  for  it  was  taken  at  many  places  in  the  Gulf  Stream  region 
by  the  U.  S.  Fish  Comm.  steamers,  Fish-hawk  and  Albatross. 

The  neck  is  rather  slender,  about  twice  as  long  as  the  thorax 
and  about  equal  in  length  to  the  uropods  and  to  the  sixth  segment 
of  the  abdomen.  The  thorax  has  a  small  spine  on  each  side  of 
its  front  edge.  The  first  five  abdominal  segments  contain  a  rela- 
tively large,  apparently  phosphorescent  organ,  similar  to  those  in 
Thysanopoda,  etc. 

The  rostrum  is  small,  acute-triangular,  acuminate  with  a  small 
acute  terminal  cusp,  often  broken  off.  The  eye  is  moderately 
large,  round ;  its  stalk  is  elongated,  nearly  half  as  long  as  the  neck, 
obconic,  tapering  to  a  small  base.  The  antennular  peduncle  is 
slender  and  long;  its  first  article  much  the  longest,  as  long  as, 
or  longer  than  eye-stalk  and  eye;  flagellum  is  long  and  slender. 
The  antennal  peduncle  is  about  half  as  long ;  it  reaches  about  to 
end  of  eye-stalk,  minus  eye,  and  is  not  as  long  as  first  article  of 
antennule.  Its  scale  is  very  long  and  in  most  cases  not  very 
narrow,  though  often  appearing  so,  owing  to  its  position  in 
mounted  specimens.  It  is  often  wider  than  the  antennal  peduncle, 
or  twice  as  wide  as  the  antennule ;  it  reaches  about  to  the  end  of  the 
second  article  of  the  antennular  flagellum ;  its  edges  are  nearly 
parallel  for  the  proximal  half ;  inner  edge  distally  curves  gently 
to  the  obtuse  end,  which  carries  a  small  spine  on  the  outer  angle. 
It  is  about  twice  as  long  as  the  antennal  peduncle.  The  basocerite 
is  small,  with  two  acute,  spinif orm  cusps,  the  lower  one  the  longer ; 
it  is  placed  behind  and  below  the  bases  of  the  eye-stalks.  The 
antennal  flagellum  is  very  long  and  slender,  about  as  long  as  the 
body  when  entire  (usually  broken)  ;    its  articles  are  elongated. 

The  second  maxillipeds  are  elongated,  strongly  incurved, 
covered  on  the  inner  side  with  long  slender  hairs ;  none  of  the 
articles  are  notably  thickened  in  the  female ;  in  the  male  the 
penultimate  article  is  somewhat  enlarged  in  the  middle.  The  third 
maxillipeds  are  similar  to  the  first  pair  of  legs  in  size  and  form, 
and  in  the  male  of  about  the  same  length ;  in  the  female  they  only 
reach  the  penultimate  article  of  the  first  leg,  which  is  much  shorter 
than  the  others,  which  are  very  long ;  the  propodus  and  dactyl  are 
fringed  on  the  inner  edge  with  long  hairs. 

The  third  leg  is  blunt  and  tipped  with  a  small  claw  or  hook  and 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  55 

numerous  incurved  hairs ;  the  claw  is  wide  at  hase  and  acuminate, 
with  a  sharp  incurved  tip ;  opposed  to  it  there  are  two  small 
spinules.  The  pleopods  are  elongated ;  in  the  male  those  of  the 
first  pair  hear  a  petasma,  which  is  prominent,  convex,  somewhat 
cap-shaped,  inner  end  with  an  overhanging  top;  outer  end  with  a 
prominent  tubular  lobe,  often  nearly  touching  a  small  tubercle 
standing  in  front  of  it.  It  has  internal  muscles  and  is  capable  of 
considerable  changes  in  form.  The  distal  tubular  part  can  be 
protruded  or  withdrawn  more  or  less.     (See  pi.  18,  figs.  6-9.) 

The  second  pleopod  of  the  male  has  a  third  branch,  or  male 
organ  (pi.  18,  figs.  5,  5a),  which  is  about  as  thick  as  the  other 
branches,  and  about  half  as  long;  its  outline  is  slightly  sigmoid, 
with  a  basal  enlargement,  distal  to  which  there  is  a  group  of  about 
three  short  curved  setae  on  the  outer  side,  otherwise  it  is  not  hairy ; 
other  branches  are  very  hairy.  The  sixth  abdominal  segment  is 
al)out  as  long  as  the  sum  of  two  preceding ;  distally  it  is  rapidly 
narrowed ;  in  the  male  the  lateral  ventral  side  bears  two  con- 
spicuous spines,  the  second  about  twice  as  long  as  the  first,  both 
somewhat  directed  backward ;  second  not  acute  at  tip ;  distance 
between  the  spines  about  equal  to  distance  of  the  second  to  end  of 
segment ;  dorsal  median  distal  edge  bears  a  small  acute  spinule ; 
distal  ventral  edge  in  some,  at  least,  bears  a  pair  of  small  spinules, 
often  blunt. 

In  the  female  the  sixth  segment  has  a  constriction  or  slight 
transverse  groove,  in  the  middle,  as  if  composed  of  two  articles ; 
its  ventral  side,  further  back,  bears  a  pair  of  very  small  acute 
spinules,  close  together. 

The  uropods  of  both  sexes  are  relatively  large  and  long;  they 
have  two  acute  basal  spines ;  the  outer  lamella  is  about  one-third 
longer  and  twice  wider  than  the  inner,  long-elliptical,  with  the  end 
obtusely  rounded  or  slightly  emarginated  near  the  base  of  the 
small  acute  spinule  on  the  outer  distal  edge,  which  is  equal  to  or 
a  little  longer  than  the  tip  of  the  lamella,  sometimes  projecting  its 
entire  length ;  the  inner  edges  of  both  lamellae  have  a  fringe  of 
long  slender  hairs ;  inner  one  is  about  half  as  wide  and  two-thirds 
as  long  as  outer,  and  more  acute.  The  telson  is  narrow ;  in  the 
male  about  half  as  long  as  the  inner  uropods,  one-third  the  outer 
branch ;  seen  in  profile  it  is  thickened  proximally,  and  has  the 
proximal  half  of  the  edge  turned  up.  In  the  male  it  bears  at  about 
the  distal  fourth,  on  the  under  side,  a  rounded  tubercle  (perhaps  a 


56  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

phosphorescent  organ)  in  front  of  which  there  is  a  small  round 
internal  organ  (ganglion?)  ;  on  the  upper  side  are  two  pairs  of 
minute  appressed  spines  (pi.  18,  figs.  3,  4a),  a  pair  before  and  one 
behind  the  ventral  tubercle.  The  tip  is  narrow  and  bears  three 
pairs  of  spines ;  the  outer  one  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  next 
inner;  third  minute.      (See  pi.  18,  figs.  11,  12.) 

The  female  has  no  tubercle  on  the  under  side  of  the  telson,  and 
the  telson  is  relatively  a  little  longer  in  proportion  to  the  uropods 
(fig.  13).  The  terminal  and  dorsal  spines  of  the  telson  are  very 
liable  to  be  broken  off  in  preserved  specimens,  as  well  as  various 
frontal  organs,  such  as  the  antennal  scales,  etc. 

Length  of  the  larger  males,  12  to  13  mm,  including  rostrum  and 
uropods;  length  of  neck,  2mm;  of  thorax,  about  1.4mm;  of 
uropods,  2  mm.  Females  are  usually  somewhat  larger  than  the 
males. 

Some  of  our  specimens  give  the  following  ratios  of  the  length 
of  the  neck  to  that  of  the  rest  of  the  thorax: — No.  i  2  ;  ratios 
1 .4 :  I ;  No.  2  $  ,  ratios  i  .36 :  i  ;  No.  4  $ ,  ratios  1.2:1;  No.  25, 
ratios  1.04:  i.  The  ratios  of  the  neck  to  the  total  length  was  in 
No.  I,  1 :  6.4;   No.  2,  1 :  6.94;   No.  25,  i :  6.8. 

Measurements  of  No.  i  were  as  follows  :  length  of  neck,  1.2  mm ; 
of  thorax,  0.88;  of  abdomen,  4.5  to  base  of  telson;  sixth  segment, 
1.25;  outer  uropods,  1.3;  telson,  0.60;  eye  and  stalk,  0.36; 
longest  legs,  1.65;   third  maxilliped,  0.46. 

I  have  referred  this  species  to  L.  faxoni,  although  it  differs 
somewhat  from  the  figures  of  Faxon,  and  the  later  description  by 
Hay  and  Shore,  as  shown  below.  It  agrees  almost  as  nearly  in 
most  respects  with  Bate's  figures,  renamed  L.  affinis  by  Borradaile, 
the  slight  dififerences  being  due,  perhaps,  to  the  modes  of  prepara- 
tion and  to  errors  in  the  drawings.     (See  pi.  XVIII,  figs.  S-8d.) 

According  to  Borradaile  L.  faxoni  has  the  following  diagnostic 
characters  : — Neck-like  portion  longer  than  the  rest  of  the  cephalo- 
thorax.  Eye  and  stalk  rather  more  than  a  third  and  not  more 
than  half  the  length  of  the  neck,  the  stalk  rather  stout.  The  last 
(third)  leg  reaches  to  the  end  of  neck  or  beyond  it.  Sixth 
abdominal  segment  not  much,  if  at  all,  longer  than  the  uropods ; 
exopods  of  uropods  rounded  at  the  end,  less  than  five  times  longer 
than  wide ;  its  spine  projects  beyond  the  end.  Ventral  lateral 
spine  of  6th  abdominal  segment  of  the  male  sharp,  not  followed 
by  a  pair  of  spinules. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  57 

Hay  and  Shore  give  a  fuller  description*  of  the  species,  as  found 
at  Beaufort,  N.  C,  which  does  not  agree  in  all  respects  with  that 
of  Borradaile,  which  was  probably  based  on  the  figures  of  the  West 
Atlantic  specimens. 

The  more  specific  characters  given  by  them  are  as  follows :  The 
neck-like  portion  is  1.5,  the  length  of  the  rest  of  the  cephalothorax  ; 
rostrum  small ;  a  spine  on  each  side  behind  the  eye-stalk,  and  a 
knob-like  suborbital  lobe. 

Posterior  part  of  cephalothorax  with  a  small  spine  on  each  side 
in  front.  Eye-stalks  conical,  about  one-third  as  long  as  the  neck. 
Antennular  peduncle  long  and  slender.  Antennal  peduncle  about 
half  as  long  as  the  first  antennular  segment ;  its  flagellum  longer 
than  that  of  antennules ;  its  scale  almost  linear. 

Last  two  pairs  of  legs  nearly  equal  in  length,  and  reaching 
forward  almost  to  end  of  neck.  Abdomen  much  compressed; 
segments  deepest  at  insertions  of  pleopods  and  there  ending  in  a 
spiniform  angle.  Sixth  segment  as  long  as  two  preceding  com- 
bined, its  postero-lateral  angles  spiniform  ;  posterior  dorsal  margin 
with  a  small  median  spine.  In  the  male  two  strong  ventral  spines, 
the  posterior  one  about  twice  as  long  as  the  other  and  recurved. 
Telson  slender,  about  half  as  long  as  the  uropods,  with  a  stout 
spine  on  each  side  and  a  prominent  projection  on  the  ventral  side 
near  the  middle.  Uropods  about  as  long  as  the  sixth  segment. 
Color  when  alive  almost  perfectly  transparent.  Length  10  to 
12  mm. 

According  to  Prof.  Brooks  it  lays  its  eggs  at  night  and  they 
are  very  small  and  entirely  transparent. 

Off  Chesapeake  Bay  (Faxon)  ;  Beaufort,  N.  C,  m  the  harbor 
and  mofe  abundant  outside,  at  the  surface  (Hay  and  Shore). 
Carried  eggs  June  30th.  Prof.  Brooks  took  it  in  large  numbers 
at  Beaufort,  N.  C,  near  an  inlet,  during  ebb  tide  in  the  evening. 
The  females  carried  eggs  there.  It  is  probably  to  be  found  at  or 
near  the  surface,  chiefly  at  night.  Though  often  brought  up, 
apparently  from  great  depths,  in  dredging,  species  of  this  genus 
may  enter  the  dredge  only  near  the  surface,  like  many  other  oceanic 
species. 


♦Hay  and  Shore  describe  their  species  as  having  four  pairs  of  legs. 
This  was  probably  an  accidental  error  due  to  counting  the  third  maxil- 
lipeds  as  legs,  for  they  state  that  the  two  anterior  pairs  are  equal. 


58  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Part  of  the  work  on  this  genus  by  Prof.  Brooks  was  done  on 
Beaufort  material,  but  most  of  his  embryological  work  was  done 
on  Bahama  specimens.  He  does  not  give  the  special  locality  of 
specimens  figured.  He  gives,  of  the  adults,  only  a  few  figures  of 
parts,  such  as  the  sixth  segment,  uropods,  telson,  and  reproductive 
organs ;  also  a  third  maxilliped  and  mandibles.  From  these 
figures  and  no  description  of  the  adult  it  is  not  possible  to  identify 
his  species  with  certainty. 

The  petasma  as  figured  by  him  is  unlike  that  of  my  specimens 
and  unlike  the  figures  of  Bate  and  Faxon.  If  correctly  drawn, 
it  would  indicate  a  distinct  species.  It  is  smaller,  simpler,  and 
farther  back  from  the  opposed  tubercle  than  in  any  of  the  others 
figured.  The  telson  is  represented  as  smaller  and  its  armature 
somewhat  unlike  that  of  my  specimens,  but  he  may  not  have  taken 
much  pains  in  drawing  such  details. 

Species  of  Leucifer  are  widely  distributed  in  the  warmer  parts 
of  all  the  oceans.  One  species  was  recorded  from  Georges  Bank, 
off  Massachusetts,  by  Prof.  S.  I.  Smith,  but  was  not  identified. 
It  may  have  been  L.  faxoni. 

Three  stages  of  the  larvae,  of  a  species  from  G.  O.  Sars'  work, 
are  reproduced  on  pi.  i8,  figs.  6-8.  These  may  belong  to 
"L.  typus"  of  Europe.  Similar  larvae  were  taken  by  us  at 
Bermuda  in  1898. 

Borradaile  records  several  other  species  from  the  Atlantic. 
Among  them  are  L.  acicularis  Dana  (Brazil)  ;  L.  affinis  Bor.= 
L.  typus  Bate  (all  tropical  seas)  ;  L.  batei  Bor.  (Atlantic  and 
Pacific). 

According  to  Borradaile,  in  the  true  L.  typus  the  eye  and  stalk 
are  much  longer  than  the  rest  of  the  cephalothorax.  The  exopods 
of  the  uropods  are  tapered  distally.  Rostrum  is  lacking.  Ventral 
spine  of  sixth  abdominal  segment  is  pointed.  It  inhabits  the 
tropical  Atlantic. 

The  differences  between  L.  faxoni  and  L.  affinis,  as  diagnosed 
by  Borradaile,  are  slight  and  are  mostly  minor  variations  in  pro- 
portions of  parts.  As  his  L.  affinis  seems  to  be  based  on  the 
figures  given  by  Bate,  such  differences  may  be  due  partly  to 
imperfections  in  the  drawings,  or  to  variations  due  to  age,  sex, 
mode  of  preservation,  etc.  It  seems  to  me  probable  that  they 
represent  only  one  species. 

The  only  differences  that  seem  to  be  of  much  importance,  aside 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  59 

from  the  longer  neck  of  affinis,  are  in  the  form  of  the  petasma  and 
the  male  organ  of  the  second  pleopods.  If  correctly  drawn  in 
Bate's  figure  (his  pi.  80,  our  pi.  18,  fig.  8&),  the  petasma  is  larger 
and  more  complicated  than  in  our  specimens  (pi.  18,  figs.  6-9)  or 
in  Faxon's  figures  (pi.  18,  fig.  7).  The  same  organ,  as  figured  by 
Brooks,  is  quite  unlike  either  of  the  other  figures.  It  seems  some- 
what variable  in  form  in  the  large  number  of  specimens  examined. 

The  male  appendage  of  the  second  pleopods  in  Bate's  figure 
(pi.  18,  fig.  8rf)  has  a  wide,  oblique,  terminal  part,  while  it  is 
narrow  and  subacute  in  our  species  (pi.  18,  figs.  5,  5a).  The 
female  in  our  species  does  not  have  such  sharp  spiniform  termi- 
nations to  the  angular  lobes  of  the  abdominal  segments,  at  the 
bases  of  the  pleopods,  as  shown  in  Bate's  figure  (his  pi.  83).  In 
our  species  they  are  angular,  as  in  the  male,  but  not  dentiform  nor 
spiniform,  but  Bate's  figure  may  be  erroneous  in  this  respect. 

The  "neck"  is  relatively  longer  in  Bate's  figures  (see  pi.  18. 
fig.  8)  than  in  Faxon's  and  in  my  specimens  (pi.  18,  fig.  i),  while 
the  uropods  and  telson  are  shorter.  In  Bate's  figure,  the  propor- 
tion of  uropods  to  neck  is  about  1:1.6;  in  Faxon's  they  are 
practically  equal.  In  Bate's  figure  the  neck  is  nearly  equal  to 
the  combined  length  of  the  thorax  and  first  two  abdominal  somites ; 
in  our  specimens  it  is  less  than  the  thorax  and  first  abdominal 
somite. 

Borradaile  refers  to  the  figures  given  by  Bate  on  his  pi.  83  (our 
pi.  18,  figs.  8,  M)  as  illustrating  his  L.  affinis.  These  figures  differ 
from  the  later  description  by  Hay  and  Shore  as  follows : — 

Proportion  of  eye  and  stalk  to  neck  is  i :  3.5,  not  i :  3.  Antennal 
peduncle  to  first  article  of  antennular  peduncle  is  i :  1.25,  not  i :  2. 
Second  and  third  legs  reach  to  about  the  distal  third  of  the  neck 
of  the  female,  or  distal  fourth  of  the  male,  not  almost  to  the  end. 
Sixth  abdominal  segment  is  rather  longer  than  the  sum  of  the 
two  preceding.  The  telson  of  the  female  is  less  than  one-half 
the  length  of  the  uropods.  The  various  spines,  spinules,  and 
forms  of  the  appendages  agree  closely. 

It  seems  to  me  that  the  above  variations  in  the  figures  are  too 
small  and  uncertain  for  the  positive  diflferentiation  of  species.  In 
one  lot,  before  me,  containing  several  hundreds  of  specimens, 
greater  variations  in  some  of  the  proportions  occur.  These  were 
from  the  region  of  the  Gulf  Stream,  Albatross  Station  271 1,  No. 
12015.     Both  forms  are  likely  to  occur  at  the  Bermudas. 


6o  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

CARIDEA   (Dana)   or  PHYLLOBRANCHIATA. 

Caridea  Dana,  Crust.  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  1852. 

Eucyphidca  Ortmann,  Syst.  der  Decapoden-Krebse,  Zool.  Jahrb.,  1896. 
Normalia  Bate,  Macrura,  Voy.  Challenger,  vol.  xxiv,  p.  480,  1888. 
Caridea  M.  J.  Rathbun,  Brach.  and  Macrura  of  Porto  Rico,  p.  104,  1901. 
Stebbing,  Hist.  Crust.,  p.  224,  1893, 

This  extensive  group,  which  includes  about  fifteen  famiHes, 
corresponds  precisely  with  the  division  named  Caridea  by  Dana  in 
1852.  Therefore  there  seems  to  be  no  good  reason  for  adopting 
either  of  the  later  names.  Six  of  the  families  are  found  in 
Bermuda. 

The  most  important  character,  probably,  is  the  nature  of  the 
gills.  The  branchial  plumes  are  lamellate,  composed  of  thin, 
foliaceous  laminae,  attached  to  a  central  stem.  The  legs  of  the 
third  pair  are  never  chelate ;  those  of  the  first  and  second  pairs  are 
usually  chelate,  though  chelae  are  lacking  on  the  first  pair  in  the 
Pandalidce.  The  ova  are  carried  attached  to  the  hairs  of  the 
pleopods.  The  branchiae  are  well  developed  on  most,  or  on  all  the 
legs. 

Family  SYNALPHLEID/E  V.,  new  name.    Snapping  Shrimps. 

Alpheidea  DeHaan,  1850. 

Alpheine  Dana,  op.  cit,  p.  534,  1852.     Kingsley,  List  Caridea,  p.  57,  1878. 

Alpheida  Randall,  op.  cit.,  vol.  8,  p.  141,  1839.  White,  Trans.  Zool.  Soc. 
London,  XV,  p.  118,  1847.  Bate,  Voy.  Chall.,  xxiv,  p.  528,  1888.  Steb- 
bing, Hist.,  p.  230.  Ortmann,  Syst.  Decap.,  op.  cit.,  p.  423,  1896. 
M.  J.  Rathbun,  op.  cit,  p.  104,  1901.  Coutiere,  Annal.  des  Sci.  Nat., 
Ser.  8,  Zoology,  vol.  ix,  pp.  1-559,  pl-  I-V,  1899  (classification,  morphol- 
ogy, anatomy,  etc.). 

CrangonidcE  M.  J.  Rathbun.  Shore  and  Hay,  1918.  Name  preoccupied. 
{noti  Dana,  nee  Bate.) 

The  eye-stalks  and  eyes  are  usually  entirely  or  partly  covered 
by  thin  lobes  of  the  front  edge  of  the  carapace.  Eyes  are  exposed 
in  Automate.  Rostrum  small,  acute,  often  triangular,  not  serrate, 
sometimes  abortive.  First  pair  of  thoracic  legs  (chelipeds)  much 
larger  than  the  second,  strongly  chelate,  the  chelae  usually  very 
unequal  in  both  sexes,  sometimes  subequal ;  the  carpus  is  usually 
short,  often  cup-shaped  or  hemispherical. 

Second  pair  are  slender  with  small,  more  simple  chelae ;  the 
carpus  is  elongated  and  divided  into  several  segments    (usually 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  6i 

five,  never  more).  The  telson  is  strong  and  has  four  small  dorsal 
spines  usually,  nearly  in  a  quadrangle,  and  two  at  each  distal  angle  ; 
the  apex  is  occupied  by  a  median  and  several  pairs  of  long  plumose 
hairs  or  set?e,  often  numerous.  The  uropods  are  usually  broad, 
rounded  distally,  the  edge  bordered  with  long  pinnate  hairs  with 
some  longer  setiform  hairs  intermingled ;  usually  there  is  also  a 
submarginal  row  of  small  acute  setae  or  spinules.  The  outer 
lamella  of  the  uropods  generally  bears  a  distal  movable  spine  at 
the  sutural  notch  (rarely  two)  and  usually  the  angle  is  also  spini- 
form.  In  our  figures  of  these  parts  the  abundant  plumose  hairs 
are  usually  partly  or  entirely  omitted,  or  only  indicated.  (See  pi. 
27,  fig.  iS.) 

Mandibles  are  deeply  forked,  of  various  forms ;  always  having 
a  two-jointed  palpus;  inner  antennas  (antennules)  are  unequally 
biflagellate ;  the  outer  flagellum  is  usually  bifurcate.  Scale  of 
outer  antennas  is  usually  well  developed,  but  not  very  large,  some- 
times abortive ;  it  is  supported  by  a  strong,  external,  marginal 
spine,  and  bordered  on  the  inner  edge  with  long  pinnate  hairs ; 
a  smaller  basal  spine  (basicerite)  is  usually  present  on  the  outer 
angle  of  the  second  article  of  the  peduncle ;  it  is  sometimes  bilobed ; 
sometimes  nearly  or  quite  abortive. 

The  two  principal  genera,  Alpheus  (of  authors)  and  Synalpheus, 
are  able  to  make  a  sharp  snapping  sound  by  suddenly  closing  the 
dactyl  of  the  large  chela.  Most  other  genera  lack  this  power. 
A  dorsal  cardiac  notch  or  pit  is  always  present  near  the  posterior 
edge  of  the  carapace,  and  it  is  eminently  characteristic  of  the 
family. 

The  epipods  of  the  first  and  second  maxillipeds  are  undivided, 
without  pleurobranchise.  Third  maxilliped  always  has  an  exopod ; 
the  median  article  of  its  endopod  is  always  the  shortest;  third  to 
fifth  legs  are  short,  compressed,  fifth  smallest ;  propodite  spinulose ; 
the  dactyl  is  generally  either  simple  or  biunguiculate,  rarely  tri- 
unguiculate;  the  fifth  pair  have  an  oblique  brush  of  hairs  and 
spines  on  the  propodus.  Two  retinules  are  present  on  the  second 
pleopod  of  the  male,  except  in  Synalpheus  and  Automate. 

Third  abdominal  segment  is  short,  not  abruptly  bent  down. 
The  telson  often  has  a  pair  of  anal  tubercles  beneath,  and  corre- 
sponding cups  which  serve  as  a  pair  of  adhesive  suckers,  to  hold 
the  telson  and  uropods  bent  in  position.  Five  pleurobranchiae  are 
always  present;   other  branchiae  various. 


62  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Development  is  various ;  most  species  have  small  eggs  and  a 
zoea  stage  at  first ;  others  hatch  in  the  niysis  stage ;  some  have 
few  large  eggs  and  hatch  in  a  very  advanced  condition.  Most  of 
the  species,  if  not  all,  retain  the  larval  median  ocellus  through  life. 

The  species  are  numerous  in  all  tropical  and  semitropical  seas. 
Most  of  them  live  in  holes  in  rocks,  dead  corals,  sponges,  etc.  or 
under  stones ;  some  make  burrows  for  themselves  in  mud  or  sand  ; 
few  live  more  or  less  free  and  exposed.  Nearly  all  live  in  shallow 
water.  Many  have  protective  colors.  All  are  predacious  and 
usually  pugnacious,  often  killing  one  another,  in  aquaria,  by  means 
of  the  large  chela. 

In  moulting  the  large  chela,  carpus,  and  some  of  the  other 
articles  split  in  moulting  to  facilitate  the  operation. 

Alpheus  Fabr.  or  Crangon  Weber.     Snapping  Shrimps. 

Alpheus  Fabricius,  Supl.  Ent.  Syst.,  p.  38,  1798.  H.  M.-Edw.,  op.  cit, 
1837.     Dana,  op.  cit.,  1852.     Coutiere,  op.  cit,  p.  336,   1899. 

Dienesia  Woodward,  Ann.  and  Mag.  N.  Hist.,  1835,  p.  552. 

Crangon  Weber,  p.  94,  1795  (pirated  name).  M.  J.  Rathbun,  op.  cit., 
1904  p.  170. 

This  is  a  very  extensive  genus  very  diversified  in  structure  and 
forms.  The  eyes  are  usually  completely  covered  by  a  thin  lobe  of  the 
carapace,  separated  from  the  rostrum  by  a  sinus  or  groove.  Ros- 
trum plain,  small,  usually  acute,  spiniform  or  triquetral,  and 
longer  than  the  ocular  lobes ;    sometimes  nearly  or  quite  abortive. 

Chelae  of  the  first  pair  of  legs  are  very  unequal;  one  is  very 
large  in  both  sexes,  usually  notched,  often  deeply  grooved,  some- 
times plain.  It  has  the  dactyl  short,  variously  arched,  stout,  and 
often  blunt,  furnished  on  the  inner  surface,  near  the  base,  with  a 
prominent  lobe  or  plunger  that  fits  into  a  pit  or  socket  of  the 
thumb  when  closed.  This  is  used  in  producing  a  sharp  click  or 
explosive  sound  when  disturbed.  (See  pi.  22,  figs.  3,  6a;  pi.  24, 
figs.  3-6;  pi.  21,  fig.  3.)  It  is  present  also  in  Synalpheus  and 
Amphihetceus. 

On  the  posterior  end  of  the  dactyl,  above  the  hinge,  there  is  in 
most,  if  not  all  the  species  of  this  genus,  a  small,  firm,  more  or 
less  circular  ring,  enclosing  a  flexible  disk.  This  perfectly  matches 
a  similar  organ  on  the  anterior  articular  surface  of  the  palm. 
They  seem  to  serve  as  suckers  to  receive  and  hold  back  the  dactyl 
at  the  opening  of  the  claw  when  the  plunger  is  suddenly  withdrawn 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  63 

from  its  socket.  These  organs  are  particularly  large  and  well 
developed  in  A.  candci  and  A.  packardii,  both  of  which  make  a 
loud  noise.  (See  figures  of  the  chelae,  pi.  19,  figs.  3a,  ^h' ,  pi.  24, 
fig.  2.) 

This  structure  is  lacking  in  Synalpheus,  but  present  in  AmpJii- 
bctcnis.  Carpus  of  large  chela  is  short,  hemispherical,  not  cup- 
shaped  ;   merus  is  short,  triquetral. 

Second  pair  of  legs  slender;  carpus  with  five  unequal  articles, 
the  first  rarely  longest.  Other  legs  stouter,  usually  compressed, 
generally  with  a  simple  dactyl;  sometimes  biunguiculate ;  some- 
times without  a  hook;  propodus  strongly  spinose;  fifth  pair 
smallest,  with  a  brush  of  hairs  and  spines  on  the  propodus. 

Second  pleopod  of  the  male  has  two  retinules  on  the  inner  edge 
of  the  inner  lamella ;  the  lower  one  has  the  distal  part  covered 
with  minute  curved  hooks,  dilated  at  the  tips  (cincinules) .  These 
also  occur  on  the  single  retinules  of  the  succeeding  pleopods  of 
both  sexes  and  serve  to  hold  together  the  pleopods  of  the  right 
and  left  sides. 

Uropods  large.  Telson  stout ;  the  end  is  wide,  usually  obtusely 
rounded,  without  prominent  angles,  and  bordered  by  numerous 
long  plumose  hairs  with  spinules  at  the  bases*  (see  pi.  27,  fig.  is)  ; 
dorsal  surface  has  four  spines.  Anal  tubercles  well  developed. 
Five  pleurobranchiae ;  one  arthrobranchia ;  eight  epipods  ;  some- 
times an  additional  arthrobranchia.  The  larvae  usually  hatch  in 
the  mysis-stage.  Some  of  the  species  become  75  to  80  mm  long. 
Colors  are  often  conspicuous ;  they  may  be  in  stripes,  bands,  ocelli, 
etc. 

All  the  species  of  this  genus  and  Synalpheus  are  notable  for  the 
loud  snapping  noise  that  they  make.f 

This  is  a  very  remarkable  habit,  doubtless  developed  for  defen- 
sive purposes.  When  collecting  these  crustaceans  by  turning  over 
stones  or  breaking  up  dead  corals  one  often  hears  an  almost  con- 
tinuous fusillade,  even  when  but  few  individuals  are  visible.  Some 
species  make  a  much  louder  noise  than  others,  independently  of 
their  size.     We  find  much  difference  in  the  relative  size  and  form 

*  These  hairs  and  the  similar  ones  of  the  uropods  and  antenna!  scales 
are  usually  omitted  in  the  figures. 

t  A  similar  sound  is  made  by  the  species  of  Gonodactyliis,  of  the  family 
SquilUdce,  often  living  in  the  same  places,  though  the  claw  is  entirely 
different  in  structure. 


64 


Addison  E.  Verrill, 


of  the  plunger  and  socket,  which  seem  to  be  special  organs  used 
in  making  the  sound.  The  sound  has  been  erroneously  said  to  be 
made  by  the  sudden  withdrawal  of  the  plunger,  like  drawing  a  cork 
from  a  bottle. 

This  was  the  view  held  by  Saville  Kent  and  by  Wood  Mason. 
Mr.  Louis  Mowbray,  who  had  charge  of  the  Bermuda  Aquarium, 
wrote  to  me  that  this  is  also  in  accordance  with  his  observations. 
But  Professor  Brooks  (Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Science,  v,  p.  329) 
stated  that  the  noise  is  made  by  suddenly  shutting  the  claws 
together,  and  says  that  he  has  repeatedly  seen  them  make  it  in  this 
way.  Mr.  G.  Brown  Goode,  in  his  earlier  account,  implies  the 
same  method.  My  own  attention  was  not  particularly  directed  to 
this  subject,  when  in  Bermuda,  though  I  often  saw  many  species 
alive,  both  in  aquaria  and  in  the  sea,  but  it  appeared  to  me  that 
the  sound  was  made  by  closing  the  claw  very  suddenly,  as  if  by  a 
spring,  something  like  the  snapping  of  a  gun  lock. 


Figure  5.  a,  Alphcus  annillatus  Edw.=.-^.  lancirostris  Rankin;  b,  A. 
candei  Guerin;  c,  SytMlpheus  goodei  Cout. ;  d,  A.  formosus  Gibbes. 
All  from  Bermuda.     Enlarged.     By  A.  H.  V. 


M.  Coutiere  (1899)  who  had  unusual  opportunities  to  study 
numerous  Red  Sea  Alpheidce,  demonstrated  that  the  sound  is  pro- 
duced by  suddenly  closing  the  claw.  He  has  also  shown  that  the 
adductor  muscles  of  the  dactyl  are  very  strong  and  so  arranged 
as  to  produce  the  effect,  while  the  opposing  muscles  are  slender. 
He  believes  that  the  sucker-like  structures  on  the  posterior  end 
of  the  dactyl  and  opposite  part  of  the  palm,  as  described  above, 
are  for  the  purpose  of  holding  back  the  dactyl  until  the  muscles 
have  brought  some  strain  to  bear,  so  that  when  released  the  dactyl 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  65 

will  close  more  violently.     In  fact  the  effect  is  something  like  the 
snapping  of  the  hammer  of  a  gun  lock. 

The  sucker-like  structures,  like  the  large  size  of  the  plunger,  are 
characteristic  of  the  species  that  make  the  loudest  sounds.  The 
sucker-like  organs  are  not  found  in  Symlplieus,  though  the  plunger 
and  socket  are  present.  Most  other  genera  of  the  family  lack 
these  organs  and  make  no  such  sounds. 

All  the  seven  Bermuda  species  can  be  distinguished  by  the  form 
and  sculpture  of  the  large  chela.  Other  useful  characters  are  found 
ni  the  form  and  size  of  the  rostrum ;  the  presence  or  absence  of  ocu- 
lar spines ;  the  size  and  form  of  the  antennal  spines ;  the  proportions 
of  the  carpal  joints  of  the  second  pair  of  legs ;  the  form  of  the 
telson,  etc.  All  the  species  have  a  fringe  of  long  plumose  hairs, 
and  some  slender  plain  ones,  on  the  telson  and  uropods,  usually 
with  small  spinules  at  their  bases.  See  pi.  27,  fig.  is.  Some  have 
conspicuous  and  characteristic  colors  in  life. 

This  genus  is  very  abundant  in  all  tropical  and  subtropical  seas, 
especially  on  coral  reefs.  About  100  species  are  known.  Some  of 
them  are  widely  distributed,  apparently  occurring  both  in  the 
Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans  in  some  instances. 

They  especially  abound  in  the  cavities  in  coral  reefs  and  in  holes 
in  dead  corals.  Others  are  found  under  stones,  or  sometimes 
burrowing  holes  in  mud  or  sand.  Several  species  inhabit  the 
exhalent  orifices  and  internal  cavities  of  living  sponges ;  a  few 
inhabit  the  gill  cavities  of  mollusks.  They  are  usually  remarkably 
pugnacious.  When  confined  together  they  often  destroy  each 
other  by  a  single  stroke  of  the  big  claw. 

The  species  seem  to  vary  greatly  in  respect  to  the  complexity  of 
their  development  and  the  condition  in  which  the  young  hatch  from 
the  eggs.  Most  have  small  eggs  and  complete  metamorphoses, 
hatching  as  zoeas,  or  in  the  mysis-stage;  others  come  from  the 
large  eggs  in  nearly  the  adult  form. 

According  to  Brooks  and  Herrick,  who  have  made  detailed 
studies  of  several  species,  the  same  species  (e.g.  A.  hetcrochcElis) 
may  vary  in  this  way  in  different  localities,*  but  some  of  the  forms 

*  Memoirs  U.  S.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci,,  vol.  v,  pp.  361-463,  1892.  Other  species 
studied  by  them  were  "A.  ininus''=A.  packardii:  Synalpheus  saulcyi  var. 
brevicarpus:  and  S.  longicarpus.  Their  identifications  of  some  of  the 
species  were  very  unreliable. 


66  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

referred  to  that  species  by  them  are  now  known  to  be  distinct 
species.     Other  species  were  also  confused  by  them. 

Analytical  Table-  of  Bermuda  species  of  Alpheus. 

A. — Large  chela  twisted  or  else  notched  on  both  upper  and  under  margins. 

B. — Dactyl  of  large  chela  moving  very  obliquely;  palm  twisted,  deeply 
grooved ;  with  a  distal  lateral  spine.  Antennal  scale  longer  than 
peduncle  of  antennule ;  basal  antennular  spine  extends  to  second 
segment.  Orbital  lobes  with  a  small  spine ;  rostrum  small ;  dactyls 
of  third  to  fifth  feet  biunguiculate candci.  Subgenus  Dienesia. 

BB. — Chela  notched  above  and  below,  not  twisted.  Dactyl  moving  verti- 
cally or  nearly  so.  Orbital  lobe  rounded  or  obtuse  with  no  spine. 
Basal  antennal  spine  minute  or  lacking. 

C. — Legs  of  third  and  fourth  pairs  are  unusually  stout  and  wide,  with  a 
distal  spine  on  the  merus  and  carpal  joints  and  a  sharp  spine  on  the 
ischium ;   tip  of  dactyl  of  large  chela  purple  or  blue baliamensis. 

CC. — Legs  of  third  and  fourth  pairs  not  unusually  stout ;  tip  of  dactyl  of 
large  chela  white  or  pale  yellow. 

d. — Rostrum  narrow  lanceolate,  thin  and  concave  above,  in  the  middle, 
bordered  by  deep  abrupt  sulci.  Large  chela  rough  haired  and  without 
an  inner,  supermarginal,  longitudinal  sulcus ;  smaller  chela  of  male 
plain,  very  hairy;   dactyl  not  crested  laterally,  annillatus^^lancirostris. 

dd. — Rostrum  small,  regularly  tapered,  spiniform,  not  concave  above. 
Large  chela  with  an  inner  supermarginal  sulcus ;  smaller  chela  of  the 
male  swollen  and  wider  distally,  and  with  curved,  lateral,  longitudinal, 
hairy  crest  and  groove  on  each  side  oi  dactyl heterochcelis. 

AA. — Larger  chela  without  a  notch  or  with  one  only  on  the  upper  margin. 

C. — Chela  with  a  narrow  notch  and  tooth  on  the  upper  distal  margin,  with 
a  groove  running  back  from  the  notch  on  each  side.     Rostrum  small. 

e. — Orbital  lobe  with  a  small  obtuse  tooth  in  front ;  rostrum  slender, 
carinate;  basal  antennal  spine  strong.  Dactyl  of  large  chela  strong, 
more  than  one  fourth  the  length  of  palm packardii. 

ee. — Orbital  lobe  evenly  convex  with  no  tooth;  rostrum  small,  triquetral; 
basal  antennal  spine  small  and  slender.  Dactyl  of  large  chela  small, 
feeble,  about  one  fourth  the  length  of  palm,  which  is  elongated  and 
much  tapered,  about  three  times  as  long  as  high.  Legs  of  second 
pair  very  long  and  slender.  Antennae  much  longer  than  body;  third 
maxilliped  with  third  article  foliate  on  one  side beanii,  n.  sp. 

CC. — Larger  chela  without  a  notch  on  either  margin. 

D. — Palm  of  larger   chela  without   a   longitudinal   groove  on   either   side 

distally. 
f. — Rostrum    spiniform,   well    developed ;    orbital    spine    small   or   absent ; 

basal  antennal  spine  small  or  lacking;    supero-lateral  area  of  larger 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  67 

chela  defined  proximally  by  an  impressed  oblique  line;    a  small  black 
spine  on  the   distal   angle  of  the  penultimate  joint  of   the  uropods. 

formosus. 

ff. — Rostrum  and  orbital  spines  more  or  less  nearly  equal;  eyes  concealed; 
basal  spines  of  the  antennae  and  antennules  usually  well  developed,  often 
elongated.  Palm  of  the  larger  chela  swollen,  nearly  smooth.  Legs 
without  epipods;    third  to  fifth  legs  biunguiculate.  Genus  Synalpheus. 

D,  D. — Chela  with  a  longitudinal  groove  on  one  or  both  sides. 

g. — Chela  with  a  longitudinal  groove  on  both  sides;  orbital  lobe  rounded, 
with  no  marginal  tooth ;    a  short  basal  antennal  spine. 

A.  floridanus  Kingsley.* 

Miss  M.  J.  Rathbun  (op.  cit.,  1904,  p.  170)  has  called  attention 
to  the  fact  that  Weber,  in  1795,  in  an  obscure  tract,  used  the  name 
Crangon  for  this  genus.  She  proposed  to  adopt  it  in  that  sense, 
using  Crago  Fabr.,  1798,  for  the  genus  usually  called  Crangon. 
The  name  Alpheus,  when  first  used  by  Weber,  included  the  crabs 
now  called  Cancer  (sens,  restr.).  A  few  writers  have  followed 
her  determinations  using  Crangon  for  the  present  genus  Alpheus 
but  these  changes  do  not  appear  to  me  either  necessary  or  wise. 
Weber's  genera  were  not  characterized,  and  the  names  were  given 
as  examples  of  genera  that  were  about  to  he  published  by  Fabricius, 
and  the  species  cited  could  hardly  be  called  types.  He  did  not  claim 
them  as  his  own,  nor  did  Fabricius  in  his  later  work  recognize  all 
of  them,  nor  refer  to  Weber's  paper.  The  use  of  Crangonida 
as  the  name  of  the  family  is  not  advisable,  for  it  is  preoccupied 
and  has  long  been  in  general  use  for  a  different  family.  There-- 
fore  I  propose  to  substitute  Synalpheidae  for  the  family  name, 
owing  to  the  diversity  of  usage  as  to  Alpheus.  If  Weber's  names 
are  to  be  considered  valid,  Alpheus  was  preoccupied  by  him,  and 
becomes  a  synonym  of  Cancer. 

Coutiere  (1899)  divided  this  genus  into  five  large  groups  (op. 
cit,  pp.  351,  352),  viz. :  I,  Megacheles  group;  2,  Macrochirus ;  3, 
Crinitus;  4,  Brevirostris ;  5,  Edivardsii  group.  These  names 
were  taken  from  that  of  a  typical  species  of  each  group,  but  were 
not  intended  as  of  generic  nor  of  subgeneric  value. 

Most  of  these  groups  have  already  had  old  generic  names  given 
to  one  or  more  of  the  species.  Such  generic  names  could  become 
valid  if  the  genus  should  be  subdivided  into  several  genera,  as  may 
be  done  hereafter. 


*  Not  recorded  from  Bermuda. 


68  Addison  E.  Vcrrill, 

Craungon  Bosc,  an  x,  was  used  for  a  species  like  A.  avarus 
(Hist.  Crust,  ii,  p.  96,  pi.  XIII,  fig.  2). 

Cryptophtalmus  Rafinesque,  1814,  type,  C.  ruber  (Precis,  dec. 
Somiol.),     C.  ruber  belongs  to  the  hrevirostris  group. 

Dienesia  Woodward.  (Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  1835,  p. 
552.)  Type,  D.  megacheles  (=rubra  W.  not  of  Olivi).  This 
belongs  to  the  first  group  of  Coutiere,  which  also  includes 
A.  candei;  A.  dentipes;  A.  clamator.     Racilius  Bate  is  equivalent. 

Alpheus  Fabr,,  1798,  had  for  its  type,  A.  malabaricus.  This 
species  belongs  to  Coutiere's  fifth  group,  which  also  includes 
A.  armillatus;   A.  heterochcelis ;   A.  bahamensis;   A.  packardii. 

AlpJieoides  Paulson,  1875  (Res.  Crust.  Mer  Rouge,  pp.  loi- 
105),  was  proposed  for  species  like  A.  Icevis;  A.  insignis. 
A.  l^vis  may  be  taken  as  the  type.  It  belongs  to  the  macrocheirus 
group. 

The  first  group,  named  Dienesia  by  Woodward  in  1835,  might 
well  be  kept  as  a  generic,  or  at  least  subgeneric  group,  dn  account 
of  its  twisted  large  cheliped  and  biunguiculate  ambulatory  legs, 
with  some  other  less  obvious  characters. 

Alpheus  {Dienesia)  candei  (Guerin)  or  Crangon  candei.  .  Twisted-clazv 
Snapping  Shrimp. 

Alpheus  candei  Guerin,  in  La  Sagra's  Hist.  Cuba,  part  2,  vii,  Crust... 
p.  xix,  pi.  ii,  fig.  9,  9a,  1857.  Kingsley,  Carcinol.  Notes,  V.  Bull. 
Essex  Inst.,  xiv,  p.  124  (20),  1883;  Amer.  Nat,  p.  717,  fig.  36,  1899. 
Rankin,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  xii,  p.  541,  1900.  Coutiere,  Proc.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  xxxvii,  p.  486,  fig.  i,  1910. 

Alpheus  transverso-dactylus  (pars)  Kingsley,  Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Survey, 
iv,  196,  1878. 

Alpheus  dentipes  Rathbun,  M.  J.,  Brachyura  and  Macrura  of  Porto  Rico, 
p.  105,  1901. 

Text  figure  sfc.  Plate  XIX,  Figures  3a — d  (chelae).  Plate  XX,  Figure 
I  (photo).  Plate  XXI,  Figures  6,  6a  (chelae).  Plate  XXIV, 
Figures  2,  3,  4  (chelae).  Plate  XXV,  Figures  7,  8,  after  Guerin. 
Plate  XXIX,  Figures  la— t  (details). 

Color  of  body,  in  life,  is  pale  green  with  indefinite  whitish 
patches,  and  finely  speckled  with  orange-red.  On  the  gastric 
region  of  the  carapace  there  is  a  dark  green  patch.  Telson  and 
uropods  more  or  less  orange.  Large  chela  whitish  at  base,  fol- 
lowed by  a  band  of  orange-brown  on  inner  surface,  followed  by 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  69 

a  broad  band  of  whitish,  which  is  covered  with  small  dark  green 
spots.  On  the  outer  side  the  color  is  often  pale  or  nearly  white ; 
the  dorsal  edge  and  the  spines  at  base  of  dactyl  orange ;  thumb 
dark  green  or  brown ;  dactyl  orange-brown,  with  a  white  tip. 
Smaller  chela  similar  in  color,  but  the  middle  orange  band  is  wider 
and  the  white  bands  narrower  and  often  more  or  less  interrupted ; 
sometimes  lacking. 

Legs  pale,  translucent,  specked  with  orange ;  the  fourth  pair 
more  orange.  Antennae  pale  yellowish  green.  Eyes  brown. 
Sometimes  the  chelae  are  greenish  with  orange  spots ;  sometimes 
they  are  reddish  brown,  with  dark  red  specks  and  a  narrow  white 
middle  band.     The  edges  of  the  carapace  are  sometimes  orange. 

Specimens  preserved  for  a  short  time  in  formol  are  rather  bright 
orange ;  large  chela  is  crossed,  on  the  outer  side,  by  three  trans- 
verse patches  of  whitish  and  is  specked  and  spotted  with  white. 

Found  by  us  not  uncommon  at  Bermuda  (1898,  1901 )  in  cavities 
of  dead  corals  and  reef  rocks,  etc.  Cuba  (Guerin) ;  Key  West 
(Kingsley).     Porto  Rico  (Rathbun).     Tortugas  (Coutiere). 

This  species  is  very  closely  allied  to  A.  clamator  Lock.=: 
A.  transverso-dactylus  (Kings.)  of  California,*  with  which  indeed 
Prof.  Kingsley  and  others  have  considered  it  identical.  In  the 
Yale  Museum  are  two  lots  of  specimens  from  California,  which 
are  the  types  or  cotypes  of  Kingsley  (see  our  pi.  24,  figs.  4,  5,  6 
and  pi.  29,  figs.  2a,  2b,  /").  Specimens  from  Bermuda,  labelled 
as  the  same,  by  him  are  also  before  me. 

A  careful  comparison  of  these  and  numerous  other  specimens, 
received  later,  shows  some  differences  that  seem  to  be  constant 
and  indicate  that  the  two  forms  are  distinguishable. 

The  larger  chela  of  the  California  species  is  longer  and  relatively 
thicker  distally;  the  notches  and  grooves  of  the  palm  are  deeper 
and  more  complicated,  though  mostly  of  the  same  pattern,  but  it 
has  a  deep  longitudinal  subdorsal  groove  running  back  from  the 
distal  transverse  furrow  to  about  the  middle  of  the  palm.  This  is 
entirely  lacking  in  all  the  numerous  Bermuda  specimens  examined 
or  else  only  faintly  indicated  by  a  slight  wave-like  depression. 
The  dactyl  of  the  California  form  is  more  obliquely  articulated  and 


*  According  to  S.  J.  Holmes  (op.  cit.,  p.  182)  this  species,  described  by 
Lockington,  in  1877,  as  A.  datnalor,  is  identical  with  A.  transverso-dactylus 
Kingsley,  1878.  Schmitt,  op.  cit,  1921,  p.  74.  fig-  50.  does  not  separate  it 
from  A.  dentipes. 


70  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

moves  more  transversely ;  it  is  also  thicker,  especially  at  the  end, 
and  its  lateral  surface  is  more  curved  or  twisted  (pi.  24,  figs.  5,  6), 
corresponding  to  somewhat  different  forms  of  the  lobes  on  the 
fixed  finger. 

The  smaller  chela  is  also  stouter  and  more  complex  than  in  the 
Bermuda  species,  for  it  has  more  of  the  notches  and  grooves  seen 
in  the  larger  chela,  only  they  are  less  developed ;  even  the  charac- 
teristic subdorsal  groove  of  the  palm  is  present,  in  a  reduced  form ; 
its  dactyl  is  slightly  oblique ;  the  inner  surface  is  hairy,  the  outer 
nearly  smooth.  Both  species  have  a  long,  acute  basicerite.  The 
frontal  spines  and  antennal  scales  and  spines  show  no  very  tangible 
differences.  The  telson  and  uropods  are  nearly  the  same  in  the 
two  forms.  In  both  species  the  propodus  of  the  ambulatory  legs 
has  six  pairs  of  spines  on  the  under  side ;  the  dactyls  are  biun- 
guiculate  in  both. 

Alpheus  bahamensis   (Rankin).    Purple-clawed  Snapping  Shrimp. 

Alpheus  hippothoe  var.  bahamensis  Rankin,  Annals  N.  York  Acad. 
Sciences,  vol.  xi,  p.  247,  pi.  xxx,  fig.  5,  1898;  op.  cit.,  vol.  xii,  p.  539, 
1900  (Bermuda). 

Plate  XX,  Figures  6,  6a,  (photos,  cotype.)     Plate  XXVIII,  Figures  i,  a-1, 
2,  3-3I  (details).     By  A.  H.  V. 

The  following  description  and  the  figures  are  made  chiefly  from 
a  cotype  of  this  species  sent  to  me  by  Dr.  Rankin.  It  was  taken 
at  St.  David's  Island  in  1897.  Our  other  Bermuda  specimens 
agree  perfectly  with  it. 

Rostrum  small,  not  concave  above,  sloping  anteriorly,  laterally 
compressed,  very  thin,  the  front  part  triangular  in  a  side  view, 
projecting  but  little  beyond  the  orbital  lobes ;  between  rostrum  and 
eyes  is  a  shallow  fossa,  about  two-thirds  as  wide  as  the  eyes,  and 
terminating  in  a  regularly  incurved  shallow  emargination  of  the 
front  edge,  between  rostrum  and  orbital  lobes  and  fading  out  grad- 
ually posteriorly.  Eyes  swollen,  the  orbital  lobe  is  prominent  and 
faintly  bilobed  in  front,  without  a  denticle ;  edge  strongly  emargi- 
nate  below  the  eyes. 

Antennular  scale  small  and  narrow,  its  spine  scarcely  reaching 
the  second  segment ;  second  segment  hairy,  about  twice  as  long  as 
third  segment.  Basal  segment  of  antennae  not  distinctly  denticu- 
lated   on    its   outer   margin ;     its    spine    minute    or   rudimentary. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  71 

Antennal  scale  and  its  spine  about  equal  in  length;  the  lamellar 
portion  is  relatively  narrow,  regularly  tapered  and  acute. 

Spine  of  antennal  scale  reaches  the  end  of  the  antennal  peduncle 
and  considerably  exceeds  the  peduncle  of  the  antennules;  its  outer 
margin  is  strongly  incurved;  its  tip  is  straight  and  acute.  The 
large  chela  resembles  that  of  .^.  hetcrocluclis  in  general  form  and 
sculpture,  but  there  are  constant  differences  in  details. 

The  dactyl  is  quite  different,  being  much  more  obtuse,  thicker, 
less  hooked  below  and  more  evenly  arched  dorsally,  besides  being 
purple  instead  of  white;  it  is  also  less  hairy  and  smoother;  the 
plunger  of  the  inner  surface  is  thicker  and  differently  shaped. 
(See  figs.)  The  tip  of  the  immovable  finger  is  also  smaller  and 
more  acute,  curved  up  at  tip. 

The  palm  is  notched  similarly,  above  and  below,  but  the  dorsal 
notch  is  more  abrupt  and  narrower  in  this  species,  while  the  ventral 
one  is  less  so ;  the  subdorsal  groove  of  the  outer  surface,  running 
back  from  the  notch,  is  somewhat  hour-glass  shaped,  but  does  not 
send  a  branch  obliquely  backward  and  downward  as  in  hctero- 
chcrlis.  The  latter  also  has  a  strong  supermarginal  sulcus  on  the 
inner  surface,  parallel  with  the  lower  margin  and  running  back  to 
the  proximal  articulation.  It  is  lacking  in  this  species.  Breadth 
of  the  palm  is  about  half  the  total  length,  without  the  dactyl. 

The  smaller  chela  is  slender,  rather  small  and  nearly  simple, 
without  a  notch  on  either  margin;  the  dactyl  is  slender,  slightly 
curved,  and  flattened  above,  tinged  with  purple  at  the  tip. 

The  legs  of  the  second  pair  are  slender  and  long;  the  carpus 
has  the  first  and  second  segments  about  equal,  the  second  rather 
longer ;  third  and  fourth  short  and  about  equal,  the  two  together 
about  equal  to  the  first ;  fifth  about  one- fourth  longer  than  the 
fourth,  but  rather  shorter  than  the  chela. 

The  third  and  fourth  pairs  of  legs  are  usually  large,  stout,  and 
compressed,  especially  the  fourth  pair,  which  are  more  than  twice 
as  thick  as  the  second  or  the  fifth  pair ;  carpus,  merus  and  ischium 
have  a  distal  spine,  longest  on  the  carpus :  propodus  hairy  and 
strongly  spinose  beneath,  about  six  spines  in  the  row ;  dactyl  long, 
slender,  curved,  white,  acute. 

The  telson  is  somewhat  tapered  with  the  sides  nearly  straight ; 
posterior  end  subtruncate,  with  two  minute  spinules  at  each  angle ; 
a  distinct  sulcus  runs  along  the  median  line ;  the  four  small  dorsal 
spinules  are  rather  larger  than  usual  in  the  genus. 


72 


Addison  E.  Verrill. 


Our  Bermuda  specimens,  preserved  in  formol,  after  two  months, 
had  the  body,  on  the  back  and  sides,  and  the  inner  surface  of  the 
large  chela  grayish  green,  thickly  covered  with  roundish  spots  of 
yellowish  white,  placed  so  close  together  as  to  produce  an  areolated 
or  reticulated  appearance,  becoming  less  evident  on  the  lower  parts 
of  the  sides.  Outer  surface  of  larger  chela  spotted  in  the  same 
way,  1)ut  the  ground-color  is  light  reddish  orange,  becoming  redder 
distally;    dactyl  bluish  or  amethyst  purple. 

This  rather  rare  and  conspicuous  species  was  first  recorded  from 
Bermuda  by  Dr.  Rankin.  Our  specimens  were  taken  on  a  serpu- 
line  atoll  near  Hungry  Bay,  March,  1901,  by  A.  H.  Verrill.  In  the 
Yale  Museum  there  are  specimens  from  the  Bahamas  and  Florida 
which  agree  in  every  respect  with  those  from  Bermuda.  Bahamas 
(Rankin,  type  locality). 

The  larger  chela  is  very  much  like  that  of  annillatus  in  form 
and  sculpture,  but  the  dactyl  articulates  more  obliquely  and  is 
much  less  compressed  and  not  so  broad  in  a  side  view ;  the 
tip,  as  seen  from  above,  being  thick,  blunt,  and  scarcely  narrowed ; 
in  a  profile  view  the  dactyl  is  quite  difi^erent  from  that  of  the 
latter,  for  the  tip  is  bluntly  rounded  and  the  dorsal  edge  back  of 
it  is  not  straight,  but  slightly  convex ;  the  plunger  is  also  very 
difiFerent,  being  about  as  broad,  but  not  nearly  so  prominent,  and 
its  distal  edge  rises  at  nearly  a  right  angle  to  the  cutting  surface, 
while  in  armillatus  it  slopes  back  at  a  very  obtuse  angle.  The 
notch  back  of  it  is  narrow,  with  nearly  parallel  sides,  while  in 
armillatus  it  is  wider,  deeper,  and  more  V-shaped,  but  with  the 
outer  side  concave,  owing  to  the  backward  curvature  of  the 
plunger.  In  the  present  species  the  plunger  is  nearly  as  large  as 
the  curved  part  of  the  dactyl  in  front  of  it;  in  armillatus  it  is  only 
about  half  as  large,  owing  to  the  much  greater  depth  of  the  curved 
tip  of  the  latter. 

The  hand  is  less  swollen  and  rather  more  oblong,  the  under 
margin  being  straighter  proximally  and  not  gradually  sloping ;  the 
tip  of  the  claw  is  much  smaller,  narrower,  more  acute,  and  strongly 
incurved  on  the  inside ;  the  notch  on  the  lower  margin  of  the  palm 
is  not  so  large  nor  so  deep,  and  the  margin  beyond  it  is  not  so 
convex ;  the  notch  in  the  upper  margin  is  very  similar  in  the  two 
species,  but  the  grooves  running  from  the  two  notches  on  the  inner 
surface  of  the  hand  are  different,  though  similar  in  arrangement; 
on  the  outer  side  of  the  palm  the  groove  that  runs  back  from  the 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  73 

dorsal  notch   is  deeper  and  much  more  definite   in  this  species, 
owing  partly  to  the  greater  elevation  of  the  ridge  below  it. 

The  shape  of  the  outer  occludent  margin  is  also  different,  for 
in  this  species  the  large  angular  lobe  is  much  nearer  the  tip  and 
its  distal  edge  slopes  much  more,  so  as  to  make  a  decided  angle 
with  the  small  tip;  the  tubercle  at  the  articulation  of  the  dactyl 
is  also  more  prominent,  with  a  deeper  notch  each  side  of  it.  In 
both  species  the  hand  is  hairy,  especially  the  distal  part  of  the  hand. 
but  the  hairs  are  more  abundant  in  this  species.  As  preserved, 
the  present  species  has  a  conspicuous  violet  or  amethyst-colored 
tip  to  the  dactyl,  the  color  occupying  the  part  beyond  the  plunger 
and  continuing  back  on  the  dorsal  margin  to  the  articulation,  the 
rest  of  the  dactyl  being  white ;  but  in  armillatiis  the  tip  is  ivory- 
white,  while  both  sides  are  orange-red,  spotted  with  yellowish- 
white. 

Alpheus  armillatus  Edw.,  or  Crangon  armillatus.  Banded  Snapping 
Shrimp. 

Alpheus  armillatus  H.    Milne-Edwards,   op,   cit.,   vol.   ii,   p.   354,    1837. 
Coutiere,  op.  cit.,  1899,  p.  129,  fig.  117;  op.  cit.,  1910,  p.  485. 

Alpheus  lancirostris  Rankin,  Crust.  Bermuda,  Ann.   N.  Y.  Acad.   Sci., 
xii,  p.  541,  pi.  xvii,  fig.  s,  1900. 

Crangon  annillatus  Hay  and  Shore,  op.  cit.,  p.  386,  pi.  xxvii,  fig.  i,  text- 
cut  9,  1918. 

Text  figures  5a,  6b.  Plate  XX,  Figure  4b  (photo).  Pl.\te  XXI, 
Figures  4,  4a  (photo).  Plate  XXVI,  Figures  i— id  (details),  2 
var.  (?).  Plate  XXIII,  Figure  4  (photo).  Plate  XXVII,  Figures 
i—is  (details).     By  A.  H.  V. 

This  species  can  be  most  readily  distinguished  from  the  others 
that  are  closely  allied  by  the  form  of  the  rostrum  and  front,  and 
when  recently  caught,  by  the  transverse  bands  of  white  with  which 
its  body  is  conspicuously"  marked. 

The  rostrum,  viewed  from  above,  is  narrow  lanceolate  in  form, 
with  an  acute  tip,  projecting  beyond  the  ocular  lobes ;  back  of  the 
tip  it  expands  slightly,  and  then  becomes  very  narrow;  but  its 
posterior  dorsal  portion  becomes  triangular  and  wide.  In  a  profile 
view  the  middle  narrow  portion  is  concave  above,  and  the  tip  is 
usually  slightly  bent  downward.  On  each  side  there  is  a  deep 
and  wide  sulcus,  ending  rather  abruptly  posteriorly,  while  it  pro- 
duces a  distinct  emargination  of  the  front  margin.  The  eyes  are 
convex  and  the  orbital  lobe  is  prominent  in  front,  with  a  slight 


74 


Addison  E.  Verrill, 


obtuse  lobe,  but  with  no  spine  nor  denticle.  Thus  the  front  edge 
is  sinuous.  There  is  also  a  strong  emargination  of  the  edge  below 
the  eyes. 

The  large  Colon  specimen  photographed  (pi.  27^,  fig.  4)  was 
35  mm  long ;  length  of  chela,  20 ;  its  breadth,  9 ;  length  of  palm, 
12.5;  of  dactyl,  7.5  (No.  484).  Another  was  38mm  long;  cara- 
pace 13;  chela  20;  its  breadth.  9;  thickness,  5;  length  of  dactyl, 
8  mm. 


Figure  6.    a,  Synalphens  goodei;    b,  Alpheus  annillatus.     Enlarged  about 
i^,  from  alcoholic  specimens. 


Coutiere  (op.  cit.,  1910,  p.  485)  states  that  his  identification  of 
this  species  is  based  on  the  types  of  H.  M. -Ed wards  still  preserved 
in  the  Paris  Museum.  The  original  description  was  too  brief  and 
imperfect  for  the  identification  of  the  species.  The  name  alludes 
to  the  rings  of  color  on  the  legs  and  antennse. 

Both  of  the  larger  chelae  are  notably  hairy.  The  hairs  arise 
from  pits.  The  largest  chela  is  more  elongated  than  in  the  pre- 
ceding species ;  the  length  of  the  palm  being  about  twice  its 
breadth ;    total  length  without  the  dactyl  is  about  two  and  a  half 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  75 

times  the  breadth ;  ventral  notch  is  abrupt  and  large ;  dactyl  is 
strongly  curved,  evenly  convex  and  hairy  dorsally.  (See  pi.  20, 
fig.  4b.) 

The  second  legs  are  long ;  they  reach  beyond  the  rostrum  by 
the  parts  beyond  the  middle  of  the  merus.  Legs  of  the  third  and 
fourth  pairs  are  not  large  and  compressed  and  have  about  seven 
pairs  of  spines  on  the  under  side  of  the  propodus,  larger  and 
fewer  than  those  of  hcterocli(clis;  legs  of  fifth  pair  have  a  large 
brush  of  fine  hairs;  the  dactyl  is  slender,  incurved,  and  excavate 
on  the  inside.  The  spine  on  the  ischium  of  the  third  and  fourth 
legs  is  lacking  or  minute. 

The  telson  is  more  narrowed  distally  than  in  A.  heterocha;lis , 
and  the  apical  spines  are  longer,  especially  the  outer  ones,  which 
are  about  half  as  long  as  the  inner.  The  uropods  have  two  spini- 
form  denticles  and  a  sharp  articulated  spine  on  the  outer  angle 
of  the  second  segment.  The  dorsal  margin,  especially  of  the 
inner  lamella,  has  a  submarginal  series  of  minute,  acute  spinules, 
and  a  dense  marginal  row  of  long  plumose  hairs  intermingled  with 
long  slender  setiform  hairs.     See  pi.  2^,  fig.  i.y. 

Body  with  a  dark  gray,  or  brown  ground-color,  darker  on  the 
abdomen,  crossed  by  about  nine  conspicuous,  more  or  less  lunate 
or  elliptical  spots  or  semibands  of  translucent  white,  about  equal 
in  width  to  the  intervening  dark  bands.  Three  white  bands  are 
on  the  carapace,  the  third  at  its  posterior  margin;  six  are  on  the 
abdomen,  the  first  blending  with  the  last  of  those  on  the  carapace ; 
those  on  the  abdomen  are  usually  whiter  and  more  clearly  defined 
than  the  others.  The  one  on  the  gastric  area  of  the  carapace  is 
usually  bilobed  ;  the  one  on  the  middle  is  often  W-shaped  ;  the  third, 
narrow  elliptical.  On  the  abdomen  the  ground-color  is  often  dark 
green  or  almost  blackish  green,  and  the  light  spots  may  be  bordered 
by  a  line  of  orange.  A  broad  band  usually  crosses  the  uropods 
and  telson,  which  are,  in  some  individuals,  edged  with  an  orange 
line.  Chelae  with  a  pale  ground-color,  thickly  specked  with  dark 
gray;  two  or  three  whitish  bands  cross  the  upper  surface;  the 
tips  are  pale  salmon  or  whitish.  Antennal  peduncle  grayish ; 
fiagella  and  ambulatory  legs  orange-yellow,  annulated  with  white. 

At  Bermuda  this  is  a  common  species,  especially  on  the  reefs, 
where  it  lives  in  holes  in  dead  corals  and  limestone  rocks.  It  was 
the  largest  species  found  by  us.  Some  of  our  museum  specimens 
were  labelled  as  heterochcclis  by  Professor  Kingsley. 


76  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Florida  (Coutiere)  ;  Beaufort,  N.  C.  (Hay  and  Shore)  ;  Porto 
Rico  (Rathbun)  ;  Brazil  (Coutiere)  ;  Colon  (Yale  Mus.,  No.  484). 

A  peculiar  specimen,  perhaps  a  .variety  or  a  distinct  species, 
comes  from  Colon.  (No.  735-b.)  See  plate  48,  figs.  2-2n.  In 
this  the  rostrum  is  preceded  by  a  low,  wide,  flat  tooth,  obtuse  at 
the  tip.  It  makes  a  distinct  notch  in  front  of  it,  at  the  base  of 
the  rostrum.  In  a  profile  view  its  upper  margin  overhangs  so  that 
there  is  a  cavity  all  around  it.  The  rostrum  is  slightly  lanceolate 
and  has  a  deep  fossa  on  each  side,  much  as  in  armiUatiis.  The  eye 
lobes  are  prominent  with  a  slight  elevation  in  front.  Edge  of 
front,  between  the  eyes,  is  nearly  straight,  without  the  emargina- 
tions  seen  in  typical  armillatus. 

The  basicerite  is  a  minute  acute  spine;  scaphocerite  is  large, 
its  spine  strong,  a  little  longer  than  the  carpocerite  and  equal  to 
or  exceeding  the  antennular  stalk.  Stylocerite  is  small,  not  very 
acute,  and  does  not  reach  the  end  of  the  first  segment.  It  is 
shorter  than  the  rostrum. 

The  third  maxilliped  (pi.  48,  figs.  2,  2")  is  covered  with  unusu- 
ally long  hairs  distally ;  the  exopod  appeared  to  be  divided  distally 
into  two  slender  annulated  flagella.  Legs  of  the  second  pair  are 
long,  slender ;  first  and  second  articles  of  the  carpus  are  long. 
Propodus  of  third  legs  have  numerous  spines  beneath  (fig.  2b)  ; 
its  dactyl  is  elongated  and  little  curved ;  legs  of  fifth  pair  (fig.  2c) 
are  more  slender,  brush  of  hairs  on  the  propodus  is  not  very  long ; 
dactyl  is  long  and  slender.     Large  cheliped  is  lacking. 

Alpheus  heterochaelis  Say,  or  Crangon  heterochaelis.    Big-clawed  Snap- 
ping Shrimp. 

Alpheus  heterochcelis  Say,  Journal  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  vol.  i,  p.  243, 
1818.  M.-Edwards,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust.,  ii,  p.  356,  1837.  Gibbes,  loc. 
cit,  p.  196.  Kingsley  (pars),  Synopsis  N.  Amer.  sp.  Alpheus,  Bull, 
U.  S.  Geol.  and  Geog.  Survey,  iv,  p.  194,  1878  (description)  ;  List 
Caridea,  Bull.  Essex  Inst,  x,  p.  58,  1878;  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad., 
for  1880,  p.  417  (pars)  ;  Carcinological  Notes,  No.  v.  Bull.  Essex  Inst., 
xiv,  p.  120  (16),  1883.  Brooks  and  Herrick  (pars),  Johns  Hopkins 
Univ.  Circ,  vol.  xi,  pp.  69,  70,  1892  (life  history)  ;  Mem.  Nat.  Acad. 
Sci.,  V,  pp.  361-463;  pi.  ii  (colored),  pis.  xvi-xx,  1892.  (Embryology 
and  life  history.)  Rathbun,  M.  J.,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Sci.,  ii,  p.  152, 
1900;  Brachy.  and  Macr.  of  Porto  Rico,  p.  107,  1901  (pars).  Coutiere, 
op.  cit.,  1910,  p.  485. 

Crangon  heterochcelis  Hay  and  Shore,  op.  cit.,  p.  386,  pi.  26,  fig.  6,  1918. 
Alpheus  lutarius  Saussure,  op.  cit,  p.  45,  pi.  iii,  figs.  24-242,  1858. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  77 

Alpheus  edwardsii  (pars)  Rankin,*  Crustacea  Bermuda  Is.,  Ann.  N.  Y. 
Acad.  Sci.,  xii,  p.  539  (not  pi.  xvii,  fig.  3,  copied  from  De  Mann). 

Plate  XXII,  Figures  i,  2,  4,  a-c  (photos).  Plate  XXX,  Figures  i-ia, 
2a-2e;  it.  No.  1760  (details,  No.  1725).  Plate  XXIV,  Figures  7,  7a 
(cheLne)      Plate  XXXIII,  Figures  i,  2,  (large  chela.)     By  A.  H.  V. 

The  following  description  is  based  on  specimens  from  Fort 
Macon,  N.  C,  and  Florida,  not  far  from  Say's  original  locality. 
They  agree  so  well  with  the  original  description  that  there  can  be 
little  or  no  doubt  of  their  identity.  Most  writers  have  confounded 
two  or  more  species,  especially  this  and  annillatus,  under  this  name, 
and  the  descriptions  are  rarely  exact  enough  to  determine  which 
species  they  had  in  view.     Few  good  figures  are  extant. 

It  is  one  of  the  larger  and  more  robust  species.  The  large 
chela  is  remarkably  large  and  thick,  with  strong  marginal  notches 
and  lateral  grooves,  much  as  in  the  preceding  species,  but  is  wider 
distally  and  differs  in  the  positions  of  the  grooves  and  in  the  form 
of  the  dactyl  and  fixed  finger  (see  pi.  XXII).  Its  form  is  nearer 
that  of  A.  hahamensis,  but  the  fingers  of  the  latter  are  different 
(pi.  XX,  6a). 

Although  Say's  description  is  not  very  precise,  it  is  sufficient 
to  distinguish  his  species  from  the  two  preceding  and  all  our  other 
species.  He  states  that  the  chela  ("hand")  is  tipped  with  white, 
which  would  exclude  A.  bahametisis,  nor  does  he  mention  the 
enlargement  of  the  third  and  fourth  pairs  of  legs,  conspicuous  in 
the  latter,  though  he  described  their  spinules.  His  statement  that 
the  rostrum  is  simple,  spiniform,  and  acute,  and  that  the  ocular 
lobe  is  "rounded  at  tip,"  excludes  arniillattis,  as  do  the  plain  colors. 

Say's  specimens  were  from  South  Carolina  and  one  from  Amelia 
I.,  Florida.  The  latter  was  found  under  a  mass  of  ascidians  and 
was  observed  while  living. 

The  smaller  chela  of  the  male  has  a  characteristic  form  and 
structure.  It  is  broad,  elongated.  The  palm  is  about  equal  to 
the  arched  dactyl.  The  proximal  dorsal  area  of  the  palm  is 
bounded  by  an  impressed  line;  the  upper  margin  is  notched  dis- 
tally, and  from  the  notch  a  groove  runs  back  on  each  side,  that 

*  Specimens  referred  to  edwardsii  by  Dr.  Rankin,  and  which  were  sent 
to  us  by  him,  included  the  young  of  two  species,  one  of  which  was 
A.  candei,  the  other  may  be  heterochcelis. 


78  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

on  the  inner  side  is  deeper  and  joins  the  posterior  impressed  line; 
the  distal  articular  margin  is  tridentate ;  the  upper  median  tooth 
is  small,  obtuse,  the  lateral  ones  are  more  acute ;  these  teeth  and 
the  tips  of  the  fingers  are  often  brownish  black ;  dactyl  is  broad, 
somewhat  flattened  from  above,  arched,  with  an  upper  area 
bounded  laterally  by  a  thin  ridge  above  a  deep  groove,  on  each 
side,  which  meet  in  an  obtuse  point  at  about  the  distal  third,  where 
the  tip  begins  to  bend  down  in  a  regular  curve;  the  edge  of  the 
groove  bears  a  dense  fringe  of  hairs  on  each  side.  It  has  been 
described  as  "boat-bill  shaped."  The  edge  of  the  fixed  finger  is 
also  fringed  with  similar  hairs ;  this  finger  is  bent  upward  a  little 
near  its  tip ;  both  tips  are  acute ;  on  the  inside,  the  fixed  finger  is 
excavated,  while  the  dactyl  has  a  median  carina. 

The  rostrum  is  spiniform,  small,  thin,  nearly  straight  on  the 
dorsal  edge,  with  no  concavity,  and  usually  slopes  to  the  acute  tip. 
which  projects  but  little  beyond  the  orbital  edge.  Each  side  of 
the  rostrum  there  is  a  narrow  and  shallow  sulcus,  ending  gradually 
posteriorly,  not  abruptly,  as  in  armiUatiis.  The  ocular  lobe  is 
prominent,  obtusely  rounded  in  front,  with  no  tooth  or  denticle, 
and  there  is  only  a  faint  emargination  of  the  frontal  margin  each 
side  of  it. 

The  second  segment  of  the  antennules  is  about  twice  as  long  as 
the  third ;  the  basal  scale  is  short  and  rather  wide,  with  a  minute 
spine  that  does  not  reach  the  end  of  the  first  segment.  Description 
above  is  of  No.  1830,  from  Fort  Macon,  N.  C. 

This  species  can  easily  be  distinguished  from  A.  onnillatiis  by 
the  rostrum  and  front,  when  the  chelae  are  lacking.  In  this  the 
rostrum  is  smaller  and  simply  spiniform,  having  no  lanciform 
expansion  distally,  nor  is  it  so  broad  and  triangular  at  its  base ; 
its  upper  edge  is  not  concave  in  a  side  view,  as  it  is  in  annillatus, 
but  is  nearly  straight,  sloping  distally.  The  fossae,  between  the 
rostrum  and  the  eyes,  are  narrower,  and  do  not  end  abruptly,  as 
in  annillatus,  and  are  therefore  much  less  conspicuous. 

The  orbital  lobe  or  hood  is  rounded  anteriorly  without  the  slight 
lobe  seen  in  the  latter.  The  front  edge  of  the  carapace  is  therefore 
less  sinuous  or  indented  and  lacks  the  rather  deep  emargination 
each  side  of  the  carina. 

The  antennular  scale  or  stylocerite  is  short,  rather  broad  and 
acuminate  in  both,  but  most  so  in  heterochccUs;  the  acute  terminal 
spine  of  the  latter  reaches  the  base  of  the  second  segment  or  beyond 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  79 

it;  in  armillaius  it  usually  barely  reaches  it.  The  second  anten- 
nular  segment  is  about  equal  to  the  third  in  both  species,  but  is 
stouter  and  more  hairy  in  armillatus.  Seen  from  a  nearly  front 
view,  the  front  edge  of  the  carapace  of  the  latter  is  5-lobed  or 
sinuous,  due  to  emarginations  above  and  below  the  ocular  lobes 
and  on  either  side  of  the  rostrum.  In  hctcrochcelis  this  edge  is 
nearly  evenly  curved. 

In  armillatus  the  second  joint  of  the  antennae  has  three  small 
distinct  denticles  on  the  outer  edge,  the  lowest  bearing  a  minute 
spine ;  in  hctcrochcclis  the  denticles  are  scarcely  distinct,  except 
the  lower,  which  usually  is  a  very  minute  spine,  scarcely  worthy  of 
the  name,  not  visible  from  above. 

The  large  chela  of  armillatus  differs  in  its  longer  form  and 
hairyness,  and  the  grooves  and  furrows  of  the  dactyl  and  form  of 
the  plunger;  there  is  no  supermarginal  groove  on  the  inner  side 
of  the  palm,  while  in  hetcrocJuelis  it  is  conspicuous.  The  carina 
and  lateral  grooves  of  the  dactyl  of  the  smaller  chela  of  the  male 
are  also  characteristic  of  the  latter.     No.  1829  I.  River. 

Legs  of  third  pair  are  little  compressed,  and  have  about  eight  or 
nine  pairs  of  small  spines  beneath,  besides  the  distal  ones,  all 
accompanied  by  many  short  hairs  and  a  few  long  ones,  especially 
distally;  ischial  spine  inconspicuous  or  lacking.  Fifth  legs  are 
smaller,  nearly  terate,  and  have  a  brush  of  many  rows  of  short 
hairs  ending  about  the  middle ;  dactyl  flatish,  curved,  acute. 

This  species  is  not  common  at  Bermuda.  At  least,  ver>'  few 
specimens  referable  to  it  are  in  the  collections  that  I  have  studied 
from  there.  In  the  Yale  Museum  there  are  specimens  from  Fort 
Macon,  N.  C.  (No.  1830)  ;  Beaufort,  N.  C. ;  Indian  River,  Fla. 
(No.  1760,  figured)  ;  Key  West;  Sarasota  Bay,  West  Fla.  (No. 
1725  figured)  ;   Colon;   etc. 

It  has  been  recorded  from  North  Carolina  to  Rio  Janiero 
(Kingsley)  ;  Bermudas  (G.  Brown  Goode,  coll.)  ;  Mamanguape 
to  Maceio,  Brazil;  Porto  Rico,  oflf  Vieques  Island,  16  fathoms 
(Rathbun).  The  specimens  from  Panama,  in  the  Yale  Museum, 
referred  to  this  species  by  Kingsley,  prove  to  be  a  di.stinct  species. 
(See  our  plate  xxxiii,  figures  i,  2.) 

The  specimens  from  Beaufort,  N.  C,  as  figured  by  Brooks  and 
Herrick,  seem  to  be  unquestionably  of  this  species.  Their  beauti- 
ful colored  figure  (pi.  II)  is  an  excellent  illustration  of  the  male 
of  this  species  when  fully  developed  and  highly  pigmented. 


8o  Addison  E.  Vcrrill, 

The  development  of  this  Beaufort  species  is  very  fully  described 
and  illustrated  (pp.  365,  pi.  19,  20,  etc.)  by  them. 

Its  large  chela  is  marked  with  brown,  green,  and  blue ;  tip  of 
dactyl  is  yellow;  uropods  green,  tipped  with  red  and  blue;  body 
green  with  whitish  longitudinal  marks  on  the  sides  and  behind  the 
eyes  ;  smaller  legs  banded  with  red. 

The  form  from  the  Bahamas,  pp.  377,  378,  that  they  referred  to 
the  same  species,  though  it  has  large  eggs  which  hatch  advanced 
larvae  and  has  also  very  diflferent  colors,  is  probably  a  distinct 
species,  possibly  armillatiis  or  bahamensis.  Probably  the  Key 
West  species,  of  which  Prof.  Packard  observed  the  larvse,  was 
also  a  distinct  species. 

Alpheus  packardii  (Kingsley)  or  Crangon  packardii.  Green  Snapping 
Shri:np. 

Alpheus  packardii  Kingsley,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  xxxi,  p.  417, 
for  1879,  1880  (Key  West)  ;  Bull.  Essex  Inst.  Salem,  xiv,  p.  118  (14) 
pi.  ii,  fig.  2,  1883. 

Alpheus  bermudensis  Bate,  Voyage  Challenger,  Rept.  Zool.,  xxiv,  p.  547, 
pi.  xcviii,  fig.  3,  1888. 

Alpheus  minus  and  minor  Brooks  and  Herrick  (pars),  Mem.  Nat.  Acad. 

Sci.,  V,  372,  pi.  I    (colored),  pi.  xvi,  xvii   (larvae),  1891    (not  of  Say). 
Alpheus  packardii  Rathbun,   M.  J.,   Brachyura  and   Macrura  of   Porto 

Rico,  p.  107,  1901   (descr.). 
Crangon  packardii  Hay  and  Shore,  op.  cit.,  p.  385,  pi.  26,  fig.  4.  1918. 

Plate  XX,  Figures  2,  5  (photos).  Pl.\te  XXI,  Figure  s  (chela).  Plate 
XXII,  Figure  7  (chela).  Plate  XXIII,  Figures  6c-d  (photo  of 
chelae).  Plate  XXV,  Figures  4,  a,  b  (general).  Plate  XXXI, 
Figures  i,  b-1,  2,  b-u  (details)  ;   3,  u,  t.     By  A.  H.  V. 

This  is  a  rather  large,  stout  species,  easily  recognized  by  its  larger 
chela,  which  is  elongated,  with  a  very  distinct  oblique  dorsal  notch 
near  the  distal  end  of  the  palm  and  none  on  the  under  side,  which 
is,  however,  somewhat  constricted  near  the  distal  end ;  a  groove 
runs  back  from  the  notch  on  each  side.  The  dactyl  is  long  and 
broad,  bluntly  rounded  at  the  tip;  the  fixed  claw  is  broad  with  a 
large  hairy  lobe  on  the  inner  edge.  The  smaller  chela  is  nearly 
plain  and  very  hairy.  The  rostrum  is  small,  short,  spiniform; 
ocular  lobes  without  spines.  The  telson  is  rather  long  and  narrow, 
little  tapered,  rounded  at  the  tip. 

In  life  this  species  is  usually  dull  green,  often  clouded  or  mottled 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  8i 

with  dark  green  or  brown ;  a  paler  spot  behind  each  eye ;  large 
chela  dark  green,  usually  banded  with  yellowish  brown  or  yellow 
on  the  inner  surface ;  smaller  chela  and  other  legs  paler,  often 
banded  with  dull  gray  or  reddish.  After  two  months  in  formol, 
the  body  is  pale  flesh-color,  with  a  transverse  orange  line  in  front 
of  each  dorsal  abdominal  articulation;  a  patch  of  orange-red 
behind  the  eyes.  Large  chela  whitish,  the  inner  surface  crossed 
by  four  obliquely  transverse  bands  of  orange  red. 

A  specimen  taken  Dec.  19,  191 5,  in  Hamilton  Harbor,  in  4 
fathoms,  among  sponges,  etc.,  had  the  body  banded  with  red  and 
pale  yellowish ;  large  chela  had  two  pale  bands,  pollex  blackish, 
finger  red. 

This  well  marked  species  is  not  uncommon  at  Bermuda.  It 
lives  in  holes  in  rotten  limestone  and  dead  corals.  Specimens 
taken  at  Hungry  Bay,  March,  1901,  by  A.  H.  Verrill,  carried 
numerous  small  eggs — about  0.5  mm.  in  diameter. 

Key  West  (Kingsley)  ;  Fort  Macon,  N.  C.  (Yale  Mus.)  ;  Beau- 
fort, N.  C.  (Herrick)  ;  St.  Thomas  and  Bermudas  (Bate)  ;  Porto 
Rico,  6  to  16  fathoms  (Rathbun). 

Brooks  and  Herrick,  in  their  extensive  work  on  the  transforma- 
tions of  Macrura,  have  given  an  excellent  colored  figure,  from 
life,  of  this  species  (pi.  i)  but  they  unfortunately  identified  it  as 
6'.  minus. 

In  their  figure  the  body  is  mostly  grayish  green,  with  a  median 
and  lateral  stripe  of  whitish ;  the  large  chela  is  irregularly  banded 
with  green  and  dull  yellow,  tip  of  dactyl  reddish ;  small  chela 
pinkish ;  other  legs  faintly  banded  with  pale  red. 

Their  specimen  was  from  Beaufort,  N.  C.  Apparently  the 
larvae  figured  on  their  plates  xvi  and  xvii  are  of  this  species.  The 
eggs  were  described  by  them  as  small  and  the  larvae  hatched  in  a 
zoea-like  form. 

Alpheus  beanii  V.  or  Crangon  beanii,  new  sp.  Bean's  Snapping  Shrimp. 
Text  figure  7.     Plate  XXII,  Figure  i.     Plate  XXXII,  Figures  i,  a-u. 

A  small  species  allied  to  A.  packardii.  Carapace  smooth  and 
polished.  Rostrum  short,  small,  narrow  spiniform,  tapering 
regularly  from  the  base  to  the  tip,  projecting  beyond  the  eyes,  and 
reaching  about  to  end  of  the  first  antennular  segment,  rather 
triquetral  distally;  the  upper  edge  is  slightly  concave  and  sloped 
distally. 


82  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Sulcus  each  side  of  the  rostrum  is  rather  narrow  and  deep 
anteriorly,  making  an  emargination  of  the  edge.  Eyes  large  and 
very  convex,  rather  close  to  the  rostrum.  Orbital  lobes  over  the 
eyes  rounded  in  front. 

Antennules  (pi.  2>^,  fig.  ic)  with  the  basal  segment  short,  stout; 
second  segment  not  twice  as  long  as  third ;  basal  spine  short  and 
broad,  bilobed,  with  a  minute  spine  below ;  upper  one  does  not 
reach  beyond  the  end  of  first  segment ;  inner  flagellum  thick  for 
twelve  or  more  basal  joints ;  distal  lash  slender,  with  about  eight 
segments. 

Basal  segments  of  antennae  short,  with  a  small,  short,  very 
slender  spine  on  the  second.  Antennal  scale  (pi.  32,  fig.  i,  s)  is 
about  as  long  as  the  peduncle,  lanceolate,  its  spine  longer  than  the 
scale,  very  acute,  its  plumose  hairs  long  and  abundant ;  flagellum 
very  long  and  slender,  exceeding  the  entire  body. 

Large  chela  hairy,  elongated,  not  much  compressed,  tapering 
distally,  with  a  narrow  notch  and  sharp  tooth  on  the  upper  margin 
distally,  from  which  a  submarginal  groover  runs  back  on  each 
side,  that  on  the  outer  side  larger  and  longer,  reaching  the  proximal 
fourth ;  dorso-proximal  area  bounded  by  an  impressed  line ; 
dactyl  compressed,  evenly  arched,  relatively  short,  articulated 
somewhat  obliquely,  pale  orange ;  carpus  subhemispherical,  as  long 
as  broad,  with  two  slight  distal  teeth  at  the  angles  (text-cut  7)  ; 
merus  with  small  triangular  articular  teeth.  Smaller  chela  (pi.  32, 
fig.  I,  /')  is  long,  slender,  very  simple,  with  nearly  straight  margins 
without  notches  or  spines  except  a  small  dorsal  tooth  at  the  articu- 


FiGURE  7.     AIplicus  (or  Crangon)  bcanii,  sp.  nov.     Larger  chela  enlarged. 

By  A.  H.  Verrill. 

lation  with  the  dactyl ;  very  hairy  both  on  the  palm  and  fingers ; 
the  hairs  form  a  row  of  tufts  above  and  below,  and  a  larger  tuft 
at  the  tip  of  the  fixed  finger  directed  forward,  and  also  a  row  in  a 
groove  close  to  the  cutting  edge,  in  small  tufts.  The  dactyl  is  long, 
slender,  evenly  rounded,  nearly  straight  to  the  distal  third  where 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  83 

it  arches  regularly  to  the  slender  tip.  The  carpus  is  obconic, 
longer  than  broad,  with  distal  tufts  of  long  hairs.  The  merus  is 
about  as  long  as  the  chela,  and  distally  is  nearly  as  thick ;  it  has 
tufts  of  hairs  along  each  side  and  a  larger  tuft  at  the  distal  end. 

Legs  of  the  second  pair  (pi.  32,  fig.  i,  1")  are  unusually  long 
and  slender.  The  chela  is  a  little  thicker  than  the  carpus,  its 
palm  is  a  little  swollen  and  subovate,  slightly  constricted  below  the 
articulation  of  the  dactyl;  both  fingers  taper  regularly  and  are 
about  equally  arched,  and  equal  in  length  to  the  rest  of  the  palm ; 
each  finger  has  a  tuft  of  hairs  at  the  tip  and  a  smaller  tuft  a 
little  farther  back.  The  carpus  is  very  long ;  the  third  and  fourth 
articles  are  the  shortest  and  about  equal  in  length;  the  second  is 
the  longest  and  about  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  fourth  and  fifth. 
The  fifth  is  a  little  longer  than  the  fourth  and  about  as  long  as 
the  chela ;  the  merus  is  also  very  long  and  slender,  about  equal  to 
the  sum  of  the  first  and  second  carpal  articles. 

The  third  and  fourth  legs  are  stouter  (fig.  i,  1'")  ;  the  dactyl  is 
elongated,  a  little  curved,  acute,  covered  with  short  recurved  hook- 
like hairs.  The  propodus  is  very  spinose  and  hairy;  it  has  a 
row  of  about  five  or  six  larger  acute  serrulate  spines  on  the  inner 
margin,  and  a  row  of  nine  or  ten  smaller  ones  on  the  side;  the 
distal  spine  of  each  row  is  longer  than  the  rest  and  stands  at  the 
base  of  the  dactyl.  The  outer  margin  has  a  row  of  about  six 
tufts  of  hairs  on  each  side,  and  a  distal  porrect  cluster  of  four  or 
five  larger  hairs.  The  carpus  and  merus  also  have  clusters  of 
hairs  along  their  margins ;  the  carpus  is  about  as  long  as  the  sum 
of  the  propodus  and  dactyl.  Legs  of  the  fifth  pair  are  more 
slender. 

The  third  maxilliped  (fig.  i,  n'")  is  robust  and  very  hairy; 
transverse  rows  of  hairs  on  the  distal  article  are  very  numerous 
and  the  hairs  very  long,  with  spinules  between  them,  tip  bears  a 
group  of  smooth  slender  hairs,  some  very  long;  the  exognath  has 
a  distal  and  lateral  group  of  long  slender  plumose  hairs.  Third 
article  wide,  with  the  outer  side  flattened,  ending  distally  in  a 
flat  lobe ;   flat  part  distally  is  as  wide  as  the  thick  part. 

The  uropods  (fig.  i,  u)  are  wide  and  well  rounded  distally; 
the  outer  lamina  is  longer  and  has  a  slender  acute  movable  spine 
at  its  outer  angle,  which  is  also  spiniform ;  its  outer  and  distal 
margins  are  fringed  with  long  hairs  alternating  on  the  distal  edge 
with  small  regular  spinules.     The  inner  lamella  is  fringed  in  the 


84  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

same  way,  on  the  inner  and  distal  margins  with  long  hairs,  but 
the  spinules  between  are  larger  at  the  outer  part  of  the  edge  and 
decrease  to  near  the  middle  of  the  inner  edge  where  they  disappear. 
The  basal  spines  are  short.  Some  hairs  on  the  surface  of  the 
inner  lamella. 

The  telson  (fig.  i,  t)  is  rather  long,  width  to  length  about  i  :  4, 
widest  near  the  base,  tapering  evenly  to  the  end,  with  slightly 
convex  margins;  distal  margin,  between  the  lateral  spines,  evenly 
rounded,  and  bearing  about  16  long  plumose  hairs  or  setae,  with 
the  same  number  of  small  acute  spinules  and  a  number  of  long 
smooth  hairs.  Postero-lateral  spines  unequal,  slender,  acute,  the 
inner  one  about  twice  as  long  as  the  outer  one.  Anal  tubercles 
conspicuous.  The  three  specimens  obtained  were  all  females 
carrying  eggs  nearly  ready  to  hatch. 

This  species  is  so  nearly  allied  to  A.  packardii  that  it  might  at 
first  be  thought  a  dwarf  deep-water  form  of  that  species.  It  can- 
not be  the  young,  as  the  specimens  taken  all  have  large  clusters  of 
eggs.  But  there  are  some  very  characteristic  differences,  besides 
the  color. 

The  antennae  are  much  longer,  exceeding  the  body.  The  eyes 
are  much  larger  and  more  prominent;  the  ocular  hood  has  no 
frontal  obtuse  lobe,  like  that  of  packardii,  but  is  evenly  rounded; 
the  large  chela  is  more  tapered,  the  marginal  notch  is  narrower; 
the  groove  on  the  outer  surface  runs  farther  back  and  there  is  no 
distal  constriction  of  the  lower  margin ;  the  dactyl  is  relatively 
smaller  and  shorter  and  articulates  more  obliquely.  The  smaller 
chela  also  differs  in  form  and  armature  of  hairs.  The  second 
legs  are  longer.  The  dactyls  of  third  legs  are  different,  etc.  The 
rostrum  and  antennal  scales  are  similar  in  the  two  species.  Taken 
on  the  Challenger  Bank,  in  24  fathoms,  on  a  nullipore  bottom,  by 
the  Field  Natural  History  Museum  party,  in  Oct.,  1905  (No. 
901). 

It  is  named  in  honor  of  the  director  of  the  party,  the  late  Dr. 
Tarlton  H.  Bean,  the  eminent  ichthyologist. 

Alpheus    formosus    Gibbes    or    Crangon    formosus.    Striped    Snapping 
Shrimp. 

Alpheus  formosus  Gibbes,  Proc.  Amer.  Asso.  Adv.  Sci.,  iii,  p.  196  (32), 

1851. 
Alpheus  poeyi  Guerin,  in  La  Sagra's  Hist.  Cuba,  second  part,  Zoo!.,  vol. 

vii,  Crust.,p.  xix,  vol.  viii,  pi.  ii,  fig.  10,  10a,  1857. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  85 

Alpheus  formosus  Rathbun,  M.  J.,  Proc.  Wash.  Acad.  Science,  vol.  ii, 
p.  152,  1900;    Brachyura  and  Macrura  of  Porto  Rico,  p.  106,  1901. 

Alpheus  wehsteri  Kingsley,  op.  cit.,  1879,  p.  416;  Carcin.  Notes,  No.  v, 
op.  cit.,  p.  Ill  (7),  pi,  it,  fig.  5,  1883.  Rankin,  op.  cit.,  vol.  xi,  p.  249, 
vol.  xii,  p.  543,  1900  (Bermuda). 

Crangon  formosus  Hay  and  Shore,  op.  cit.,  p.  384,  pi.  26,  fig.  5,  1918. 

Text  figures  sd,  6a.  Plate  XIX,  Figures  i,  2.  Plate  XX,  Figure  3. 
Plate  XXIII,  Figures  s,  a,  b.  Plate  XXIX,  Figures  4,  a-u.  Plate 
XXV,  Figures  6-6a  (type  of  A.  poeyi). 

In  life  the  color  is  conspicuous  and  characteristic.  The  body 
is  yellowish  or  greenish  brown,  with  a  conspicuous  dorsal  stripe 
of  pale  yellowish  or  white,  extending  to  the  telson,  and  a  more  or 
less  interrupted  stripe  of  the  same  color  on  each  side ;  margins  of 
abdomen  bright  blue.  The  ground-color,  between  the  stripes,  is 
finely  speckled  with  orange.  Uropods  white  at  base,  tipped  with 
orange  or  yellow.  Large  chela,  on  the  inner  side,  yellowish  brown, 
or  nearly  like  the  carapace ;  tip  and  dactyl  bright  orange,  with  a 
whitish  spot  at  the  base  of  the  thumb.  Ambulatory  legs  and 
flagella  of  the  antennules  and  antennae,  bright  blue. 

The  large  chela  (pi.  19,  fig.  2;  pi.  23,  fig.  5a)  is  notable  for  the 
absence  of  notches  and  longitudinal  grooves,  present  in  all  other 
Bermuda  species  of  true  Alpheus  (or  Crangon),  being  in  this 
respect  like  the  chela  in  Synalpheus.  It  is  long-ovate,  swollen 
proximally,  fixed  finger  is  short,  acute,  incurved  at  the  tip,  shorter 
than  the  dactylus,  which  is  stout,  arched  gradually,  blunt  at  end. 
The  smaller  chela  (pi.  23,  fig.  5b)  is  long  and  slender,  smooth, 
simple.  The  merus  is  triquetral,  with  an  acute  tooth  on  the  distal 
superior  and  outer  angles ;  carpus  short,  convex  above,  with  a 
distal  tooth;  palm  of  chela  about  equal  in  length  to  the  dactyl; 
its  distal  articular  margin  has  a  spiniform  tooth  at  each  angle, 
the  outer  one  longer  and  sharper ;  the  superior  proximal  area  is 
bounded  by  an  impressed  faint  line,  extending  back  on  the  dorsal 
and  inner  surfaces,  and  enclosing  an  ovate  area.  Fixed  finger 
nearly  straight,  slender,  a  little  turned  up  close  to  the  tip ;  dactyl 
nearly  straight  to  about  the  middle,  then  gently  arched  to  the  tip. 

Fingers  are  nearly  equal  in  size;  shutting  closely,  compressed 
laterally,  both  hooked  at  the  acute  tips,  which  overlap  when  closed  ; 
both  sides  slightly  hairy;  the  hairs  of  the  dactyl  arise  from  a 
nearly  straight  groove  below  a  sharp  ridge  on  both  sides.     The 


86  Addison  E.  Vcrrill, 

inner  surfaces  of  the  fingers  have  a  slender  groove  and  carina. 
The  median  carina  of  the  fixed  finger  becomes  more  prominent, 
with  a  raised  sharp  edge,  on  the  distal  third. 

The  rostrum  is  a  stout,  tapering,  flattened,  triquetral  spine. 
The  ocular  lobe  has  a  small  slender  spine.  The  basal  antennal 
spine  is  rudimentary  or  small. 

On  the  outer  distal  margin  of  the  outer  branch  of  the  uropods 
there  is  a  small  black  spine,  which  usually  retains  its  color  a  long 
time  in  preserved  specimens.  It  is  less  conspicuous  than  the 
similar  spine  of  A.  nigrospinatus  Ran.,  of  the  Bahamas.  Several 
other  species  have  the  same  spine  black  or  dark. 

We  found  this  large  species  common  at  Bermuda,  especially  in 
holes  and  crevices  in  rotten  limestone  and  dead  corals  on  the  reefs. 
It  was  also  contained  in  the  early  collections  of  J.  M.  Jones  and 
Dr.  G.  Brown  Goode.  Key  West  (Gibbes)  ;  Cuba  (Guerin)  ; 
Natal  to  Maceio  and  Pernambuco,  Brazil ;  and  Porto  Rico,  4  to  6 
fathoms  (Rathbun). 

Gibbes  (op.  cit.)  gave  only  a  brief  description  of  this  species, 
but  as  he  mentioned  particularly  the  strong  rostrum,  stout  at  base, 
the  orbital  spine,  and  the  simple  large  chela  without  grooves  or 
notches,  there  can  be  no  doubt  about  the  identification  of  his 
species. 

The  Alpheiis  wehsteri  Kingsley  was  described  in  nearly  the 
same  terms,  but  Prof.  Kingsley  mentioned,  in  addition,  the  oblique 
impressed  line  that  bounds  the  supero-proximal  area  of  the  large 
chela  and  the  black  uropodal  spine.  The  oblique  impressed  line, 
which  is  present  in  all  other  species,  is  not  always  distinct  in 
alcoholic  specimens,  unless  allowed  to  partially  dry,  and  the  black 
spine  often  fades  out  in  alcohol.  It  is  smaller  and  much  less  con- 
spicuous than  in  A.  nigrospinatus  Rankin,  of  the  West  Indies. 
Prof.  Kingsley  had  erroneously  placed  A.  formosus  as  a  synonym 
of  A.  minus,  and  was,  therefore,  naturally  led  to  describe  the  real 
formosus  as  a  new  species.     They  are  perfectly  identical. 

Alpheus  poeyi  Guerin  seems  to  be  allied  to  or  identical  with  this. 
Some  of  his  figures  are  reproduced  on  our  plate  XXV,  figs.  6-6a. 
The  chela,  as  figured,  is  longer  and  differently  shaped. 

Synalpheus  Bate.     Smaller  Snapping  Shrimps. 

Synalpheus  Bate,  Voyage  of  Challenger,  Rep.  Zool,  vol.  xxiv,  p.  572, 
1888.*     Coutiere,  Ann.   Sci.  Nat.,  ser,  8,  Zool.,  vol.   ix,  pp.   154,  334, 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  87 

1899;  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  xxxvi,  pp.  1-93,  1909.  M.  J. 
Rathbun,  Macrura  Porto  Rico,  p.  109,  1901.  Stebbing,  South  African 
Crustacea,  part  viii,  Annals  S.  African  Mus.,  vol.  15,  p.  85,  1915. 
DeMan,  Siboga  Exped.,  vol.  390,  p.  185,  1911. 

This  genus  was  separated  from  Alphcus  on  account  of  important 
structural  differences.  The  most  important  character  is  the 
absence  of  epipodites  on  the  thoracic  legs,  which  are  present  in 
Alphcus.  The  large  chela  is  always  simple,  without  notches  or 
grooves,  and  is  usually  more  swollen  or  more  nearly  ellipsoidal 
than  in  the  latter,  and  the  dactyl  is  usually  more  simple  and 
relatively  smaller ;  it  has  the  plunger-like  lobe  within,  but  lacks 
the  disk  at  the  articulation. 

The  front  is  usually  tridentate ;  the  three  teeth  may  be  subequal 
or  unequal;  the  rostrum  is  usually  small  and  simple,  triangular, 
but  often  styliform  ;  sometimes  almost  or  quite  lacking.  The  eyes 
are  covered  by  a  lobe  or  hood,  usually  bearing  a  triangular  or 
pointed  tooth,  rarely  rounded.  The  basal  segment  of  the  anten- 
nules  is  the  longest ;  the  basal  spine  is  usually  elongated ;  the 
external  flagellum  usually  has  a  short  secondary  branch.  Basi- 
cerite  is  spiniform,  acute;   often  with  a  smaller  spine  at  its  base. 

The  legs  of  the  second  pair  have  the  carpus  5-jointed  (rarely 
4-jointed  in  young)  ;  the  second,  third,  and  fourth  segments  are 
short  and  often  about  equal,  sometimes  moniliform.  The  dactyls 
of  the  ambulatory  legs  are  usually  biunguiculate,  sometimes  tri- 
unguiculate.  The  males  lack  the  two  extra  retinules  on  the  second 
pleopods.  present  in  Alpheiis. 

The  species  have  habits  more  or  less  similar  to  those  of  Alphcus. 
Many  are  found  in  holes  in  rotten  limestone  and  dead  corals,  others 
under  stones,  oysters,  etc.,  but  many  species  are  only  found  living 
as  commensals  in  the  oscular  cavities  of  various  large  sponges, 
where  they  are  often  gregarious,  forming  large  colonies. 

Specimens  of  5*.  harfordi  (Kingsley),  now  in  the  Yale  Museum, 
were  labelled  as  taken  by  Mr.  Harford  from  under  the  mantle  of 
the  abalone  shell  (Haliotis  rufescens)  at  Catalina  Island, 
California. 

Some  species  live  clinging  in  the  interstices  of  branched  corals. 
Several  oriental  species  cling  to  crinoids  (comatulids)  in  deep 
water,  and  have  their  claws  so  modified  as  to  adapt  them  to  this 

♦  The  holotype  of  this  genus  was  S.  falcatus=S.  comatularum  Haswell, 
according  to  Coutiere.     See  below. 


88  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

habit.  The  structure  and  form  of  the  dactyl  hooks  are  important 
because  directly  related  to  their  habits. 

Their  colors  are  various  according  to  their  habits.  The  sexes 
are  often  very  different  in  color,  but  both  may  be  variable.  Some, 
if  not  all,  are  able  to  change  their  colors  by  means  of  the  chromato- 
phores. 

All  are  capable  of  making  an  explosive  sound  with  the  large 
chela,  like  the  species  of  Alphcus,  when  disturbed,  but  they  lack 
the  sucker-like  disks  on  the  dactyl  and  anterior  end  of  the  palm. 

Some  of  the  species  are  remarkable  for  the  large  size  of  their 
eggs,  which  are  sometimes  considerably  over  i  mm.  in  diameter 
and  much  fewer  than  in  ordinary  species  of  Alphcus.  The  young 
of  such  species,  accordingly,  are  hatched  in  an  advanced  stage  of 
development  (my sis-stage).  Others  have  numerous  small  eggs 
and  hatch  in  a  zoea-stage. 

Brooks  and  Herrick  (op.  cit.,  1892)  claimed  that  the  same 
species  inhabiting  different  localities  may  produce  larvae  differing 
very  widely  in  form  and  structure,  as  well  as  widely  different 
sizes  of  eggs.  But  the  form  studied  by  them,  that  produced  small 
eggs  from  which  hatched  zoea-like  larvae,  proved  to  be  a  true 
Alpheus  {A.  packardii).     See  above  unHer  A.  packardii. 

Yet  they  demonstrated  that  closely  allied  species  of  this  group 
have  larvae  that  differ  widely  in  the  state  of  development  when 
hatched,  as  well  as  eggs  differing  greatly  in  relative  sizes. 

According  to  Coutiere  (op.  cit.,  pp.  2,  3,  1909)  the  Alpheus 
saidcyi  var.  brevicarpus  of  Brooks  and  Herrick  is  a  distinct 
species,  while  under  A.  saulcyi  var.  longicarpus  at  least  two  other 
species,  viz. :  6^.  longicarpus  and  S.  pcctiniger  C.  were  included, 
as  determined  by  the  types.  The  last  two  and  the  former  belong 
to  different  sections  of  the  genus. 

Typical  5".  longicarpus  has  small  eggs  and  zoea-like  larvae,  while 
S.  pcctiniger  and  5^.  brevicarpus  have  very  large  eggs  and  mysis- 
like  larvae. 

The  species  to  which  Coutiere  restricts  the  name,  S.  minus,  has 
small  eggs,  their  diameter  being  less  than  i  mm.,  which  give  rise 
to  zoea-like  larvae,  as  do  many  other  species.  It  is  very  unlike  the 
A.  minus  of  Brooks  and  Herrick. 

M.  Coutiere,  op.  cit.,  1909,  described  twenty-five  American 
species  of  this  genus,  besides  about  twenty-one  named  varieties 
and  subspecies,  and  more  recently  he  has  added  another  species. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  89 

He  divided  the  genus  into  six  groups  of  species.  Of  these  two, 
viz.,  the  Comatiilariim-group  and  the  Bmngiiiculatus-gvoup  have 
not  been  found  at  the  Bermudas,  nor  in  the  West  Indies ;  accord- 
ing to  him  they  are  entirely  oriental. 

De  Man,  op.  cit.,  191 1,  recognized  62  species  of  the  genus  and 
15  named  varieties  from  the  Indo^ Pacific  seas.  At  least  seven 
si^ecies  occur  at  the  Bermudas. 

In  many  cases  the  described  diflferences  are  slight  and  may  be 
due  partly  to  individual  or  local  variations,  or  to  hybridism.  The 
Rev.  Thomas  R,  R.  Stebbing,  in  a  somewhat  jocular  way,  says 
that  "in  the  discrimination  of  these  species  minute  measurement 
plays  an  almost  alarming  part,  because,  as  the  eyes  are  completely 
covered  by  the  carapace,  the  vision  of  these  creatures  must  be 
dim,  and  without  compasses  the  members  of  different  species  will 
never  know  one  another  apart.  Perhaps,  indeed,  the  numerous 
varieties  may  be  the  result  of  inconsiderate  intermarriages." 

It  is  at  any  rate  a  group  in  which  variations  and  perhaps 
"mutations"  are  abundant  and  in  which  natural  selection  has  served 
to  adapt  the  various  species  to  varied  and  often  unusual  conditions 
of  existence.  Most  of  them  seem  to  be  admirably  protected  by 
their  habits,  colors,  etc.,  so  that  they  are  often  very  numerous  in 
individuals,  as  well  as  in  species  and  varieties. 

Analytical  Table  of  the  Bermuda  species  and  of  some  additional  related 
North  American  and  West  Indian  species  of  Synalpheus. 

A. — Rostrum  slender,  spiniform,  with  no  vertical  prolongation.  Ocular 
spines  longer  than  wide.  Hooks  of  dactyl  of  third  to  fifth  feet  dis- 
similar, unequal  in  width  and  form,  lower  one  the  wider  and  stronger, 
strongly  divergent  at  a  wide  angle  to  axis  of  dactyl ;  .usually  a  small 
spur  or  prominence  proximal  to  lower  hook.     Merus  often  spinose. 

Neomeris-group. 

b. — Ventral  spur  of  dactyl  of  third  to  fifth  feet  prominent,  spur-like;  inner 
hook  abruptly  divergent,  bicurved S.  hemphilli. 

c. — Antennal  spine  equal  to  carpocerite var.  hemphilli. 

cc. — Antennal  spine  longer  than  carpocerite var.  longicornis. 

bb. — Ventral  spur  of  dactyls  low,  obtuse  or  obscure;  legs  slender;  merus 
of  third  pair  of  legs  four  times  as  long  as  wide ;  antennal  scale  or 
scaphocerite  equal  to  or  exceeding  the  stalk 5".  fritsmulleri. 

AA. — Hooks  of  dactyls  of  third  to  fifth  feet  nearly  or  quite  equal  in 
width  at  base ;   merus  generally  without  spines. 

B. — Dactyls  long  and  slender;  the  hooks  directed  in  same  line  with  the 
dactyl,  little  curved,  the  upper  one  the  longer.     Scale  of  scaphocerite 


go  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

always  present.  Lower  lateral  spine  of  basicerite  (basal  antennal 
spine)  slender.  Stylocerite,  or  antennular  spine,  longer  than  first 
segment  of  antennular  stalk.  Telson  not  abruptly  narrowed  distally; 
outer  Lobe  of  uropods  not  serrate  on  margin  distally.  Smaller  chela 
of  first  pair  of  legs  without  a  dense  dorsal  brush  of  porrect  hairs ;  its 
carpus  short. 
C. — Frontal  spines  more  or  less  spiniform,  usually  longer  than  wide; 
rostrum  more  slender  than  orbital  spines  and  usually  distinctly  longer, 
furnished  with  a  descending  vertical  process  that  embraces  the  ocellary 
beak Paulsoni-group. 

d. — Carpocerite  long,  at  least  about  35^  times  as  long  as  wide  and  exceeding 
the  spine  of  the  scaphocerite ;  first  segment  of  the  carpus  of  the 
second  pair  of  legs  longer  than  the  remaining  four  combined. 

e. — Basicerite  without  an  upper  lateral  spine ;  telson  with"  acute  posterior 
angles,  its  inner  terminal  spines  about  three  times  longer  than  the 
.outer  ones.  Rostrum  is  rather  longer  than  orbital  spines,  slender, 
acute,  styliform,  and  equals  first  antennular  segment.  . .  S.  townscndi. 

ee. — Basicerite  with  an  upper  lateral  spine.  Orbital  spines  and  rostrum 
not  long;  rostrum  not  longer  than  orbital  spines,  acuminate  at  tip. 
Inner  spine  of  distal  telson  angles  not  more  than  twice  as  long  as 
the  outer  one S.  bradlcyi* 

dd. — Carpocerite  shorter,  about  one-third  as  wide  as  long ;  basicerite 
with  an  upper  secondary  spine.  Spine  of  scaphocerite  equal  to  the 
carpocerite.  Large  chela  stout,  with  a  sharp  distal  dorsal  spine 
directed  somewhat  downward S.  apiocerox* 

CC. — Front  with  three  subequal  triangular  or  subacute  denticles ;  the 
rostrum  similar  in  size  and  form  to  the  ocular  processes,  but  it  may 
be  a  little  narrower,  or  slightly  longer  or  shorter,  not  styliform.  It 
lacks  the  inferior  vertical  prolongation.  Telson  not  rapidly  tapered ; 
distal  end  broad,  convex,  with  numerous  plumose  hairs. 

Brevicar  pus-group. 

f. — Rostrum  triangular,  similar  in  form  and  size  to  the  ocular  teeth. 
Carpocerite  cylindrical,  slender,  at  least  4  times  as  long  as  wide; 
antennal  scale  5.5  to  6.4  times  as  long  as  wide ;  basicerite  nearly 
unarmed  above ;  carpus  of  legs  of  second  pair  10  to  15  times  longer 
than  wide. 

g. — Spine  of  scaphocerite  scarcely  exceeding  the  length  of  the  scale.  The 
three  frontal  processes  are  short,  scarcely  spiniform,  about  as  long  as 
width  of  base,  about  equilateral,  often  triangular.  Eggs  are  large  and 
produce  Mysis-like  larvae S.  brevicarpus. 

gg. — Lateral  spine  of  scaphocerite  is  long  and  slender ;  frontal  teeth  as 
long  as  wide ;  rostrum  has  concave  margins.  Eggs  are  small ;  larvse 
hatch  as  Zo'ca-like  forms 5".  guerini* 

ff. — Carpocerite  is  shorter  and  swollen,  3.5  to  2>-7  times  longer  than  wide; 
antennal  scale  longer,  from  7  to  8.5  times  longer  than  wide;    carpus 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  91 

of  legs  of  second  pair  less  than  10  times  longer  than  wide.     The  eggs 
are  small  and  hatch  Zo'ca-like  larvae. 

h. — Rostrum  equals  or  slightly  exceeds  the  ocular  teeth  in  length.  5".  minus. 

hh. — Rostrum  is   somewhat  shorter  and  narrower   than  the  ocular  teeth. 

S.  digucti* 

BB. — Dactyls  of  the  third  to  fifth  pairs  of  legs  small  and  short;  their 
hooks  very  small,  subequal  in  length,  strongly  curved  in  line  with 
the  margins  of  dactyl,  not  divergent.  Scale  of  the  scaphocerite  usually 
much  reduced,  often  rudimentary  pr  lacking  in  one  or  both  sexes ; 
lateral  spine  of  basicerite  longer  than  the  first  antennular  segment; 
stylocerite  short,  not  exceeding  basal  antennular  segment.  Smaller 
chela  has  fingers  toothed  at  apex  and  a  dense  brush  of  long  porrect 
hairs  on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  dactyl ;  its  carpus  is  longer  than  wide. 
Telson  usually  rapidly  narrowed  to  a  narrow  tip ;  terminal  plumose 
hairs  few,  about  4  to  6.  Outer  lobe  of  uropods  is  often  serrate 
distally.  Several  species  have  large  eggs  and  Mysis-like  larvae.  The 
species  are  numerous  in  the  West  Indies Icevimanus-grou'^. 

i. — Carpus  of  smaller  cheliped  is  more  than  one-half  the  length  of  the 
chela  in  the  adult  (usually  0.54  to  0.8).  Lateral  spine  of  basicerite  is 
smaller  than  that  of  the  scaphocerite. 

;'. — Movable  finger  (dactyl)  and  pollex  of  smaller  chela  each  with  three 
strong  flat  teeth  crossed  in  a  vertical  plane ;  no  antennal  scale ;  spine 
of  the  scaphocerite  shorter  than  the  antennular  stalk.  Dactyl  of  the 
large  chela  placed  obliquely.     Eggs  are  large S.  pectiniger.* 

ij. — Fingers  of  the  smaller  chela  each  provided  with  only  two  teeth.  Spine 
of  the  scaphocerite  equal  in  length  to  the  antennular  stalk.  Scale  of 
scaphocerite  small,  present  at  least  in  the  male S.  longicarptis. 

a. — Carpus  of  smaller  cheliped  is  less  than  half  as  long  as  the  chela  (about 
0.43  to  0.40).  Alerus  of  third  pair  of  legs  is  not  excavate;  its  carpus 
is  shorter  than  the  propodus.  The  brush  of  hairs  on  the  dactyl  of 
the  smaller  chela  is  large,  containing  15  to  20  rows.  Carpocerite  is 
5.2  to  6  times  longer  than  wide.  Antennal  scale  is  present  in  both 
sexes S.  goodei 

Those  species  marked  with  an  asterisk    (*)   are  extralimital,  from  the 
West  Indies  or  Panama. 

Special  characters  to  aid  in  the  identification  of  the  known  Bermuda  species 

of  Synalpheus. 

1. — Rostrum    notably   longer    than    the    ocular    spines    and    spiniform    or 
narrow  in  a  dorsal  view. 
.S".  townscndii;    hemphilli;   fritsmulleri  elongatus. 

2. — Rostrum  notably  narrower  than  ocular   spines  in  a   dorsal  view,  but 
not  much,  longer. 
5".  fritsmulleri;   goodei;    longicarpus. 


92  Addison  E.  Vcrrill, 

3. — Rostrum  and  ocular  spines  triangular  or  dentiform  and  equal  or  sub- 
equal  in  size. 
S.  minus;    brevicarpus. 

4. — Telson  much  narrowed  distally;    the  end  very  narrow,  carrying  only 
four  to  six  plumose  hairs  between  the  lateral  spines. 
S.  goodei;   longicarpus. 

5. — Uropods  with  the  outer  lamella  serrated  along  the  distal  outer  margin. 
S.  goodei;   longicarpus. 

6. — Smaller  chela  with  a  large  tuft  or  crest  of  porrect  hairs  on  the  outer 
surface  of  the  dactyl. 
S.  goodei;   longicarpus;   pectiniger.* 

7. — Smaller  chela  with  the  tips  of  one  or  both  fingers  bidentate  or  tri- 
dentate. 
S.  longicarpus ;   goodei;   pectiniger* 

8. — Ambulatory  legs  with  stout  tapered  dactyls,  ending  in  two  unequal, 
divergent  hooks,  the  inner  one  more  incurved,  and  with  a  blunt  spur 
or  obtuse  elevation  proximal  to  inner  hook. 
S.  hemphilli;  fritzmullcri. 

9. — Ambulatory   legs    have    rather    long   gently   curved    dactyls    and    two 
nearly  parallel  unequal  hooks  curved  with  the  outline  of  the  dactyl; 
not  divergent;   no  spur. 
S.  minus;   brevicarpus ;   townsendi. 

ID. — Ambulatory  legs  with  the  dactyl  short,  incurved,  and  the  two  hooks 
not  very  unequal,  small,  incurved. 
S.  goodei;    longicarpus. 

II. — Antennal  scale  notably  wide;    usually  wider  than  spine. 
t?.  townsendi;   minus;   brevicarpus. 

12. — Antennal  scale  narrow. 

6".  fritzmullcri ;   hemphilli;   goodei;    longicarpus. 

13. — Antennal  scale  rudimentary  or  lacking. 
S.  longicarpus. 

14. — Basicerite  spine  unusually  short,  but  with  an  acute,  secondary  spine 
above  its  base. 

S.  hemphilli;   fritsmulleri  carolinensis. 

15. — Basicerite   spine   without   a    secondary   spine,   or   with    only   a    short 
or  rudimentary  one. 
S.  brevicarpus;    longicarpus;    townscndii. 

16 — Basicerite  spine  elongated,  with  a  small  acute  secondary  spine. 
S.  minus;  goodei;  fritzmullcri. 

The  above  table  is  intended  to  be  of  use  especially  with  specimens 
that  have  lost  their  large  chelae  and  more  or  less  of  the  other 
appendages ;    additional  species  will  doubtless  be   found  at  the 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  93 

Bermudas,  and  if  so  they  can  easily  be  interpolated  here.  Com- 
parative measurements  have  here  been  intentionally  omitted  for 
greater  simplicity. 

The  ap'pendages  illustrated  on  the  accompanying  plates  have 
been  drawn  with  a  camera-lucida ;  in  such  drawings  there  is  pretty 
sure  to  be  some  distortion  in  the  case  of  elongated  objects,  such  as 
the  legs,  though  corrected  as  well  as  possible.  Moreover,  the  more 
convex  parts  are  necessarily  mounted  under  some  pressure,  so  that 
hollow  organs  are  flattened  and  may  appear  somewhat  wider  than 
they  should.  Thus  minute  measurements  of  the  drawings  will  not 
always  be  found  to  agree  with  those  made  from  fresh,  unmounted 
objects.  This  applies  to  similar  illustrations  of  other  writers  as 
well  as  to  these.  Thus  minute  measurements  of  proportions  are 
often  not  easy  to  apply,  nor  to  verify ;  especially  such  as  breadth 
to  length  of  the  articles  of  legs,  antennae,  etc.  Ratios  of  length  to 
length  are  more  likely  to  be  unaltered  by  pressure,  but  the  hollow 
appendages  often  shrink  in  length  in  the  process  of  mounting, 
especially  the  chitinous  exterior,  so  that  the  muscles,  etc.  within 
become  folded  or  distorted. 

This  genus,  founded  by  Bate  (op.  cit.,  1888,  p.  574,  pi.  103),  had 
as  its  type  and  only  species,  v9.  falcatus  Bate,  which  Coutiere 
identified  with  5".  comatiilariim  of  Haswell.  It  belongs  to  a  special 
division  of  the  genus,  as  now  understood,  viz.  the  Comatulanan 
group  of  Coutiere,  of  which  no  species  are  known  in  American 
waters.  Some  of  the  species  live  as  commensals  or  parasites  on 
crinoids. 

Bate's  type  was  a  stout  female  with  a  long  acute  rostrum,  twice 
as  long  as  the  sharp  and  elongated  ocular  spines.  The  rostrum 
reaches  more  than  to  the  end  of  the  second  antennular  article. 
The  antennular  stalk  is  shorter  than  the  antennal  stalk,  which  is 
elongated ;  its  scale  is  well  developed ;  basicerite  has  two  subequal 
acute  spines ;  stylocerite  elongated.  Mandibles  have  the  cutting 
lobe  reduced  to  a  curved  spine;  second  article  of  the  palpus 
enlarged,  ovate.  Third  maxilliped  slender,  the  tip  with  few  spines. 
Large  chela  with  a  strongly  arched  acute  dactyl;  smaller  chela 
long  with  an  incurved  or  crooked  simple  dactyl.  Legs  of  second 
pair  are  described  and  figured  as  7-jointed ;  articles  3-7  subequal ; 
first  elongated.  Legs  3 — 5  slender,  terete;  secondary  hook  of 
dactyl  obsolete ;  telson  ovate,  wide  at  tip,  with  an  obtuse  median 
lobe. 


94  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Synalpheus  hemphilli  Coutiere.     Small  Snapping  Shrimp. 

Synalpliciis  heniphilli  and  var.   longicornis  Coutiere,   op.  cit.,  p.   38,   figs. 

b,  20,  21,  1909. 
f  Synalpheus  neptunns  M.  J.  Rathbun,  Brach.  and  Macr.  Brazil,  p.  no, 

1901  (not  Dana's  sp.). 

Plate  XXXIII;  Figures  3,  3a,  large  chela  (slide  ddd).  Plate  XXXIX, 
Figures  20,  2b.  Plate  XL,  Figures  i-it%  details.  All  var.  longicornis. 
By  A.  H.  V. 

The  rostrum  is  very  slender,  styliform,  and  about  twice  as  long 
as  the  orbital  spines,  which  are  triangular,  with  wide  bases  (pi.  39, 
fig.  2;  pi.  40,  fig.  i).  The  ambulatory  legs  are  quasi-triunguicu- 
late,  with  the  lower  terminal  claw  stouter  and  much  more  bent 
than  the  upper  one,  diverging  at  nearly  a  right  angle,  its  inner  edge 
a  sigmoid  curve ;  proximal  to  the  latter  there  is  a  small  acute  spur, 
so  that  the  claws  seem  to  be  somewhat  triunguiculate. 

In  the  Bermuda  variety  (longicornis  Coutiere)  (pi.  39,  figs.  2a, 
2b,  after  Coutiere;  pi.  40,  figs,  i-ic)  the  antennal  scale  is  longer, 
narrow,  and  reaches  to  the  end  of  the  antennular  peduncle  or 
exceeds  it.  The  lateral  basal  spine  is  equal  in  length  to  the  anten- 
nular spine  and  reaches  the  proximal  third  of  the  second  joint. 
The  superior  basal  spine  is  smaller,  but  acute.  The  meropodite  of 
the  third  pair  of  legs  bears  a  slender  distal  movable  spine  on  under 
side,  and  a  spiniform  angle  above. 

Coutiere  records  this  species  from  West  Florida,  21-28  fathoms, 
and  as  var.  longicornis,  from  Bermuda  (coll.  Goode).  It  was  also 
taken  by  my  party  in  190 1.  I  have  specimens  from  Fort  Macon, 
N.  C. 

It  is  apparently  the  species  recorded  from  Bermuda,  by  Miss 
Rathbun,  under  the  name  of  5*.  neptunns  (Dana).  The  latter  is 
evidently  distinct.*  Miss  Rathbun  gives  but  few  descriptive 
details,  but  she  mentions  the  triunguiculate  claw,  which  is  not  a 
character  of  any  other  Bermuda  species  known  to  me. 

The  following  description  is  from  a  Bermuda  specimen  of  the 
variety  longicornis:  The  body  is  about  22mm  long;  thorax, 
9  mm ;   breadth,  5  mm.     The  eyes  are  separated  by  a  space  equal 


*  See  the  new  description  by  M.  Coutiere,  op.  cit,  p.  88,  1909,  of 
S.  neptunns  from  the  Indo-Pacific.  See  also  our  plate  XXV,  figures  2a-e, 
copied  from  Dana.  It  belongs  to  the  Biunguiculatus-group,  which  is  not 
found  in  American  waters. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  95 

to  the  diameter  of  the  eye.  Rostrum  is  acute,  decidedly  longer 
(nearly  twice)  and  more  slender  than  the  orbital  spines,  about 
reaching  the  middle  of  the  first  antennular  segment;  ocular  spines 
with  very  acute  acuminate  tips,  their  bases  enlarged,  conical.  The 
antennular  spine  is  stout  and  reaches  to  the  proximal  third  of  the 
second  segment.  The  lateral  basal  antennal  spine  or  basicerite  is 
nearly  equal  to  the  antennular  spine;  the  upper  smaller  one  is 
small,  acute,  about  even  with  the  rostrum  ;  the  spine  of  the  antennal 
scale  reaches  about  to,  or  a  little  beyond,  the  antennal  peduncle, 
which  is  a  little  longer  than  the  antennular  peduncle ;  the  scale  is 
rather  wide  and  somewhat  shorter  than  the  acute  spine. 

Large  chela  (pi.  33,  figs.  6,  6a)  is  elongated,  not  much  swollen, 
broadest  near  the  middle  of  the  palm,  slightly  oblique,  with  dis- 
tinct dorsal  and  lateral  distal  articular  denticles.  The  dorsal  one 
is  most  distinct;  two  shorter  and  blunter  ones  are  on  the  inner 
edge;  two  and  a  larger  lobe  are  on  the  outer  edge.  Palm  with 
some  slight,  oblique  rugae  on  the  side  proximally.  Dactyl  com- 
pressed, the  tip  strongly  curved  and  acute,  amber-color.  Middle 
of  cutting  edge  a  little  convex;  plunger  cylindric,  strongly  bent 
backward ;  fixed  finger  a  little  shorter,  a  little  divergent,  incurved 
at  the  acute  tip ;  socket  for  plunger  with  raised  margins. 

The  legs  of  the  second  pair  (figs,  ic,  ic')  are  very  slender; 
merus  is  5  times  longer  than  wide,  longer  than  first  four  articles 
of  the  carpus;  first  carpal  article  is  equal  to  sum  of  third,  fourth 
and  fifth ;  chela  is  equal  to  the  fourth  and  fifth  combined ;  fingers 
are  longer  than  the  palm,  which  is  about  twice  as  long  as  wide,  with 
the  borders  only  slightly  convex;  fingers  are  slender,  acute,  the 
fixed  one  slightly  denticulated  near  tip ;  it  bears  five  or  six  sepa- 
rate tufts  of  long  hairs;  one  long  tuft  is  near  the  middle  of  the 
cutting  edge.  The  dactyl  bears  four  or  five  similar  tufts  of  shorter 
hairs,  the  largest  tuft  close  to  the  tip. 

The  third  and  fourth  legs  (pi.  40,  figs,  id,  id')  have  the  merus 
enlarged  in  the  middle;  length  3.5  times  the  width;  dactyl 
biunguiculate,  with  a  distinct  spur  higher  up;  propodus  with  8 
spines,  including  the  distal  one. 

The  third  maxilliped  (figs.  la,  ib)  has  a  stout  third  article  and 
a  smaller,  tapered,  distal  one,  about  as  long;  the  latter  has  five 
slender  spines  at  the  tip  and  about  12  transverse  rows  of  hairs. 
Telson  oblong,  slightly  convex  in  the  middle  of  the  margins,  some- 
what tapered  distally,  obtuse,  not  evidently  bicarinate ;   four  dorsal 


96  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

and  four  terminal  spines  slender.  External  branch  of  uropods 
with  two  minute  spines  at  the  distal  notch,  and  a  movable  one 
between  them. 

Some  of  the  larger  specimens  taken  in  Castle  Harbor,  in  dead 
corals,  April  15th,  1901,  carried  clusters  of  olive-green  or  brown 
eggs.  After  two  months  preservation  in  formol  and  alcohol  the 
color  of  the  specimens  described  above  was  nearly  uniform  bright 
light  red,  but  with  darker  red  specks,  larger  on  the  chelae. 

Another  Bermuda  specimen  (No.  3108)  has,  on  the  propodus 
of  the  third  pair  of  legs,  a  row  of  ten  sharp  spines,  each  accom- 
panied by  a  longer  hair,  in  addition  to  the  two  distal  spines;  a 
similar  spine  is  on  the  distal  end  of  the  carpus,  while  the  outer 
angle  of  the  carpus  is  prominent  dentiform.  The  dactyl  spur  is 
prominent  and  conical.  The  outer  sides  of  the  propodus  and 
carpus  also  have  unequal  smooth  hairs. 

The  following  description  is  from  the  Bermuda  specimens  of 
1901  (aa),  which  seem  to  be  nearer  the  typical  form.  The  body 
of  the  female,  carrying  eggs,  is  rather  stout,  about  22  mm  long. 
Front  sharply  trispinose;  rostrum  longer  than  the  ocular  spines, 
thin,  compressed,  very  acute ;  the  tip  reaches  about  to  the  distal 
third  of  the  basal  antennular  segment ;  seen  in  profile  it  is  wider 
at  the  base  beneath.  Ocular  spines  nearly  as  long  as  the  rostrum, 
acuminate,  very  sharp  at  the  tip,  swollen  over  the  eyes  and  conical 
at  the  base.  Basal  spine  of  the  antennule  is  slender,  acute;  it 
reaches  about  to  the  middle  of  the  second  segment ;  the  basicerite 
has  two  acute,  unequal,  lateral  spines ;  the  lower  and  longer  is 
about  equal  to  the  antennular  spine ;  the  antennal  scale  is  long, 
rather  narrow ;  its  spine  is  a  little  longer  than  the  scale,  very  acute 
at  the  tip,  which  reaches  to  or  a  little  beyond  the  end  of  the 
antennal  peduncle,  and  slightly  beyond  the  antennular  peduncle. 
Large  chela  smooth,  entire,  with  no  prominent  spinule  at  the  dorsal 
distal  articulation ;  palm  somewhat  oblique ;  inner  lateral  articular 
margin  of  the  fixed  finger  very  oblique  with  two  denticles  and  a 
large  obtuse  lobe  on  the  inner  side,  and  a  small  dorsal  tubercle. 
Dactyl  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  palm,  evenly  curved,  acute 
at  the  tip ;  inner  edge  plain,  with  no  denticles ;  plunger  of  moder- 
ate size,  directed  strongly  backward,  slightly  bilobed  on  one  side. 

Legs  of  the  third  pair  have  strong  tapered  dactyls,  with  the 
hooks  divergent,  lower  one  wider,  shorter,  and  strongly  incurved ; 
the    spur   proximal   to    it   is    prominent   and    acute.      Telson    is 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  97 

elongated,  rather  narrow,  about  twice  as  long  as  wide,  tip  obtuse, 
not  very  wide.     Bermuda,  1901   (notes  aa). 

Synalpheus  fritzmulleri  Coutiere. 

Synallyhcus  fritzmulleri  Coutiere,  op.  cit..   1909,  p.  35,  fig.   18,  and  sub- 
species elongatus,  p.  27,  fig.  19. 

Pl.\te  XXII,  Figure  6.  Plate  XXXIX,  Figures  i-id  (var.  carolincnsis) 
(No.  1831).  Figures  3a — 3c,  var.  cnribcca,  from  Dominica  Island. 
Text  cut  No.  8,  var.  caribaa. 

The  rostrum  is  slender,  compressed,  acute,  as  seen  from  above, 
a  little  longer  than  the  orbital  spines,  which  are  wide  at  base, 
acuminated  and  acute  at  tip,  their  margins  being  incurved. 

The  antennular  peduncle  is  rather  slender ;  proportions  of  the 
segments  are  about  1.5:1.1:1;  its  basal  spine  reaches  about  to 
the  middle  of  the  second  segment. 

The  carpocerite  is  about  three  times  as  long  as  wide,  and  is 
longer  than  the  antennular  peduncle  by  about  the  length  of  the 
last  segment  of  the  latter.  Its  spine  is  nearly  equally  long,  and 
the  scale  is  a  little  shorter  and  narrow.  The  basicerite  has  a  short, 
sharp  lateral  spine  nearly  as  long  as  that  of  the  antennules ;  above 
it  a  smaller  secondary  acute  spine. 

The  large  chela  is  oblong-ellipsoidal,  only  a  little  swollen  in  the 
middle,  and  has  a  very  small  obtuse  tubercle  on  its  distal  dorsal 
margin.  The  width  to  the  length  of  the  palm  is  about  as  i  :  1.90; 
to  the  total  length  as  i  :  3.3.  The  carpus  is  very  short  and  wide, 
prolonged  downward  and  inward.  The  merus  is  stout,  width  to 
length  as  i  :  2.3  ;  its  inferior  distal  margin  ends  in  a  sharp  angular 
point. 

The  smaller  chela  is  similar  in  form;  breadth  to  length  about 
as  I  :  3.2 ;  its  fingers  are  pointed.  The  carpus  is  short  cup-shaped ; 
the  merus.  like  that  of  the  large  chela,  ends  in  a  sharp  distal  point. 
The  legs  of  the  second  pair  are  slender ;  first  joint  of  the  carpus 
is  equal  to  the  remaining  four ;  chela  is  elongated,  hardly  thicker 
than  fifth  joint  of  the  carpus. 

The  dactyl  of  the  third  pair  of  legs  is  elongated,  tapered,  and 
a  little  curved  on  the  outer  side,  less  so  on  the  inner  side ;  width 
to  length  from  1:3.14  to  1:3.55.  The  hooks  are  unequal,  the 
outer  one  being  thinner  and  a  little  longer,  regularly  curved,  sharp ; 
the  inner  is  wider,  strongly  divergent  and  curved  inward ;   a  short 


98 


Addison  E.  Verrill, 


distance  from  its  base  there  is  a  light  obtuse  protuberance,  or 
rudimentary  spur. 

The  telson  is  wide  and  tapers  but  Httle;  distal  width  to  lengtii 
as  1 :  2 ;  proximal  width  to  length  as  i  :  i.io;  distal  end  is  obtusely 
rounded,  its  angles  are  obtuse  and  bear  two  minute  unequal  spines. 


Figure  8.     Synalphcus     fritctmiUcri,     var.     caribcca,     new     variety 
Dominica  Island.     Frontal  parts  much  enlarged. 


from 


In  the  subspecies  elongatus  the  carpocerite  is  more  slender  and 
its  spine  considerably  exceeds  it  in  length.  The  rostrum  and 
orbital  spines  are  longer  and  more  acute,  while  the  rostrum  is 
decidedly  longer  than  the  orbital  spines,  nearly  equalling  the  first 
antennular  segment. 

Coutiere  records  this  species  from  many  places,  ranging  from 
both  coasts  of  Florida  to  Porto  Rico  and  St.  Thomas,  from  low 
tide  to  28  fathoms ;  and  as  subspecies  elongatus  from  South  Caro- 
lina, Florida,  Venezuela,  Jamaica,  to  Bahia  and  Desterro,  Brazil. 
The  Yale  Museum  has  specimens  from  Fort  Macon,  N.  C,  speci- 
men figured  (No.  1831,*  coll.  Dr.  Yarrow).  Coutiere  mentions 
a  single  male  from  Lower  California  not  distinguishable  from 
Florida  specimens.  I  have  from  Dominica  Island  a  specimen 
differing  somewhat  from  the  type  (var.  carihcEa,  new,  pi.  39,  figs. 
3a— 3c). 

*  A  closely  related  form,  considered  a  new  variety,  which  occurs  oflf 
Fort  Macon,  N.  C.     (var.  carolincnsis  Ver.) 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  99 

The  specimen  from  Fort  Macon  differs  somewhat  from  the 
type-form  though  nearer  that  than  to  var.  elongatus  in  most 
respects. 

Synalpheus  fritzmuUeri  var.  carolinensis  Ver.  new. 

Plate  XXII,  Figure  6.    Plate  XXXIX,  Figures  i-id. 

The  following  description  is  from  a  North  Carolina  specimen. 
The  frontal  spines  are  very  acute.  The  rostrum  is  a  little  longer 
than  the  ocular  spines ;  seen  from  above  it  is  compressed,  narrow, 
spiniform,  very  acute,  but  seen  in  profile  it  is  proximally  broadened 
into  a  small  vertical  plate ;  its  point  reaches  about  to  the  middle  of 
the  first  antennular  article.  Ocular  spines  are  conical  and  swollen 
at  base,  with  acuminate  and  sharp  tips.  The  antennules  are  rather 
slender.  The  basal  spine  is  slender,  acute,  and  reaches  to  or 
beyond  the  middle  of  the  second  article. 

The  carpocerite  is  slender,  cylindric,  and  exceeds  the  antennular 
peduncle  by  more  than  the  length  of  the  last  article.  Its  scapho- 
cerite  is  narrow,  its  spine  is  rather  slender,  not  as  long  as  the 
carpocerite,  about  equal  to  antennular  peduncle ;  the  scale  is 
shorter  and  very  narrow. 

The  basicerite  is  short,  two-spinfed ;  the  lower  spine  is  about  as 
large  as  the  rostrum,  and  extends  not  quite  so  far  as  the  stylocerite, 
or  about  to  end  of  first  article ;  the  upper  spine  is  about  one-third 
as  long  and  about  the  same  shape;  the  interval  between  them  is 
U-shaped.  The  third  maxilliped  is  long,  rather  slender;  the  tip 
has  about  nine  slender  unequal  spines ;  exopod  has  a  large  brush 
of  plumose  hairs. 

The  large  chela  is  long-ellipsoidal  or  slightly  ovate,  only  a  little 
swollen  proximally  and  not  projecting  back  of  articulation,  which 
is  nearly  central ;  slightly  compressed  in  a  dorsal  view ;  distal 
dorsal  margin  has  no  prominent  denticle,  at  most  only  a  minute 
obscure  tubercle ;  inner  articular  margin  has  two  small  tubercles ; 
fixed  finger  short,  subacute,  apex  channelled,  shorter  than  dactyl ; 
dactyl  is  strongly  compressed  in  a  dorsal  view;  strongly  arched 
distally,  tip  acute ;   inner  edges  plane ;   plunger  elongated. 

Carpus  is  short,  small,  cup-shaped;  merus  rather  short,  tri- 
quetral, with  the  two  distal  angles  dentiform.  Smaller  chela  is 
much  smaller,  similar  in  form,  relatively  longer  (pi.  39,  fig.  i); 
width  to  length  about  i :  1.65 ;  dactyl  is  about  as  long  as  width  of 


loo  Addison  E.  J'crrill, 

palm;  length  to  that  of  palm  about  i  :  1.7;  fixed  finger  has  two 
minute  unequal  teeth  at  the  tip,  and  about  five  small  clusters  of 
hairs  oti  the  outer  margin  and  on  each  side  near  the  tip ;  fixed 
finger  has  four  or  five  similar  clusters  on  the  lower  edge,  with  two 
or  three  on  each  side ;  carpus  and  merus  also  have  small  groups  of 
hairs;  carpus  is  wider  than  long,  about  i  :  1.3,  nearly  as  wide  as 
palm ;  merus  about  same  thickness,  largest  in  middle ;  length  to 
tliat  of  carpus  as  2.5  to  i  ;  distal  end  has  a  spiniform  tooth  at 
outer  angle  and  a  prominent  angle  at  inner  one. 

Legs  of  second  pair  are  slender ;  chela  small,  with  nearly 
parallel  sides ;  palm  about  equal  to  dactyl,  which  is  slender  with 
a  bidentate  tip ;  it  has  a  small  tuft  of  divergent  hairs  at  about  the 
proximal  third,  and  another  at  the  tip ;  other  finger  is  stouter  with 
two  tufts  of  hairs  below  and  one  near  tip ;  first  article  of  carpus 
is  about  equal  to  sum  of  3,  4,  5,  and  about  equal  to  chela ;  merus 
is  about  equal  to  sum  of  first  four  carpal  articles. 

Leg  of  third  pair  has  on  the  propodus  about  six  spines,  liesides 
two  distal  ones ;  dactyl  is  strong,  tapered,  inner  hook  shorter  and 
stouter,  divergent ;  proximal  to  it  there  is  a  slight  obtuse  elevation 
or  hump.  The  carpus  has  a  small  distal  movable  spine  on  its 
inner  angle  and  a  prominent  outer  angle ;  merus  is  much  stouter, 
width  to  length  about  i  13,  widest  in  middle,  length  about  equal 
to  propodus.  Legs  of  fifth  pair  are  much  smaller  and  more 
slender. 

Telson  is  somewhat  elongated,  tapered,  distal  end  al)out  one- 
third  as  wide  as  widest  part;  tip  obtusely  rounded,  with  about  14 
plumose  hairs,  of  which  the  outer  lateral  ones  on  each  side  are 
much  smaller  and  shorter  than  others ;  between  the  plumose  hairs 
are  about  as  many  very  much  more  slender  smooth  hairs  ;  the  four 
dorsal  spines  are  slender  and  acute;  the  two  at  the  angles  are 
very  slender ;  inner  one  is  about  three  times  as  long  as  the  outer 
one. 

Fort  Macon  (Dr.  H.  C.  Yarrow  coll.)  No.  1831. 

Synalpheus  townsendi  Coutiere.    Small  Snapping  Shrimp. 

Synalphcus  townsendi  Coutiere,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  xxxvi,  p.  32, 
figs.  14-17,  1909.  Hay  and  Shore,  op.  cit.,  1918,  p.  384,  pi.  26,  fig.  i ; 
text-cut  7. 

Alpheus  minus?  Say,  op.  cit,  p,  245,  1818.  S.  I.  Smith,  Ann.  Rep.  U.  S. 
Comm.  Fish  and  Fisheries,  for  1885  (p.  54),  1886  {non  Coutiere  sp.). 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  loi 

Plate  XLVII,  Figures  3 — 3d.     (After  Coutiere.) 

Ill  this  species  the  superior  lateral  basal  spine  of  the  antennse 
is  not  developed.  The  rostrum  is  relatively  long  and  slender, 
decidedly  longer  and  narrower  than  the  orbital  spines,  which  are 
also  elongated  and  acute,  but  with  broad  bases  and  incurved  inner 
edges.  The  rostrum  extends  to  or  beyond  the  end  of  the  first 
antennular  segment. 

The  telson  tapers  regularly ;  its  apex  is  convex,  not  very  narrow 
and  has  a  small  denticle  at  each  angle.  The  small  chela  lacks  large 
dorsal  tufts  of  hairs  on  the  dactylus.  The  large  chela  has  a  small 
very  acute  dorsal  spine  at  the  distal  margin ;  carpus  very  short. 
The  two  dactyl  claws  of  the  ambulatory  legs  are  very  unequal  in 
length,  not  divergent,  slightly  curved,  the  outer  one  much  the 
longer;  the  proportions  about  3:1;  the  carpal  joint  has  a  distal 
spine  above  and  below ;  the  propodus  is  long  and  has  about  eight 
small  spines  below.  The  antennal  scale  is  narrow,  shorter  than 
the  carpocerite,  while  its  spine  is  longer  than  the  latter.  Basal 
spine  of  antennules  reaches  to  the  proximal  third  of  the  second 
segment.  Carpus  of  the  second  pair  of  legs  has  the  first  segment 
long,  equal  to  the  other  four  combined. 

M.  Coutiere  records  this  from  Bermuda  (col.  G.  Brown  Goode). 
It  was  also  taken  there  by  our  parties,  several  times,  in  1898  and 
1 901. 

It  ranges  from  off  Beaufort,  North  Carolina,  in  13  to  16 
fathoms,  through  the  West  Indies  to  Yucatan,  and  to  Bahia, 
Brazil,  and  from  low  tide  to  56  fathoms  (Coutiere).  It  is  a  very 
common  species  in  dredgings.  Also  known  from  Hawaiian  Is. 
and  Lower  California  (var.  brevispinis)  ;  and  Gulf  of  California, 
var.  mexicanus  (t.  Coutier6). 

It  is  quite  probable  that  this  species  was  Say's  original  Alpheus 
minus,  for  it  agrees  best  with  his  description.  Say  stated  that  in 
his  species  the  rostral  spine  was  longer  and  more  acute  than  the 
orbital  spines,  which  were  conical  at  base.  This  is  the  case  in  the 
present  species,  which  is  also  a  common  species  on  our  southern 
coasts  (Cape  Hatteras  to  Florida),  where  Say  obtained  his  speci- 
mens. Doubtless  Say  subsequently  referred  all  the  related  species 
of  Synalphcus  that  he  obtained  to  S.  minus,  as  Kingsley  and  others 
have  done,  much  more  riecently.  Hence  the  two  specimens  men- 
tioned by  Coutiere,  now  in  the  British  Museum,  and  sent  by  Say, 


I02  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

are  not  necessarily  even  cotypes.  They  may  have  been  collected 
long  after  the  species  was  described,  and  then  incorrectly  labelled, 
as  often  happens  in  similar  cases.  However,  as  this  matter  must 
remain  uncertain,  it  seems  best  to  adopt  the  decision  of  Coutiere. 

Synalpheus  minus  (Say)  Coutiere.    Small  Snapping  Shrimp. 

Alpheus  minus  Say  (?),  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  i,  p.  245.  1818. 
H.  M-Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  356,  1837,  (not  of  Brooks  and 
Herrick,  Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  v,  not  plate  I),  1892.  Kingsley* 
{pars)  Synopsis  Alpheus,  p.  190,  1878;  List  of  Caridea,  p.  57,  1878 
(pars)  ;  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  for  1879,  p.  416;  Carcinological 
Notes,  No.  V,  p.  114,  1883  (pars),  (non  Bate,  Voy.  Challenger,  xiv, 
p.  558,  pi.  C,  fig.  2). 

Alpheus  minor  (substitute  for  minus)  Rankin,  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Hist.  N.  Y., 
vol.  xi,  p.  250  (pars),  Bahamas;  op.  cit.,  vol.  xi,  p.  540  (pars), 
Bermuda  (non  A.  minor  of  earlier  authors,  nee  Brooks  and  Herrick, 
op.  cit.,  1892). 

Synalpheus  minor  Coutiere,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.,  Ser.  8,  vol.  ix,  1899,  text- 
figures  32,  98,  115,  165,  167,  181,  191,  200,  239,  247,  248,  249,  250,  326, 
348,  pi.  V,  fig.  4  (larvae). 

Synalpheus  minus  Coutiere,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  36,  p.  43,  figs.  25, 
26,  1909.  Hay  and  Shore,  op.  cit.,  p.  382,  pi.  26,  fig.  2,  and  text-cut  5 
(after  Coutiere). 

Alpheus  saulcyi  Guerin,  in  La  Sagra's  Hist.  Cuba,  second  part,  Zool., 
vol.  vii,  Crust.,  p.  xviii,  pi.  ii,  fig.  8,  1857. 

Plate  XXI,  Figure  i  (No.  1827).  Plate  XXHI,  Figure  3  (No.  1827). 
Plate  XXXHI,  Figures  4,  4a,  9  ;  5,  Sa,  S  (No.  1827).  Plate 
XXXIV,  Figures  2— 2n  (No.  1827).  Plate  XXXVI,  Figures  i— id. 
2  (variety).  Plate  XXXI,  Figure  4  and  Plate  XXV,  Figure  3  (after 
Guerin  as  A.  saulcyi).  Plate  XLVII,  Figures  i — ic,  typical  after 
Coutiere ;  Figure  2,  frontal  parts  of  a  Bermuda  specimen,  after 
Coutiere,  not  typical.     Plate  XLVIII,  Figures  3 — 3c,  after  Coutiere. 

As  restricted  by  Coutieref  (1909),  this  species  has  the  following 
characters ; — It  belongs  to  the  "Brevicarpus  group." 

Say  described  his  species  as  having  the  rostrum  "spiniform"  and 

*  Kingsley,  in  his  synonomy,  erroneously  included  A.  fonnosus  Gibbes, 
with  this  species,  as  well  as  several  distinct  species  of  Synalpheus.  See 
under  A.  formosus. 

t  Coutiere  found  two  dry  specimens,  sent  by  Say  to  the  British  Museum, 
and  still  preserved  there  (op.  cit.,  1909,  p.  2),  and  on  them  based  his 
restriction,  though  they  may  not  have  been  cotypes.  They  do  not  agree 
very  well  with  Say's  description.  He  probably  confused  several  species  of 
this  genus  after  publishing  his  description. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  103 

more  acute  than  the  ocular  spines,  which  were  "conic-acute" ; 
larger  chela  inflated,  "oblong-oval,  not  compressed" ;  carpus  "very 
small."  He  described  the  color  of  the  larger  chela  as  "white,  tip 
red,  banded  near  the  base  of  the  fingers  with  white  in  the  female 
and  white  tipped  with  green  in  the  male." 

The  front  of  the  carapace  (see  pi.  47,  figs.  1,2)  in  the  restricted 
species  has  three  teeth  in  the  form  of  an  equilateral  triangle,  the 
rostrum  being  usually  a  little  wider  at  the  base,  compressed,  and 
sometimes  slightly  longer  than  the  orbital  teeth ;  in  side-views 
higher  at  base. 

The  antennular  peduncle  is  4.8  to  5  times  longer  than  its  width ; 
its  articles  are  as  2:  1.5:  i ;  its  basal  spine  or  stylocerite  reaches 
to  the  distal  third  of  the  second  article ;  its  external  flagellum 
branches  at  the  tenth  annulus. 

The  carpocerite  (fig.  ib)  is  a  little  flattened;  its  length  to  its 
width  is  about  as  3.7 :  i  ;  it  extends  beyond  the  antennular  peduncle 
by  the  length  of  the  last  article  of  the  latter ;  the  scale,  or  scapho- 
cerite,  is  narrow,  width  to  length  about  as  1:7,  up  to  i :  8.5 ;  its 
inner  edge  makes  a  very  obtuse  angle,  not  a  regular  curve;  its 
lateral  spine  is  a  little  longer  than  the  antennular  peduncle,  and 
shorter  than  the  carpocerite.  The  basal  spine  or  basicerite  reaches 
to  the  distal  end  of  the  first  antennular  article  (or  sometimes 
farther,  as  figured)  ;  above  its  base  is  a  small  secondary  spine, 
rather  longer  than  the  width  of  its  own  base. 

The  large  chela  (fig.  la)  is  regularly  ovoid,  proportions  of 
fingers  to  total  length  is  as  i :  3.5 ;  to  height  as  i :  1.35 ;  fingers  to 
palm  as  i  :  2.5.  The  anterior  dorsal  margin,  or  inner  side,  has  a 
strong  tooth,  sharp  at  tip,  often  like  a  rather  slender  spinule.  The 
dactyl,  as  figured,  is  broad,  larger  than  the  fixed  finger,  its  cutting 
edge  a  little  sinuous,  dorsal  edge  curved  distally,  tip  obtuse ;  fixed 
finger  nearly  straight,  with  inner  edge  a  little  sinuous. 

The  smaller  chela  (fig.  ic)  in  length  is  to  the  larger  one  about 
as  I  :  2.7 ;  fingers  to  total  length,  i  :  2.25  ;  to  height,  i  :  0.8 ;  to 
length  of  palm,  i  :  1.25.  It  is  therefore  rather  elongated,  with 
long  fingers,  which  are  slender,  acute  at  tips,  and  a  little  curved 
downward;  the  palm  is  narrow  elliptical,  about  evenly  curved 
above  and  below ;  its  surface  is  plain ;  the  dactyl  does  not  bear  a 
large  tuft  of  hairs,  but  both  fingers  have  several  small  tufts. 

Legs  of  second  pair  are  slender;  width  of  the  carpus  to  its 
length  is  about  as   i :  9.5 ;    length  of  carpus  to  merus,   i :  0.75. 


I04  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Legs  of  third  pair  are  stouter  ;  carpus  to  merus,  i  :  2.2  ;  to  propo- 
dus,  I  :  1.6  or  1.7;  width  of  merus  to  its  length  about  i  :  4,  often 
less.  The  dactyl  is  elongated,  a  little  curved ;  its  hooks  are  almost 
parallel;  the  dorsal  one  is  nearly  twice  as  long  as  the  other  (figs. 
id,  le). 

The  telson  (fig.  if)  is  stout,  with  a  wide,  convex  distal  margin; 
its  length  is  1.06  times  its  width  at  base  and  i  184  times  that  of 
its  distal  margin ;  its  lateral  margins  are  a  little  sinuous ;  the 
postero-lateral  angles  have  two  pairs  of  small  spinules ;  the  pos- 
terior edge  is  fringed  with  about  20  plumose  hairs  (22  in  my 
examples).  Length  of  largest  examples  not  over  25  mm.  Eggs 
are  small,  about  0.6  mm,  becoming  i  mm,  and  give  rise  to  zoeas. 

Coutiere  recognized  two  named  varieties  or  "forms,"  viz. 
bahiensis  (his  fig.  26),  from  Brazil,  and  antillensis  (fig.  27),  from 
the  West  Indies.  He  also  recorded  a  variety  without  name  (our 
pi.  47,  fig.  2),  from  the  Bermudas,  in  which  the  basicerite  has 
unusually  strong  spines.  It  has  also  a  stouter  small  chela.  Some 
of  our  Bermuda  specimens  agree  well  with  the  latter ;  others  agree 
better  with  the  variety  antillensis. 

The  latter  has  the  frontal  teeth  longer  and  narrower,  especially 
the  rostrum,  which  is  only  about  half  as  wide  as  the  orbital  teeth, 
and  a  little  longer ;  the  latter  are  more  acute  than  in  the  typical 
form.  In  these  respects  it  agrees  better  with  Say's  original  descrip- 
tion than  does  the  typical  form  of  Coutiere.  This  form  also  has 
a  stouter  antennular  stalk  which  is  only  4.2  to  4.3  longer  than  wide ; 
the  carpocerite  is  also  longer,  exceeding  the  antennular  peduncle 
by  the  length  of  its  third  article,  and  its  form  is  more  ovoid,  its 
width  to  its  length  being  about  as  i  :  3.2  or  i  :  3.15 ;  the  antennal 
scale  is  also  a  little  wider  and  the  smaller  chela  is  more  swollen. 
The  large  chela,  basicerite  spines,  dactyls  of  third  legs,  joints  of 
second  legs,  agree  with  those  of  the  typical  form  described  above. 

The  following  large  figured  male  and  female  specimens   (No. 
1827,  plates  21,  fig.  i:  23,  3;    33,  fi^s.  4— 5«;   pl-  34,  2-2n),  I. 
have  selected  as  typical  specimens  of  the  species  as  limited  by 
Coutiere. 

The  three  frontal  spines  are  somewhat  elongated,  acuminate,  and 
triangular,  tips  very  acute  and  carrying  one  or  two  small  setae 
(pl.  23,  fig,  3;  pl.  33,  fig.  5).  The  rostrum  is  slightly  longer  than 
the  ocular  spines,  with  the  under  side  compressed,  as  seen  in  pro- 
file, and  a  little  deeper  than  the  ocular  spines,  which  are  more 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  105 

styliform  distally  and  translucent  at  the  tip.  A  slight  dorsal  carina 
extends  back  from  rostrum.  The  rostrum  connects  below  with 
ocular  projections  by  a  simple,  thin,  slightly  incurved  margin. 
There  is  a  strong  bulge  over  the  eyes. 

The  basal  antennular  spine  is  ratiier  long,  slender,  acute,  reach- 
ing the  middle  of  the  second  article,  but  not  to  middle  of  scapho- 
cerite  spine ;  it  has  a  small  acute  secondary  spine  at  its  base.  The 
articles  of  the  antennules  are  stout  and  somewhat  expanded  at 
their  distal  ends ;  outer  flagellum  branches  at  tenth  annulus. 
Carpocerite  is  somewhat  fusiform,  with  the  middle  a  little  swollen, 
length  4.5  times  the  width  (pi.  34,  2b)  ;  its  spine  is  equally  long, 
strong,  acute;  it  reaches  end  of  antennular  peduncle;  its  scale  is 
narrow,  shorter  than  the  spine. 

Third  maxilliped  (fig.  2n"')  is  long  and  not  very  stout ;  its  third 
article  is  enlarged  distally,  4.5  longer  than  wide,  and  about  as  long 
as  the  carpocerite ;  the  penultimate  article  is  longer  than  wide,  one 
fourth  the  preceding ;  last  article  slender,  tapered,  six  times  longer 
than  wide ;  tips  oblique,  with  about  six  acute  spines  and  a  tuft 
of  long  plain  hairs ;  about  seven  transverse  rows  of  hairs  partly 
feathered  on  one  side ;  exopod  as  long  as  the  adjacent  article,  with 
a  terminal  tuft  of  numerous  long  hairs. 

Larger  chela  is  smooth,  oblong-elliptical,  a  little  swollen  proxi- 
mally ;  thumb  rather  large,  pointed,  shorter  than  dactyl,  deeply 
cut  away  on  the  inner  side,  where  there  is  a  deep  canaliculate  notch, 
above  which  the  margin  is  very  oblique,  with  three  raised  tubercles, 
the  lower  one  largest;  dorsal  articular  margin  with  three  small 
denticles,  the  inner  dorsal  with  an  acute  tip,  the  others  obtuse; 
outer  articular  margin  nearly  transverse,  with  two  rounded  denti- 
cular tubercles,  above  a  narrow  notch  at  the  angle;  the  cutting 
margin,  beyond  the  notch,  has  a  large,  prominent  rounded  lobe. . 
Dactyl  is  large,  compressed,  strongly  arched  externally;  inner 
edge  is  not  much  incurved,  but  has  two  small  lobes  on  the  outer 
edge,  and  a  distinct  inner  tooth  distally  (pi.  23,  fig.  3).  The  form 
of  this  chela  differs  in  the  sexes ;  those  of  the  male  (pi.  33,  figs.  5, 
5a  )  are  more  swollen  and  the  dactyl  is  longer  than  half  the  palm. 
Those  of  the  female  (figs.  4,  4a)  are  narrower,  more  oblong,  and 
the  dactyl  is  equal  to  or  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  palm. 

The  smaller  chela  (fig.  2/')  is  narrow  elliptical,  with  both 
margins  of  the  palm  slightly  convex,  fingers  are  acute,  or  minutely 
two-toothed ;   dactyl  is  evenly  arched  and  bears  two  or  three  tufts 


io6  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

of  hairs  near  the  tip  and  a  row  along  the  cutting  edge ;  fixed 
finger  has  corresponding  tufts  and  also  one  on  each  side  about  the 
middle.  Carpus  is  as  broad  as  long,  expanded  distally,  with  a 
prominent  angle  above,  length  about  half  the  palm  of  chela ;  little 
more  than  a  third  of  merus.  Alerus  is  rather  stout,  breadth  to 
length  about  1:1.4;  outer  distal  angle  acute.  Chela  of  second 
pair  of  legs  (fig.  2I")  elongated;  fingers  acute,  a  little  longer  than 
the  palm;  dactyl  with  a  small  tuft  of  hairs  on  middle  of  outer 
margin,  and  two  apical ;  pollex  has  three  longer  tufts  and  a  small 
apical  one.  Carpus  and  merus  slender ;  merus  is  as  long  as  first 
four  carpal  articles. 

Legs  of  third  pair  are  not  very  stout ;  merus  is  long ;  width  to 
length  as  1:5;  carpus  about  half  as  long ;  it  has  a  prominent 
dentiform  angle  above,  and  a  slender  movable  spine  below ; 
propodus  is  slender,  width  to  length,  1:7;  it  has  seven  slender 
spines  besides  the  two  distal  ones.  Dactyl  (fig.  21'")  is  slender, 
sides  nearly  parallel,  slightly  curved,  width  to  length  about  1:4; 
hooks  slender,  nearly  parallel,  not  divergent,  outer  one  longer. 
Legs  of  fifth  pair  (fig.  2  l')  are  smaller  and  more  slender  with  the 
carpus  relatively  longer,  dactyl  similar  but  more  curved  and  the 
hooks  longer ;  propodus  as  long  as  merus ;  merus  half  as  long  as 
three  terminal  articles  combined;  propodus  has  a  long  series  of 
brush-hairs. 

The  telson  is  broad,  tapering  but  little ;  distal  end  is  wide,  a 
little  convexly  rounded,  and  bears  numerous  plumose  hairs,  and 
two  small  spines  at  each  angle;  dorsal  surface  has  a  wide  sulcus 
and  four  small  appressed  spines,  wide  apart.  This  species  is  one 
of  the  largest  of  the  genus.  The  specimens  above  described  are 
the  largest  that  I  have  seen. 

It  is  rather  common  at  the  Bermudas,  in  holes  in  dead  corals, 
etc.,  and  among  sponges.  Its  range,  as  recorded,  is  from  Cape 
Hatteras  to  Baliia,  Brazil,  and  probably  farther  south.  Beaufort, 
N.  C.  (Kingsley,  Hay  and  Shore).  Off  St.  Thomas,  20  to  30 
fathoms  (Rathbun)  ;  Fort  Macon  and  Beaufort,  N.  C. ;  West 
Florida,  Dominica  I.  etc.  (Yale  Mus.)  Florida,  Antilles  and  Bahia, 
etc.  (Coutiere). 

In  life,  specimens  taken  April  i8th,  in  Castle  Harbor,  in  dead 
corals,  had  the  body  translucent  yellowish  white  with  a  green 
anterior  patch  (due  probably  to  green  ova  showing  through). 
Large  chela  translucent  gray,  with  the  fingers  orange;    a  white 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  107 

patch  on  the  inner  side  of  the  palm.  Some  of  this  lot,  April  i8th, 
carried  externally  a  cluster  of  bright  green  eggs,  14  to  15  in  a 
cluster.  They  were  identified  as  this  species  at  the  time,  after  a 
superficial  examination,  and  are  not  now  accessible  for  re-exami- 
nation. They  may  have  belonged  to  ^.  hrevicarpus,  judging  from 
the  small  number  of  the  eggs. 

The  synonymy  and  distribution  of  this  species  has  been  in  much 
confusion.  Several  allied  species  were  evidently  confounded 
formerly  by  Kingsley  and  most  others.  Specimens  now  before  me 
from  Bermuda,  Fort  Macon,  N.  C,  and  from  Florida,  are  evi- 
dently the  vS*.  minus  as  restricted  by  Coutiere.  Most  of  the  speci- 
mens of  Alpfwus  and  Synalpheus,  then  in  the  Yale  Museum,  were 
loaned  to  Prof.  Kingsley,  before  he  published  his  articles,  and 
still  bear  his  labels.  Otherwise  it  would  not  be  possible,  as  in  the 
cases  of  several  forms  of  Synalpheus  referred  by  him  to  A.  minus, 
to  determine  what  species  and  varieties  he  really  studied,  for  his 
description  is  too  general.  The  same  specimens  were  also  loaned 
to  Brooks  and  Her  rick,  when  they  were  preparing  their  work  of 
1892.  They  returned  them  without  changing  Prof.  Kingsley's 
labels. 

Among  the  specimens  labelled  by  him  as  "A.  minus,"  I  find 
S.  minus;  S.  fritsmullcri;  S.  hemphilli;  S.  goodei;  S.  brooksii; 
S.  digueti;  S.  bradleyi,  new  sp. ;  S.  hrevicarpus.  He  also  referred 
A.  formosus  Gibbes  to  the  same  species. 

Unfortunately  Brooks  and  Herrick,  in  their  valuable  work 
(Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  v,  pp.  i — 2)7^>  1892),  erroneously 
gave  the  name  minus  (and  minor)*  to  a  totally  different  species, 
belonging  to  the  genus  Alphcus,  viz.,  A.  packardii.  They  gave  a 
good  colored  figure  of  the  latter,  made  from  life  (pi.  I),  under 
the  name  of  minus,  {minus  on  the  plate,  minor  in  the  text). 

They  described  remarkable  variations  in  the  eggs  and  newly- 
hatched  young  of  their  A.  minor  {minus)  from  different  localities, 
but  owing  to  the  wrong  identifications  of  the  species,  it  is  probable 
that  they  confused  two  or  more  species  under  that  name.  The 
larvae  figured  as  of  S.  minus  may  belong  to  A.  packardii.  Coutiere 
has  examined  some  of  the  types  of  Brooks  and  Herrick.  (See 
above  under  the  genus  and  5".  hrevicarpus,  S.  pectiniger,  S.  longi- 
carpus. ) 

*  This  name  was  proposed  as  a  corrected  form  of  minus.  It  had  already 
been  used  for  a  different  species  of  Alpheus. 


io8  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

The  specimens  formerly  labelled  by  Prof.  Kingsley  as  A.  minus, 
from  the  Pearl  Islands,  Bay  of  Panama  (No.  742a,  742^,  Yale 
Museum),  are  now  before  me.  These  specimens  resemble 
vS".  minus  in  size  and  form.  They  belong  to  two  species,  both 
different  from  any  of  the  Atlantic  species. 

The  larger  species  (742a),  which  I  have  named  6^.  hradlcyi,  has 
a  rostrum  longer  and  stouter  than  in  S.  minus,  its  tip  reaching  the 
end  of  the  first  antennular  segment.  The  orbital  spines  are 
decidedly  shorter  and  smaller,  narrow  and  acute  at  tip,  but  with 
wide  bases.  It  has  a  small  superior  spine  on  the  basicerite.  as 
in  minus.  The  antennular  spine  reaches  nearly  or  quite  to  the 
distal  end  of  the  second  antennular  article.  (See  plate  xxxiii,  figs. 
1,2.) 

The  smaller  species  (742^)  has  a  very  small  and  slender  rostral 
spine,  shorter  than  the  orbital  spines,  which  are  also  small,  but 
acute-triangular.  The  larger  chela  is  shorter  and  more  swollen 
than  in  the  last.  This  appears  to  be  identical  with  S.  digiieti  Cout., 
from  the  Gulf  of  California.  Both  these  species  will  be  more 
fully  described  elsewhere,  with  other  extralimital  species. 

Synalpheus  minus,  var.  somersi  Ver.  new  var. 

Plate  XXXIII,  Figures  4,  4a,  chela  of  female;  5,  5a,  of  male,  No.  62. 
Plate  XXXIV,  Figures  i-im,  $,  No.  62.  Plate  XXXVI,  Figures 
i-\e,2,  No.  62.     All  by  A.  H.  V. 

This  form  differs  from  the  typical  one  especially  in  the  much 
stouter  carpocerite  and  the  longer  and  wider  antennal  scale  and 
spine.  The  antennular  peduncle  is  also  stout ;  breadth  to  length, 
1 :4.6;  the  articles  are  about  as  2.6:  1.9:  i.  The  stylocerite  (pi. 
34,  fig.  la,  as)  reaches  nearly  to  the  middle  of  second  article. 

The  carpocerite  (figs.,  lb,  cc)  is  stout,  swollen  proximally, 
width  to  length  about  as  i :  4.6;  its  spine  {si)  is  large,  very  acute, 
about  as  long  as  carpocerite  (pi.  36,  fig.  2)  ;  the  scale  {s)  is  wide 
with  an  evenly  convex  inner  edge  and  obtuse  tip;  it  is  nearly  as 
long  as  the  spine  and  distinctly  wider  in  middle  (pi.  34,  figs,  ih,  s'). 
The  basicerite  is  nearly  half  as  long  as  the  scaphocerite ;  its 
secondary  spine  is  small,  acute,  longer  than  wide. 

The  third  maxilliped  (pi.  36,  fig.  le,  n'")  is  long  and  stout, 
especially  the  third  article,  width  to  length  1:5;  the  fourth  article 
is  about  one-seventh  the  third,  and  about  as  broad  as  long ;   distal 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  109 

article  is  long,  regularly  tapered,  subacute,  proportions  i :  6.5 ;  it 
has  about  13  transverse  groups  of  plumose  hairs ;  exopod  is  rather 
wide,  not  quite  as  long  as  third  article ;  terminal  bush  of  plumose 
hairs  large;  fourth  article  also  bears  both  plumose  and  simple 
hairs. 

The  smaller  chela  (pi.  36,  fig.  i)  is  long-ellipsoidal,  the  palm 
being  a  little  swollen  or  convex  above  and  below ;  fingers  are 
shorter  than  palm,  ratios  about  i :  1.2;  height  of  palm  to  length 
about  I  :  1.73 ;  pollex  is  slightly  curved  down,  and  feebly  denticu- 
late at  tip ;  it  bears  three  or  four  small  clusters  of  hairs  below, 
and  a  pair  near  the  tip;  dactyl  has  about  four  small  clusters  of 
hairs  on  outer  edge  and  a  large  one  close  to  tip.  Carpus  is  large, 
about  as  wide  as  long ;  outer  angle  is  prominent  and  has  a  minute 
spine ;  merus  is  stout,  breadth  to  length  about  i :  2.5,  swollen 
distally;   outer  distal  angle  spiniform. 

Legs  of  second  pair  (pi.  36,  fig.  ib)  have  the  chela  elongated, 
with  the  fingers  slender,  longer  than  the  palm,  about  as  1.5:  i  ; 
dactyl  bears  many  long  hairs ;  pollex  has  five  or  six  clusters 
besides  that  near  the  tip ;  carpus  is  long ;  first  article  is  about  as 
long  as  the  sum  of  the  others  and  half  the  palm;  fifth  article  is 
longer  than  palm ;  merus  is  stouter,  somewhat  enlarged  along  the 
middle,  width  to  length  about  i  :6 ;  about  as  long  as  the  sum  of 
chela  and  last  four  articles  of  the  carpus. 

Legs  of  third  pair  are  long,  especially  the  propodus  (fig.  id), 
which  bears  about  five  spines  besides  one  or  two  at  the  distal  end ; 
dactyl  is  elongated,  not  much  enlarged  proximally ;  hooks  are 
nearly  parallel,  slender,  outer  one  about  twice  as  long  as  inner; 
carpus  has  one  distal  spine,  its  length  is  one-half  the  propodus  or 
merus.  which  are  about  equal  in  length. .  Legs  of  fifth  pair  (fig. 
ic)  are  more  slender,  with  the  hooks  of  the  dactyl  more  incurved ; 
propodus  bears  eight  clusters  of  stiff  setae  and  small  spinules. 

Uropods  (pi.  34,  fig.  lu)  are  broadly  rounded;  outer  lamella 
has  two  nearly  equal  spines  at  the  suture  and  a  much  longer  articu- 
lated spine  between  them.  The  telson  (fig.  lO  is  wide;  lateral 
borders  somewhat  sinuous;  width  of  distal  part  to  widest  part 
about  I  :  1.7;  length  about  twice  distal  width;  distal  angles  acute, 
with  two  unequal  spines,  the  inner  one-third  longer  than  outer; 
four  dorsal  spines  large,  far  apart;  tip  broadly  rounded,  with 
about  22  plumose  hairs. 

No.  62.  Bermuda,  on  the  coral  reefs. 


no  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Alpheus  tridentulatus  Dana,  Crust.  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  i,  p.  552,  1852; 
pi.  XXXV,  figs.  4a — 4c,  1855. 

This  is  evidently  closely  allied  to  vS".  minus  and  may,  perhaps, 
prove  to  be  the  same.  It  has  three  small,  short,  equal,  triangular 
frontal  teeth;  the  antennular  spine  reaches  the  middle  of  the 
second  segment;  the  basal  antennal  spine  is  stout  and  its  tip  is 
about  even  with  that  of  the  antennular  spine.  The  spine  of  the 
scaphocerite  is  narrow  and  acute.  The  larger  chela  has  the  palm 
about  twice  as  long  as  the  dactyl ;  the  distal  articular  margin  is 
nearly  transverse  and  has  several  small  denticles.  The  principal 
differences  noticeable  in  the  figures  are  in  the  form  of  the  antennal 
spines  and  the  shorter  large  chela,  with  a  more  transverse  articular 
margin. 

Dana  did  not  describe  nor  figure  the  uropods  and  telson.  It  is 
impossible  to  determine  with  certainty  its  relation  to  the  species 
now  recognized.     It  was  from  Rio  Janeiro,  Brazil. 

S.  saulcyi  Guerin,  from  Cuba,  seems  to  be  the  true  6".  minus  of 
Coutiere.  See  PI.  XXV,  fig.  3,  and  PI.  XXXI,  fig.  4,  copied  from 
Guerin's  figures.  Some  of  our  Bermuda  specimens  agree  well 
with  Guerin's  figures  in  all  essential  respects,  but  his  general  figure 
is  incorrect  in  certain  parts.  It  does  not  even  show  articulations 
in  the  carpus  of  the  second  pair  of  legs. 

Four  small  but  perfect  specimens  (No.  11 74)  collected  at  Key 
West  by  Edw.  Palmer,  and  now  in  the  Yale  Museum,  were 
labelled  as  minus  by  Prof.  Kingsley.  Some  are  females,  with 
large  eggs.  The  rostrum  is  minute  and  acute;  the  ocular  lobes 
have  small  acute  spinules.  The  telson  is  very  narrow,  tapering 
rapidly  distally.  The  large  chela  has  a  conical,  acute,  distal,  dorsal 
spinule  turned  upward ;  small  chela  is  short,  attached  low  down. 
It  appears  to  be  the  S.  hrooksii  Coutiere. 

Synalpheus  brevicarpus  Coutiere. 

Alpheus  prcBcox  Herrick,  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Circ,  vii,  No.  6z,  pp.  34, 

35.  Z7,  1888  (no  description)  ;   op.  cit.,  1891,  p.  381   (type  cited). 
Alpheus  saulcyi,  var.  brevicarpus  Brooks  and  Herrick,  Mem.  Nat.  Acad. 

Sci.,  v,  pp.  381,  pi.  iv,  figs.  1-3  (colored),  pi,  xxiii,  xxiv  (details),  1891. 
Alpheus  minor  (subs,  for  minus)  pars,  Rankin,  Ann.  Lye.  N.  Hist.  New 

York,  vol.  xi,  p.  250.     Name  minor  was  preoccupied. 
Synalpheus  brevicarpus  Coutiere  (restricted),  op.  cit.,  1909,  p.  51,  figures 

29,  30. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  iii 

Plate  XXXIV,  Figure  4  (No.  8).  Variety,  after  B.  &  H.  Plate 
XXXVI.  Figures  3— 3^  (typical).  Plate  XXXVI,  Figure  4. 
(  ?  Variety,  No.  8)  ;   after  B.  and  H. 

This  species,  as  restricted  by  Coutiere,  is  closely  similar  to 
5".  minus,  and  yet,  unlike  the  latter,  it  produces  large  eggs  and 
advanced  mysis-like  larvae.  It  is  best  recognized  by  the  obsolete 
or  small  superior  spine  on  the  basicerite.  Adult  females  are  much 
swollen. 

The  rostrum  and  orbital  spines  are  small,  about  as  long  as  wide, 
triangular,  about  equal  in  size,  and  much  like  those  of  S.  minus. 

The  antennular  peduncle  is  rather  stout  and  long,  nearly  equal 
to  the  carpocerite.  its  width  to  length  is  about  as  i  :  5.5 ;  propor- 
tions of  its  three  segments  are  about  1.8:  1.7:  i.  Its  spine  is  long, 
reaching  about  to  the  middle  of  the  second  antennular  segment, 
but  not  so  long  as  in  5^.  minus.  The  basicerite  has  a  long,  sharp 
lower  spine,  reaching  about  to  end  of  the  first  antennular  segment : 
it  has  no  sharp  upper  or  secondary  spine,  but  only  an  angular 
prominence  or  denticle  there,  while  5".  minus  has  there  a  distinct 
small  sharp  spine. 

The  carpocerite  is  long,  width  to  length  as  i  :  4 ;  it  is  more 
cylindric,  or  less  swollen,  than  in  6".  minus.  It  is  a  little  longer 
than  the  antennular  peduncle.  Its  spine  is  about  equal  to  the 
latter  and  distinctly  shorter  than  the  carpocerite,  yet  a  trifle  longer 
than  the  scale,  which  is  rather  wide. 

The  litrge  chela  is  oblong-elliptical,  a  little  swollen  in  the  middle, 
and  has  a  distal  dorsal  tubercle  ending  in  a  small  acute  spine; 
its  poUex  is  large  and  wide  and  the  dactyl  is  wide  and  evenly  arched 
dorsally;  its  length  is  about  one-half  of  that  of  the  palm.  The 
width  of  the  palm  is  about  one-half  its  length.  It  is  less  swollen 
than  in  S.  minus. 

The  smaller  first  chela  is  nearly  like  that  of  5".  minus,  but  rather 
more  slender.  The  carpus  of  the  legs  of  the  second  pair  is  rather 
slender,  width  to  length  about  as  i:  12;  its  length  compared  to 
the  merus  is  about  as  i :  0.85 ;  its  first  article  is  longer  than  the 
rest  of  the  carpus.  It  is  not  so  slender  as  in  5".  minus.  The  chela 
is  shorter  than  in  the  latter.  The  proportions  of  the  ambulatory 
legs  are  about  as  in  5".  minus,  but  the  merus  is  a  little  more  slender, 
width  to  length  about  as  i  :  4.25,  and  the  carpus  is  a  little  longer 
and  rather  more  slender,  while  the  dactyl  is  rather  more  curved 


112  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

and  stouter,  and  the  claws  are  stronger.  The  third  maxilHped 
(pi.  36,  fig.  3c)  has  its  last  article  notably  shorter  than  in  S.  minus. 

The  telson  is  shaped  much  as  in  5.  minus,  but  it  is  relatively 
smaller  and  rather  more  narrow ;  width  of  its  distal  end  to  length 
as  I  :  2.05  to  2.24. 

Our  largest  example  (1828)  referable  to  this  species  is  a 
female  with  large  eggs,  from  the  Bahamas.  The  body  is  very 
stout  and  thick,  thorax  swollen.  Front  tridentate,  the  rostrum  and 
orbital  spines  close  together  at  their  bases ;  triangular  and  sub- 
equal. 

Antennular  spine  strong,  reaching  to  the  distal  third  of  the 
second  segment.  Basal  antennal  spine  (basicerite)  is  not  so  long, 
more  slender,  reaching  to  the  end  of  the  first  segment ;  a  small 
dentiform  lateral  spine  is  situated  above  its  base.  Antennal  scale 
or  scaphocerite  is  as  long  as  the  peduncle,  or  carpocerite :  its  spine 
is  about  equal  to  the  antennular  peduncle. 

Telson  is  rather  broad,  convex  on  the  margins,  little  tapered, 
obtuse,  with  four  small  dorsal  spines  and  a  pair  of  small  terminal 
ones  nearly  in  the  same  lines,  at  each  distal  angle.  It  is  accom- 
panied by  two  males  that  are  slender  and  not  half  as  large. 

These  specimens  were  labelled  as  minus  by  Kingsley. 

A  similar  female  s^^ecimen  from  St.  Thomas  (No.  1832,  C.  F. 
Hartt,  coll.)  also  has  a  very  stout  body.  Front  has  three  nearly 
equal,  short,  narrow,  acute  spines  not  much  longer  than  broad,  the 
rostrum  only  a  little  narrower  than  the  others.  The  antennular 
spine  reaches  to  about  the  middle  of  the  second  segment.  Basi- 
cerite is  not  very  long,  slender  and  acute ;  secondary  spine  lacking 
or  rudimentary.  Antennal  scale  is  narrow,  shorter  than  its  spine, 
which  reaches  about  to  the  end  of  the  antennal  stalk.  The  large 
chela  is  lacking.  The  smaller  one  is  simple  and  nearly  smooth. 
Ambulator)^  legs  are  rather  stout.  Third  maxillipeds  are  stout  and 
very  hairy.     Telson  is  regularly  tapered. 

Brooks  and  Herrick,  1891,  apparently  had  at  least  two  species 
confounded  under  the  name  of  "var.  brevicarpus."  On  page  381 
they  gave  a  special  diagnosis  of  this  form  and  designated  its  type. 
They  there  gave  a  detailed  description  of  it  and  its  variations. 
Thus  there  need  be  no  doubt  as  to  the  application  of  the  name. 
The  earlier  provisional  name,  prcecox,  without  a  description,  is 
there  given  as  synonymous.  In  the  comparative  tables,  pp.  385-7, 
and  table  of  measurements   (pp.  386,-  387)   they  gave  additional 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  113 

characters  of  importance.  At  the  same  time  they  claimed  that 
there  are  various  intermediate  forms  between  this  and  their  var. 
longicarpiis.  Coutiere  stated  that  they  had  two  or  more  species 
confused  under  the  latter  name,  as  he  proved  by  types. 

Their  colored  figures  (pi.  IV,  figs.  1-3)  of  the  male  and  female 
brevicarpus  from  a  "green  sponge"  were  regarded  as  the  typical 
form.  The  female  carried  over  300  large  eggs,  and  had  a  dis- 
tended abdomen  full  of  green  eggs ;  the  young  hatched  in  an 
advanced  larval  stage  (mysis-form).  However,  there  is  one 
character  in  which  these  figures  disagree  with  the  brevicarpus  as 
restricted  by  Coutiere,  viz. — there  is  shown  a  small  acute  spine 
above  the  base  of  the  basicerite,  where  in  the  restricted  species 
there  should  be  merely  an  angular  lobe ;  still  this  spinule  is  repre- 
sented as  much  smaller  than  it  is  in  5*.  minus.  However,  in  their 
figures  of  the  details  (see  their  pi.  33,  fig.  8,  and  our  pi.  36,  fig. 
3b)  no  spinule  is  shown  in  this  place,  though  these  figures  are  also 
based  on  specimens  from  the  "green  sponge"  and  are  represented 
as  typical  of  the  variety.  These  also  agree  well  with  Coutiere's 
figures. 

Their  specimen  numbered  8,  p.  386,  pi.  23,  figs.  5,  8c,  13  (our 
pi.  34,  fig.  4)  seems  to  be  a  distinct  species.  They  referred  it  to 
var.  brevicarpus,  but  as  an  intermediate  form.  It  has  a  very 
short  stylocerite  (their  pi.  22,  fig.  18)  not  so  long  as  the  first 
article  of  the  antennule.  It  is  said  in  the  table  (p.  386)  to  have  a 
rudimentary  antennal  scale,  as  in  their  pi.  22,  fig.  13;  but  some 
of  their  figures  show  a  wide  scale. 

The  antennular  peduncle  is  represented  as  long,  and  the  carpo- 
cerite  is  four  times  as  long  as  wide.  The  smaller  chela  is  described 
as  cylindric,  with  simple  pointed  fingers  and  no  tuft  on  the  dactyl. 
I  have  seen  no  specimens  agreeing  with  this  form,  nor  does  it 
agree  with  any  described  by  Coutiere. 

This  species  is  rare  at  Bermuda, — perhaps  not  yet  positively 
identified  as  found  there.  Our  specimens  are  from  the  West 
Indies. 

Synalpheus  longicarpus  Coutiere. 

Alpheus  saulcyi,  var.  longicarpus  (pars)  Herrick,  Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  Sci., 
V,  383-389,  plates  xxi,  figs.  11,  13,  14,  17,  18;   xxiv,  figs.  2,  8,  1891. 

f  Synalpheus  Iccvimanus,  var.  longicarpus  (pars)  Coutiere,  Bull.  Soc. 
Entom.  France,  1898,  No.  8,  p.  189,  fig.  20;  op.  cit,  1899,  figs.  116,  123,. 
153,  241,  360,  394. 


114  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Synalpheus  longicarpus  Coutiere,  op.  cit.,  1900,  p.  53,  fig.  31.     Hay  and 
Shore,  op.  cit,  p.  383,  pi.  26,  fig.  2;    text-cut  6  (after  Coutiere),  1918. 

Plate  XXV,  Figures  la — ih  (after  Coutiere).    Plate  XXXIV,  Figures 
3,  30  (?  Variety).    Plate  XXXVI,  Figures  5,  5a. 

Rostrum  narrower  and  a  little  longer  than  the  triangular,  obtuse, 
orbital  spines ;  space  between  the  latter  and  the  rostrum  V-shaped, 
but  not  acute  distally,  broadest  in  female ;  rostrum  scarcely  reaches 
middle  of  first  article  of  antennular  peduncle.  Articles  of  anten- 
nular  peduncle  have  ratios  of  2  :  1.5  :  i ;  its  entire  length  to  breadth 
is  5:1;  anterior  margin  of  basal  article  is  less  emarginate  than 
usual;  its  short  stylocerite  reaches  the  distal  third  of  the  basal 
article.  The  carpocerite  is  slender  and  cylindrical,  a  little 
excurved ;  it  exceeds  the  antennular  peduncle  by  the  length  of  the 
third  article  of  the  latter,  and  is  five  or  five  and  one-half  times  as 
long  as  thick.  Its  scaphocerite  in  the  male  has  only  a  rudimentary 
scale,  sometimes  none ;  in  the  female  the  scale  is  small  and  variable, 
rarely  longer  than  the  basal  article  of  antennule,  and  never  more 
than  half  as  wide  as  the  lateral  spine,  which  is  strong  and  acute; 
it  exceeds  the  antennular  peduncle  by  half  the  distal  article. 

The  large  chela  is  elongated,  somewhat  ovate,  the  margins  some- 
what convex ;  the  posterior  end  is  swelled  and  prolonged  backward 
beyond  the  articulation,  the  very  small  and  short  carpus  being 
inserted  below  the  central  axis  of  the  palm.  The  anterior  dorsal 
margin  of  the  palm  has  a  small  acute  spine ;  total  length  to  height 
of  chela  about  as  2.73  :  i ;  dactyls  about  one-fourth  to  one-fifth  the 
total  length ;  dactyl  a  little  oblique  at  end. 

The  larger  chela  is  from  two  and  one-half  to  three  times  the 
length  of  the  smaller  one,  which  is  elongated,  its  height  to  length 
being  about  as  i :  3.75.  The  dactyl  has  two  apical  teeth,  the  lower 
stronger.  The  fixed  finger  has  three  teeth,  the  apical  one  longer. 
The  dactyl  is  elongated,  nearly  straight  on  the  edge,  gently  arched 
dorsally.  It  bears  on  its  dorsal  surface  a  dense  tuft  of  erect  hairs, 
covering  most  of  its  length ;  the  fixed  finger  has  hairs  along  the 
inner  edge  and  two  small  apical  tufts. 

The  legs  of  the  second  pair  are  slender ;  the  chelae  are  elongated 
and  little  swollen  and  have  several  tufts  of  hairs  on  both  fingers, 
about  ten  in  all.  They  are  stronger  in  the  male.  The  first  article 
of  the  carpus  is  shorter  than  the  sum  of  the  other  four.  The  chela 
in  the  male  is  longer  than  the  four  distal  articles,  but  shorter  in 
the  female.     The  third  legs  are  also  stronger  in  the  male;    the 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  115 

merus  is  three  and  one-half  times  longer  than  wide ;  the  propodus 
has  a  row  of  eight  spines ;  the  dactyl  is  short  and  stout,  curved 
distally,  with  the  two  hooks  divergent  and  about  equal,  the  inner 
a  little  wider  and  more  incurved. 

Sixth  abdominal  segment  has  a  strong  triangular  lateral  tooth 
on  each  posterior  angle.  The  uropods  are  wide,  well  rounded, 
little  longer  than  the  telson.  The  outer  one  has  about  seven  or 
eight  denticles,  with  a  movable  spine  between  the  first  two.  The 
uropods  are  smaller  in  the  female. 

The  telson  is  shaped  much  as  in  S.  goodei,  but  is  relatively 
narrower  and  longer,  greatest  width  to  length  about  as  i  :  1.33; 
distal  third  narrow,  tip  very  narrow,  space  between  apical  spines 
small,  bearing  four  plumose  hairs  and  some  simple  ones.  The 
eggs  are  small  and  produce  zoeas.  Color  translucent-whitish; 
fingers  brown. 

It  usually  inhabits  cavernous  sponges,  especially  the  logger-head 
sponge,  often  in  large  colonies.  Not  obtained  at  Bermuda  so  far 
as  positively  known  to  me.  The  Bermuda  specimens  referred  to 
it  by  Miss  Rathbun  are  apparently  different.  It  is  likely  to  be 
found  hereafter,  for  the  same  sponge  occurs  there.  It  may  have 
been  confused  with  S.  goodei  formerly. 

Coutiere  records  it  from  off  Cape  Fear,  N.  C,  15  fathoms; 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  24  to  26  fathoms  (4000  to  5000,  in  one  haul)  ; 
Yucatan;  Jamaica,  in  black  sponge;  Curacao.  Very  abundant 
at  Beaufort,  N.  C,  in  large  sponges  cast  upon  the  shore  by  the 
waves,  and  dredged  on  the  off  shore  fishing  banks  (Hay  and 
Shore).     Our  specimens  are  from  the  West  Indies. 

Brooks  and  Herrick,  in  their  large  work,  p.  387,  in  the  table, 
named  especially  as  the  type  of  their  "var.  longicarpus,"  No.  13  of 
their  list.  It  is  described  there  as  having  no  antennal  scale;  the 
smaller  chela  is  said  to  have  "prongs  and  a  tuft,"  i.e.,  the  fingers 
have  teeth  at  the  tips  and  a  large  crest  of  hairs  on  the  dactyl; 
length  of  male  9.5  mm ;  stylocerite  or  "aural  spine"  one  half  as 
long  as  first  antennular  segment;  scaphocerite  spine  more  than 
half  as  long  as  carpocerite.     It  was  a  male. 

Their  No.  9,  also  referred  to  var.  longicarpus  (see  their  pi.  23, 
fig.  14,  antenna)  shows  a  rudimentary  antennal  scale;  its  smaller 
chela  (their  pi.  24,  fig.  2),  our  plate  XXXIV,  figs.  5,  5a,  has  the 
carpus  long,  a  tuft  on  the  dactyl,  and  three  teeth  at  the  tip.  This 
may  be  6".  pectiniger  of  Coutiere. 


it6  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

The  form  defined  as  found  in  the  "logger-head  sponge,"  with  no 
special  number  given,  appears  to  be  a  different  species,  judging 
from  the  large  chela,  our  plate  34,  fig.  3  (their  pi.  24,  fig.  8) ,  for 
this  chela  is  remarkably  elongated  and  swollen  above  proximally, 
so  that  the  proximal  end  projects  backward  over  the  carpus,  which 
is  articulated  lower  down  than  usual.  The  fixed  finger  or  "pollex" 
is  extremely  short,  much  shorter  than  the  dactyl.  It  is,  perhaps, 
as  near  that  of  S.  longicarpus  of  Coutiere  as  to  any  of  the  forms 
described  by  him,  but  does  not  agree  well  with  it. 

Synalpheus  goodei  Coutiere.     Goode's  Snapping  Shrimp. 
Synalpheus  goodei  Coutiere,  op.  cit.,  1909,  p.  58,  fig.  33,  a-u. 

Plate  XXXVII,  Figures  i,  a-u,  9 ,  from  slides  a-a".  Plate  XXXVIII, 
Figures  i,  a-u  $ ,  from  slides  g-g",  1898,  2-0 ;  $ .  Plate  XXXIX, 
Figures  4-46.  (after  Coutiere).  Plate  XL,  Figures  2,  a-1,  slide  bb. 
All  are  from  Bermuda  specimens.  All  are  by  A.  H.  V.  except  pi.  39, 
figs.  4-4d, 

Rostrum  acute,  a  little  longer  and  narrower  than  the  ocular 
lobes,  which  are  triangular  and  acute  or  subacute,  about  as  long 
as  broad.  (PI.  38,  fig.  i.)  Antennules  rather  stout;  articles  of 
the  peduncle  have  proportions  about  as  2.3 :  1.2  :  i  (pi.  37,  fig.  i,  a  ; 
pi.  38,  fig.  I  a)  ;  the  inner  flagellum  has  about  five  or  six  articles 
before  it  branches ;  longer  branch  is  about  half  the  length  of  the 
outer  flagellum;  basal  spine  (stylocerite)  reaches  about  to  end  of 
first  article,  sometimes  beyond  it. 

The  carpocerite  is  cylindrical,  long,  slender,  usually  nearly  or 
quite  six  times  as  long  as  thick  (pi.  38,  fig.  i,  b)  ;  antennal  scale 
or  scaphocerite  is  small,  narrow,  much  shorter  than  the  carpocerite, 
but  may  reach  the  middle  of  the  distal  article  of  the  antennule; 
its  spine  is  strong  and  much  longer,  very  acute;  the  basal  spine 
(pi.  37  and  38,  fig.  I,  b)  or  basicerite  is  long,  acute  and  reaches  to 
about  the  distal  third  of  the  larger  spine ;  it  has  a  small  secondary 
short  spine  or  angular  tooth  at  its  base. 

The  palm  of  the  large  chela  (pi.  39,  fig.  4;  pl-  38.  fig-  ic') 
is  oblong-ovate,  a  little  swollen  in  the  middle,  and  with  a  small 
acute  dorsal  spine  at  the  distal  end,  above  the  base  of  the  dactyl ; 
it  usually  curves  down  a  little.  The  length  of  the  dactyl  is  about 
half  that  of  the  palm ;  height  of  palm  about  one  and  two-thirds  the 
length.     This  chela  is  relatively  a  little  shorter  in  the  female  than 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Pari  II.  117 

in  the  male.  The  dactyl  is  nearly  straight  proximally,  with 
sinuous  edges,  but  is  strongly  arched  distally  to  the  acute  tip ;  its 
plunger  (fig.  ic')  is  compressed,  oblique,  not  very  long. 

The  smaller  chela  (pi.  37,  2c;  pi.  38,  fig.  ic" ;  pi.  40,  fig.  2c) 
is  but  little  wider  than  the  carpus ;  its  palm  is  oblong  with  borders 
only  slightly  convex ;  length  is  about  one  and  three-fourths  times 
its  height;  length  to  that  of  dactyl  about  1.75:  i  to  1.6:  i.  Both 
fingers  have  two  small,  acute,  unequal  teeth  at  the  tip. 

The  fixed  finger  is  a  little  bent  down  and  the  dactyl  is  arched 
its  entire  length,  more  so  distally.  The  dactyl  bears  on  each  side 
a  large,  dense,  longitudinal  plume  of  long  curved  hairs,  turned 
forward,  and  a  row  of  small  hairs  on  the  cutting  edge;  also  two 
small  tufts  at  the  tip.  The  fixed  finger  has  a  small  tuft  on  each 
side  at  about  the  distal  third,  and  a  terminal  longer  tuft.  The 
carpus  is  distally  nearly  as  wide  as  the  chela,  but  narrow  proxi- 
mally, about  one  and  two-thirds  or  one  and  one-half  longer  than 
wide,  and  about  one-half  the  total  length  of  the  chela.  The  merus 
is  stout,  about  three  times  as  long  as  wide,  and  about  as  wide  in 
the  middle  as  the  distal  part  of  the  carpus;  its  length  is  about 
equal  to  the  sum  of  the  carpus  and  palm. 

The  legs  of  the  second  pair  are  slender  (pi.  37,  fig.  i,  1" ;  pi.  38, 
fig.  I,  1";  pi.  40,  fig.  2d)  ;  the  chela  is  but  little  wider  than  the 
carpus,  and  the  palm  is  slightly  convex  above;  fixed  finger  is 
nearly  straight  below ;  dactylus  is  gently  arched,  acute ;  both 
fingers  are  very  hairy ;  dactyl  has  about  three  tufts  of  long  hairs 
on  each  side,  and  fixed  fingers  about  four  larger  tufts.  Carpus 
is  about  two  to  two  and  one-fourth  times  longer  than  chela ;  first 
article  is  about  equal  to  the  sum  of  all  the  others ;  second,  third, 
and  fourth  are  short,  nearly  equal,  a  little  wider  than  long,  distal 
end  of  fifth  with  an  angular  tooth ;  fifth  article  is  about  as  long  as 
the  palm  of  chela.  Merus  is  about  as  long  as  the  sum  of  the  first 
four  carpal  articles. 

Legs  of  the  third  pair  (pi.  38,  fig.  i,  1'",  Y"  x;  pi.  40,  fig.  2e) 
are  rather  stout;  the  dactyl  is  short,  thick,  incurved,  with  two 
small,  unequal,  apical  claws,  inner  one  about  half  as  long  as  outer 
and  a  little  more  curved;  the  notch  between  them  is  rounded  at 
bottom;  proximal  breadth  is  about  one-half  the  length  of  the 
dactyl.  Two  or  three  spines  of  the  propodus  stand  at  its  base. 
Propodus  has  a  row  of  about  eight  spines  besides  the  two  or  three 
apical  ones ;   its  length  is  about  five  times  its  width.     The  carpus 


ii8  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

is  wider;  rather  more  than  half  the  length  of  the  propodus  and 
dactyl,  and  rather  less  than  half  the  length  of  the  merus.  Merus 
is  fusiform,  three  and  one-half  to  four  times  longer  than  wide,  its 
length  is  nearly  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  propodus  and  carpus. 

The  third  maxilliped  (pi.  38,  fig.  id  n"';  n"',  x)  has  about  nine 
spines  at  its  apex  and  about  13  transverse  rows  of  unequal  hairs 
and  spines  on  the  dactyl,  the  distal  ones  long. 

The  uropods  (pi.  37,  fig.  i,  u. ;  pi.  38,  fig.  i,  u;  pi.  40,  fig.  2f) 
are  large  and  broad,  longer  than  the  telson ;  the  outer  lamella  is 
the  larger,  broadly  obovate,  with  a  faint  distal  sutural  line  and 
notch,  at  which  stand  three  small  spines,  the  middle  one  articulated ; 
proximal  to  these  a  row  of  smaller  denticles,  about  eight  in  the 
female,  ten  to  twelve  in  the  male,  extends  for  nearly  half  the 
length  of  the  outer  margin,  decreasing  in  size;  both  lamellae  are 
fringed  with  long  hairs ;  the  inner  one  has  some  hairs  on  the 
surface.     Inner  lamella  is  more  nearly  elliptical. 

The  telson  (same  figures,  t)  is  longer  than  wide,  greatest 
breadth  about  two-thirds  the  length;  it  is  rather  triangular, 
broadest  with  convex  margins  near  the  base;  decreasing  rapidly 
to  the  very  narrow  end,  with  somewhat  incurved  margins  distally ; 
narrow  part  about  one-fourth  the  length;  tip  has  two  slender 
spines  at  each  angle,  occupying  about  two-thirds  of  its  breadth; 
inner  one  is  about  one-third  longer  than  outer  one.  Between  the 
spines  the  median  part  is  narrow,  a  little  prominent,  truncate,  and 
bears  four  to  six  long  plumose  hairs,  and  some  simple  ones.  The 
upper  surface  has  a  median  groove  and  a  slight  carina  each  side 
of  it. 

The  four  dorsal  spines  in  the  male  are  larger  and  longer  than 
the  terminal  ones,  and  are  separated  longitudinally  by  a  distance 
not  more  than  their  length;  in  the  female  (pi.  37,  fig.  i  t)  they 
are  smaller  and  not  so  near  together ;  the  posterior  pair  are  much 
nearer  together  than  the  others. 

General  color  is  reddish  or  pink.  Length  about  16  to  20  mm. 
It  inhabits  the  cavities  of  living  sponges  of  several  species,  often 
in  large  colonies.  We  found  it  much  the  most  common  species  of 
the  genus  at  Bermuda. 

In  a  lot  of  37  specimens  taken  at  Long  Bird  Island,  Apr.  19, 
1898,  18  had  the  large  chela  on  the  left  side;  19  on  the  right. 
There  is  some  variation  in  the  chela  in  this  lot.  Some  have  it  more 
swollen  than  usual ;  others  have  it  more  oblique,  or  more  elongated. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  119 

The  telson  and  uropods  show  but  httle  variation.  Some  of  those 
in  this  lot  carried  eggs. 

This  species  is  easily  distinguished  from  S.  minus  and  most  of 
the  other  related  species,  except  longicarpus,  by  the  abruptly 
narrowed  telson,  with  only  five  to  six  terminal  plumose  hairs,  and 
by  the  broadly  rounded  uropods,  sharply  denticulated  on  the  outer 
edges  distally.  The  spine  of  the  antennal  scale  is  unusually  long 
and  the  scale  short  and  narrow.  The  rostrum  and  ocular  spines 
are  somewhat  like  those  of  S.  minus,  but  the  rostrum  is  more  spini- 
form. 

The  only  species  with  which  it  is  likely  to  be  confounded  is 
S.  longicarpus  Coutiere,  which  is  closely  related.  The  latter  has  a 
much  more  reduced  or  quite  obsolescent  antennal  scale ;  a  shorter 
carpocerite ;  more  elongated  large  chela ;  the  smaller  chela  longer 
and  with  a  longer  carpus;  outer  lamella  of  uropods  has  only 
seven  or  eight  denticles ;  and  the  tip  of  the  telson  only  four 
plumose  hairs. 

We  took  this  small  species  many  times  in  1898,  in  the  "Reach," 
in  2  to  3  fathoms;  Castle  Harbor;  Long  Bird  Island;  and  in 
Harrington  Sound;  also  in  1901,  in  several  places,  and  in  Dec, 
191 5  abundantly  at  Grassmere,  in  sponges.  It  was  previously 
taken  by  Mr.  G.  Brown  Goode,  Mr.  George  Hawes,  and  by  Dr. 
C.  H.  Merriam.     (Yale  Mus.) 

Large  numbers  were  taken  from  a  dark  brown,  cake-shaped, 
keratose,  fibrous  sponge,  found  on  the  flats  at  low-tide  on  the 
north  side  of  Long  Bird  Island.  It  is  sometimes  associated  with 
5'.  minus. 

M.  Coutiere  recorded  it  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  34  fathoms ; 
Tampa  Bay ;  and  Colon ;  as  well  as  from  Bermuda.  He  also 
described  a  variety,  "occidentalis,"  from  Lower  California.  The 
latter  has  no  antennal  scale  and  has  different  uropods,  and  it  may 
well  prove  to  be  a  distinct  species. 

We  found  large  colonies  at  Grassmere,  near  Hamilton,  in  shal- 
low water,  occupying  cavities  in  a  large  cavernous  sponge,  dark 
smoky  brown  or  blackish  externally,  sulphur  yellow  within, 
exterior  crust  firm.  Often  a  hundred  or  more  were  found  in  one 
sponge,  not  mixed  with  any  other  species.  Many  females  had 
green  eggs,  Dec.  25,  191 5,  usually  not  more  than  15  to  20. 

Most  of  these  had  the  body  pale  pink  or  deep  pink,  others  light 
red,  the  colors  due  to  minute  chromatophores  on  a  pale  translucent 


I20  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

ground-color ;  usually  a  brighter  red  median  dorsal  line ;  ovaries 
of  female  show  through  the  integument  as  two  greenish  patches. 
Large  chela  was  pink  with  light  brown  tips.  Chelae  retain  a  red- 
dish color  a  long  time  in  formaline  or  weak  alcohol.  These  speci- 
mens made  a  sharp  snapping  noise,  loud  for  so  small  a  species. 
Length  of  the  body  of  the  larger  ones,  20  to  23  mm. 

Nearly  all  were  adults  of  about  the  same  sizes.  The  following 
additional  notes  were  taken  from  these  specimens  while  they  were 
fresh  from  the  sea.  The  stylocerite  usually  does  not  quite  reach 
the  end  of  the  first  antennular  article.  The  narrow  antennal  scale 
is  about  half  as  long  as  the  carpocerite  and  about  equal  to  the 
basicerite;  its  spine  is  longer  and  wider,  about  three-fourths  as 
long  as  the  carpocerite.  Basicerite  is  long,  strong,  and  acute ;  its 
secondary  spine  is  short,  but  acute,  longer  than  wide. 

The  legs  of  the  fifth  pair  are  much  smaller  than  those  of  the 
third  pair ;  the  propodus  has,  on  the  distal  half,  a  brush  consisting 
of  eight  oblique  compact  clusters  of  short  setae ;  the  dactyl  is 
small  and  short ;  its  hooks  are  small,  short,  evenly  curved  and  but 
little  divergent,  the  lower  one  being  a  little  more  incurved  than 
that  of  the  third  pair  of  legs,  as  well  as  smaller. 

The  narrow  tip  of  the  telson  usually  had  six  long  plumose  hairs 
and  four  more  slender  smooth  ones. 

Probably  this  is  the  species  referred  to  by  Mr.  G.  B.  Goode 
(op.  cit.,  1878)  as  follows : 

"Some  smaller  species  of  the  genus  are  found  only  in  the  cavities 
of  a  large  aplysine  sponge,  abundant  on  the  reefs.  I  have  picked  out 
seventy  or  eighty  from  a  fragment  of  sponge  not  more  than  three 
inches  in  diameter.  When  the  sponge  is  taken  in  the  hand,  the 
quick  succession  of  clickings  reminds  one  of  the  sound  of  the 
instruments  in  a  large  telegraph  office" — 

"When  one  of  these  animals  is  put  in  an  earthen  or  glass  vessel 
it  makes  a  much  louder  noise,  resembling  a  quick  tap  with  the 
finger  nail,  or  the  back  of  a  knife,  upon  the  edge  of  the  same 
vessel.  This  noise  is  produced  by  a  convulsive  snapping  of  the  last 
joint  of  the  large  claw,  by  a  movement  resembling  that  of  the 
spring  beetles  (Elateridae),  and  the  sounds  are  quite  similar. 
Possibly  these  movements  may  have  a  protective  object,  enabling 
the  little  decapods  to  escape  from  the  grasp  of  enemies,  or  to  work 
out  from  under  the  stones  and  loose  sand  in  which  they  must  often 
become  buried." 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  121 

This  species  is  perhaps  the  Bermuda  form  called  5'.  Icevimanus, 
var.  longicarpus,  by  Miss  Rathbun.  At  least,  some  of  our  speci- 
mens were  so  labelled  by  her.  But  it  seems  to  be  quite  distinct 
from  5.  Icevimanus  of  Europe.  She  stated  that  it  had  the  rostrum 
and  ocular  spines  slender  and  acute,  and  the  antennular  and 
antennal  spines  much  as  in  minus. 

Specimens  of  this  species  were  also  in  the  lots  labelled  and 
returned  as  A.  minus  by  Kingsley,  and  it  may  be  one  of  the 
"varieties"  alluded  to  by  him. 

Synalpheus  neptunus   (Dana). 

Alpheus  neptunus  Dana,  Crust.  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  i,  p.  553,  1852,  pi.  35, 

fig.  5,  1855. 
Synalpheus  neptunus  Coutiere,  Ann.  Sci.  Nat.  (8),  Zoo!.,  ix,  p.  15,  1899. 

Not  of  M.  J.  Rathbun,  op.  cit.,  p.  no,  1901.    . 

Plate  XXV,  Figures  2,  a — d.    After  Dana. 

This  oriental  species  somewhat  resembles  S.  minus  as  shown  by 
Dana's  figures,  here  reproduced.  Dana  did  not  describe  the  telson. 
The  frontal  spines  and  the  antennular  and  antennal  spines  are 
similar,  though  all  these  spines  are  unusually  large  and  long.  The 
ocular  spines  are  longer  and  more  acute.  The  most  notable 
differences  are  the  absence  of  the  upper  lateral  spine  of  the 
basicerite  and  the  form  of  the  larger  chela,  which  is  relatively 
shorter  and  thicker,  more  oblong  and  more  swollen  medially 
beneath ;  its  palm  is  scarcely  twice  the  length  of  the  dactyl,  which 
is  strongly  curved. 

Smaller  chela  of  the  first  pair  is  peculiar.  Its  movable  finger 
is  flattened  and  expanded  beyond  the  base,  thus  becoming  spatuli- 
form,  and  has  a  groove  armed  with  a  row  of  hairs  close  to  the 
edge.  The  antennal  scale  is  rudimentary  and  its  spine  reaches  to 
about  the  proximal  third  of  the  last  antennular  segment.  The 
ambulatory  legs  are  biunguiculate,  with  very  small  hooks. 

Sooloo  Sea,  63^  and  9  fathoms,  and  Fiji  Islands  (Dana)  ;  Red 
Sea  (Heller,  Paulson).  Miss  Rathbun  identified  with  it  some 
specimens  from  Bermuda  and  Porto  Rico,  though  she  noted  some 
important  differences.  I  have  myself  seen  no  Bermuda  specimens 
referable  to  Dana's  species. 

According  to  Coutiere,  6".  neptunus  Dana  belongs  to  a  different 
section  (biunguicidatus  group)  of  the  genus,  entirely  oriental  in 


122  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

distribution.  Coutiere  states  that  no  species  of  the  biunguiculatus- 
group  occurs  in  American  waters.  They  are  Indo-Pacific  species. 
The  original  figures  of  Dana  are  copied  on  my  plate  25,  figures 
2,  a — d. 

The  species  from  the  Arafura  Sea,  identified  by  Bate  as  this 
species,  seems  to  be  very  distinct.  He  states  that  the  palm  of  the 
large  chela  is  scarcely  three  times  as  long  as  the  dactyl.  It  differs 
also,  in  several  other  respects ;  the  large  chela  is  longer  and  more 
ovate,  being  swollen  proximally;  its  carpal  edge  is  strongly  den- 
tate ;  its  carpus  is  angular,  very  short  and  wide ;  the  smaller  chela 
is  shorter  and  stouter ;  its  carpus  is  longer ;  the  antennular  spine 
is  short. 

Jousseaumea  Coutiere. 

Bulletin  Mus.  Hist.  Nat.,  Paris,  vol.  ii,  p.  381,  1896,  Ann.  d.  Sci.  Nat. 
Zool.,  vol.  ix,  1899,  pp.  70,  129,  141,  179,  181,  325,  figs.  19-23,  134,  215,  216, 
217. 

The  carapace,  which  is  rather  depressed,  has  a  dorsal  carina; 
rostrum  triangular,  flattened ;  orbital  spines  small ;  eyes  concealed, 
or  nearly  so,  by  ocular  hoods  which  blend  with  the  rostrum  or 
frontal  lobe.  Chelipeds  very  unequal,  closely  folded  beneath  the 
body  when  at  rest ;  larger  one  usually  with  an  angular  and  grooved 
propodus  and  cup-shaped  or  angular  carpal  segment.  Larger 
chela  in  typical  species  has  the  cutting  edges  of  the  fingers  ser- 
rulate, shutting  together  closely ;  palm  usually  angular  and  carinate, 
its  inferior  surface  deeply  grooved  to  fit  on  the  merus  when  folded ; 
merus  angular,  elongated.  The  following  species  has  the  palm 
smooth. 

Carpus  of  second  pair  of  legs  5-jointed;  first  article  longest. 
Third  and  fourth  legs  have  simple  dactyls;  fifth  legs  have  10  to 
12  oblique  rows  of  hairs,  as  a  brush,  on  the  propodus.  Mandible 
has  a  2- jointed  palpus ;   its  cutting  process  is  much  reduced. 

Uropods  not  movable.  Telson  much  narrowed  distally;  tip 
narrow,  usually  with  only  a  single  pair  of  plumose  hairs  between 
the  four  spines  at  the  angles.  No  anal  tubercles.  Branchial 
formula  as  in  Alpheus. 

Jousseaumea  ortmanni  (Rankin)   Coutiere. 

Athanas  ortmanni  Rankin,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  xi,  p.  251,  pi.  xxx, 
fig.  7,  1898.  Verrill,  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Art.  Sci.,  x,  pt.  2,  p.  579, 
1900  (Bermuda). 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  123 

Jousseaumea  ortmanni  Coutiere,  C.  R.  Acad.  Sci.,  Paris,  vol.  cxxxi,  p. 
356,  1900. 

Rostrum  slender,  acute,  extending  slightly  beyond  the  second 
joint  of  the  antennules.  Eyes  concealed  by  a  hood  ;  edge  of  hood 
with  a  minute  acute  spine ;  below  the  eyes  the  margin  of  the 
carapace  is  very  oblique.  Spine  of  antennules  reaches  the  distal 
end  of  the  second  segment.  Antennal  scale  is  about  as  long  as 
the  peduncle  of  the  antennules.  Larger  chela  is  smooth,  entire, 
short,  thick,  swollen,  length  twice  the  breadth;  fingers  slender, 
hooked,  and  serrulate  on  the  cutting  edges.  Carpus  of  second  leg 
is  5- jointed  ;  first  segment  is  equal  to  the  four  distal  ones.  Telson 
narrow,  compressed;   margins  smooth.     Length  about  16 mm. 

Bermudas,  coll.  G.  B.  Goode,  i  specimen  (M.  J.  Rathbun)  ; 
New  Providence,  Bahamas  (Rankin,  type-locality).  It  was  not 
taken  by  us  nor  by  later  collectors.  Its  habits  are  not  known. 
It  may  live  in  sponges. 

Amphibetaeus  simus  (Guerin). 
Alpheus  simus  Guerin,  op.  cit.,  1857,  pi. 

Plate  XXV,  Figure  5  (after  Guerin). 

This  species  seems  not  to  have  been  rediscovered  since  the  time 
of  Guerin.  However,  I  have  a  similar  specimen,  apparently  of  the 
same  species,  taken  among  branching  corals  and  sponges  at 
Dominica  Island  in  shallow  water  several  years  ago  by  A.  H. 
Verrill.  It  appears  to  belong  to  the  genus  Amphibetccus  of 
Coutiere  (op.  cit.,  p.  325). 

The  frontal  region  is  convex,  produced  far  over  the  eyes,  with- 
out a  rostrum  or  distinct  ocular  lobes.  The  antennular  stalk  is 
elongated;  the  second  segment  being  much  longer  than  the  first 
or  third ;  stylocerite  is  short,  foliate ;  carpocerite  is  about  equal 
to  the  antennular  stalk ;  scaphocerite  is  of  about  equal  length,  with 
a  well  formed  scale ;  basicerite  is  short,  dentiform.  Guerin's  type 
was  from  Cuba. 

Family  HIPPOLYTID.ffi  Bate,  1888.     Shrimps. 
Eyes  not  covered  by  the  carapace.     Rostrum  well  developed, 
usually  toothed.     Chelae  of  first  pair  of  legs  not  unusually  large, 
nor  very  unequal;   second  pair  slender,  with  the  carpus  variously 
segmented,  and  the  chelae  small. 


124  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Key  to  the  Bermuda  genera  of  Hippolytidce  and  the  Ogyridce. 

A. — Rostrum  not  very  short;  carpus  of  second  pair  of  legs  with  three 
articles. 

B. — No  exopodite  on  first  pair  of  legs. 

C. — Rostrum  strong,  flat,  toothed  on  both  edges ;  third,  maxilliped  acute, 
leg-like HippoJyte. 

CC. — Rostrum  long  acute,  rounded  above,  without  teeth ;  multidentate 
below ;  a  pair  of  dorsal  spines  behind  the  eyes.  Antennules  very  large. 
Third  maxilliped  short,  flat,  obtuse,  without  an  exopod ;  tip  with 
marginal  spines Tozeuma. 

BB. — An  exopodite  on  first  pair  of  legs;  rostrum  cultriform;  toothed  at 
end;  a  median  dorsal  spine  on  carapace;  third  maxilliped  leg-like; 
acute Latreutes. 

AA. — Rostrum  very  short;    carpus  with  more  than  three  articles. 

D. — Carpus  of  second  pair  of  legs  5-jointed;  ej^e-stalks  not  very  long, 
uropods  not  excurved.     Third  maxilliped  not  5-jointed Tlior. 

DD. — Carpus  of  second  pair  of  legs  3  to  4-jointed,  with  additional  imper- 
fect annulations.  Eye-stalks  long  and  slender.  Uropods  excurved ; 
third  maxilliped  long,  slender,  5-jointed.     PI.  47,  fig.  6 Ogyris. 

Hippol3rte  Leach,  1813.     Type,  H.  varians. 

Hippolyte  Leach,  Edinb.  Encyclop.,  viii,  p.  432,  1814 ;    Trans.  Linn.  Soc. 
London,  ix,  p.  346,  1815.     M. -Edwards  and  most  later  writers,  in  part, 

Virbius  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phila.,  xii,  p.  35,  104,  i860  (not 

Verbeus,  as   spelled  by  Bate).     Smith,  these  Trans.,  v,   p.   63,    1879. 

Kingsley,  N.  Amer.  Caridea,  Bull.  Essex  Inst,  x,  p.  63,  1878;    Science, 

1899,  p.  717. 
Hippolyte    (restr.)    Bate,    Voy.    Chall.,    Zool.,    xxiv,    p.    587.     Holmes, 

Synopsis  Calif.  Stalk-eyed  Crustacea,  Occasional  Papers  Calif.  Acad. 

Science,  vii,  1900,  p,  192.  ^ 

Carapace  is  carinate.  Rostrum  is  compressed;  toothed  above 
and  below.  Mandibles  are  destitute  of  a  palpus,  Antennulae  are 
biflagellate;  first  joint  is  excavated  above.  Carpus  of  second  pair 
of  legs  is  3-jointed;  legs  slender. 

Antenna}  scale  is  well  developed  and  has  a  spine  on  the  outer 
margin.  Legs  of  first  pair  are  shorter  and  stouter  than  the  others : 
its  carpus  is  excavated  distally  to  receive  the  proximal  end  of  the 
chela.  Legs  of  second  pair  slender,  longer  than  preceding.  Other 
legs  are  successively  shorter;  their  dactyls  are  spinulose  beneath. 
Third  segment  of  the  abdomen  is  prominent  and  somewhat  gibbous 
dorsally ;  abdomen  is  not  carinated  nor  spinulose. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  125 

Bate  and  others  have  legitimately  restored  the  name  Hippolyte 
to  the  group  that  includes  the  original  type  of  Leach  {H.  varians). 
For  the  large  group  of  arctic  and  northern  species  called  Hippolyte 
by  Stimpson,  S.  I.  Smith  (these  Trans.,  v,  p.  62)  and  many  others, 
the  name  Spirontocaris  was  proposed  by  Bate  in  1887. 

Many  species  of  Spirontocaris  occur  on  the  northern  coasts  of 
New  England.  Most  of  them  are  handsomely  colored  with 
various  patterns  of  bright  red,  etc. 

Hippol3rte  acuminata  Dana. 

Hippolyte  acuminata  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  p.  562,  1852; 
Atlas,  pi.  xxxvi,  figs.  1 — le,  1855.     Stebbing,  op.  cit.,  p.  289,  1914. 

Virbius  acuminatus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  p.  36  (105), 
i860.  Kingsley,  List  N.  Am.  Caridea,  Bull.  Essex  Inst,  Salem,  x,  p. 
63,  1878. 

Hippolyte  bidentatus  Bate,  Voy,  Chall.,  Zool.,  vol.  xxiv,  p.  591,  pi.  cv, 
figs.  I,  2,  1887. 

Text  figure  8,  a-f.     Plate  XLIII,   Figures   i,  a-l,  after  Dana.     Plate 
XLVII,  Figures  5— 5d  (after  Bate). 

This  species,  as  described  by  Dana,  has  a  slender,  acute  rostrum 
with  a  small  spine  on  both  the  upper  and  under  margins,  at  about 
the  distal  third.  (See  our  figures  copied  from  Dana.)  The  first 
legs  have  chelse  that  are  short  and  only  a  little  larger  than  the 
carpus.  Chelae  of  the  second  pair  are  smaller,  cylindric,  scarcely 
larger  than  the  third  joint  of  the  carpus  and  only  slightly  longer. 

It  lacks  the  hepatic  spine.  The  fifth  abdominal  segment  has  two 
small  dorsal  spines.  It  can  be  easily  distinguished  by  the  slender 
rostrum,  wider  distally,  and  usually  with  only  one  spine,  above  and 
below ;  rarely  two  below,  and  by  the  odd  gibbous  form  of  the 
larger  chela. 

It  was  not  obtained  at  Bermuda  by  our  parties.  Miss  M.  J. 
Rathbun  has  sent  me  the  following  note :  "One  specimen,  a  female 
bearing  eggs,  was  taken  in  floating  weed  on  the  north  shore  of 
the  Bermudas  by  the  late  Dr.  Geo.  Hawes,  Jan.  12.  (U.  S.  Nat. 
Mus. )  It  differs  from  the  type  in  lacking  the  spine  on  the  superior 
margin  of  the  rostrum.  Sometimes  the  rostrum  in  this  species 
has  two  spines  above."     (M.  J.  R.) 

It  is  found  among  floating  Gulf  Weed  (Sargassum)  in  the 
central  Atlantic  Ocean  and  also  along  the  course  of  the  Gulf 


126 


Addison  E.  Verrill, 


Stream,  from  Florida  to  North  Carolina.  Bate  recorded  it  under 
the  name  bidentatus  as  taken  by  the  Challenger  Exped.,  off 
Bermuda  in  Sargassum. 


'^'*^^****^ 


Figure  9.  Hippolyte  acuminata;  a,  female  with  eggs,  enlarged  two  times; 
b,  rostrum  enlarged;  c,  larger  chela;  d,  leg  of  second  pair;  e,  first 
maxilla;   f,  antennule.     After  Bate,  as  bidcntata. 


Tozeuma  Stimpson. 

Toseuma  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.   Science,  Philad.,  vol.  xii,  p.  26, 
i860.     M.  J.  Rathbun,  Brach.  and  Macr.  Porto  Rico,  p.  114,  1901. 

The  body  is  much  elongated,  tapered  both  ways,  compressed. 
The  rostrum  is  continuous  with  the  carapace,  long  and  slender, 
acute,  unarmed  above,  multidentate  beneath,  sometimes  about  as 
long  as  the  body,  its  dorsal  surface  is  thick  and  rounded,  the 
margins  bent  down,  forming  a  channel  beneath,  lamellate  and  wider 
near  the  base.  Antennules  are  short  and  biflagellate,  outer  branch 
thickened.     Antennae  have  a  very  long  and  large  scale. 

Mandibles  are  strong,  incurved,  undivided,  and  lack  a  palpus, 
crown  has  numerous  dark  spinules  in  many  rows.  Third  maxil- 
lipeds  are  short,  and  have  neither  an  exognath  nor  a  flagellum ;  tip 
flat,  blunt,  with  short  marginal  spinules,  alternate  in  size,  last 
article  longer  than  preceding  one. 

The  legs  are  rather  short  and  are  without  epipods.  The  first 
pair  are  shortest,  incurved,  stout,  and  chelate.  Chelae  are  thick, 
unequal,  bent,  tips  dentate;  the  second  pair  are  very  slender  with 
the  carpus  long  and  3-jointed,  the  small  chelae  are  hairy,  finger 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  127 

bidentate;  other  legs  have  a  row  of  spines  on  the  propodus  and 
dactyl  and  are  biunguiculate. 

Carapace  has  a  pair  of  anterior  dorsal  spines  at  base  of  rostrum ; 
last  abdominal  segment  is  much  elongated  and  compressed.  Tel- 
son  is  tapered,  narrow,  with  four  dorsal  and  four  small  terminal 
spines.     Uropods  have  two  distal  spines  at  the  suture. 

Type-species  is  T.  lanceolatum  St.,  from  Hong  Kong.  In  that 
species  the  third,  fourth,  and  fifth  abdominal  segments  are  cari- 
nated  and  have  a  dorsal  spine. 

Stimpson  did  not  mention  the  presence  of  a  pair  of  spines  near 
the  base  of  the  rostrum,  nor  the  peculiar  structure  of  the  third 
maxillipeds.  He  merely  says  they  are  short.  Nor  did  he  mention 
the  bifid  character  of  the  ambulatory  feet.  Therefore  our  species 
may  not  be  strictly  congeneric  with  his  type.  The  characters  of 
the  rostrum,  antennulae,  jaws,  etc.  seem  to  be  the  same. 


Tozeuma  carolinense  Kings.    Phantom  Shrimp. 

Tocciwia  carolincnsis  Kingsley,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci,  Philad.,  vol.  xxx, 
for  1878,  pp.  90,  328;  op.  cit.,  xxxi,  for  1879,  p.  413,  pi.  xiv,  fig.  8 
(rostrum),  1880;  American  Naturalist,  xxxiii,  p.  715,  fig.  8  (rostrum 
only),  1899.  Verrill,  these  Trans.,  xi,  p.  19,  1901  (desc,  Bermuda 
spec).  M.  J.  Rathbun,  Brach.  and  Macr.  Porto  Rico,  p.  114,  1901 
(as  carolinense) .  Hay  and  Shore,  op.  cit.,  p.  391,  pi.  27,  fig.  2  (photo.), 
1918. 

Plate  XXIX,  Figures  3-3m.    Plate  XLII,  Figures   i,  if.    Details.    By 
A.  E.  V. 

This  very  slender  and  transparent  shrimp  can  be  recognized 
easily  by  its  elongated  form  and  very  long  and  slender,  tapered, 
dagger-shaped  rostrum,  longer  than  the  carapace,  thick  and 
rounded  and  without  denticles  or  spines  above,  but  with  many 
minute  sharp  serrulations  beneath;  about  16  or  17  in  our  examples, 
largest  on  the  proximal  part;  with  2  to  5  rough  hairs  between 
them.  The  dorsal  margin  is  nearly  straight  or  a  little  curved 
upward  distally. 

The  margins  turn  down  so  as  to  form  a  deep  channel  on  the 
under  side,  open  for  more  than  half  the  length,  and  apparently 
adapted  to  enclose  and  protect  the  antennules.  In  our  examples 
one  margin  is  narrower  than  the  other  and  without  denticles.  The 
tip  is  acute.     A  small  acute  spine,  curved  forward,  is  situated  back 


128 


Addison  E.  Verrill, 


of  the  eyes  on  each  side  of  the  base  of  the  rostrum ;    also  one 
below  the  eye ;  another  at  the  antero-lateral  angle. 


Figure  io.  Tozeuma  carolinense.  Frontal  parts  enlarged,  a',  antennule; 
a",  antenna;  s,  scaphocerite  scale;  o,  ootocyst;  e,  eye;  r,  rostrum, 
tip  is  broken  off ;  d,  dorsal  spines ;  1',  first  legs ;  1",  second  leg ;  V",  third 
leg ;   mp'",  maxilliped ;    from  a  cotype.     By  A.  H.  V. 


The  body  is  compressed,  most  so  in  the  male,  especially  at  the 
posterior  part  of  the  abdomen ;  it  is  strongly  angulated  between 
the  third  and  fourth  abdominal  segments;  the  sixth  abdominal 
segment  is  elongated  and  strongly  compressed  with  the  margins 
incurved  and  nearly  meeting  beneath ;  it  has  a  pair  of  small  spines 
at  the  base  of  the  telson  and  also  at  the  inferior  angles ;  the  fifth 
segment  has  a  small  lateral  epimeral  spine  on  each  side. 

The  eyes  are  large,  cylindric,  and  their  stalks  are  short.  The 
antennular   peduncle   is   long   and   stout,    with   many   hairs,   first 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  129 

article  much  the  longest,  and  with  a  short,  sharp,  incurved  hasal 
spine,  and  a  thin,  linear,  acute  acicle,  in  length  about  equal  to  the 
first  joint.  Its  outer  flagellum  is  stout,  about  half  as  thick  as  the 
peduncle  and  about  eight  times  longer  than  wide,  and  about  equal 
to  the  combined  length  of  the  last  two  articles  of  the  stalk,  and 
about  equal  to  the  antennal  scale. 

The  stalk  of  the  antenna  is  a  little  longer  than  the  first  article 
of  the  antennule ;  its  scale  is  relatively  very  large  and  long,  lanceo- 
late and  acute,  with  long  marginal  hairs ;  it  is  about  three  and  a 
fourth  times  longer  than  the  antennal  stalk,  and  twice  as  long  as 
the  stalk  of  the  antennule,  or  about  half  the  length  of  the  rostrum. 
The  basicerite  is  short,  broad,  dentiform.  The  flagellum  of  the 
antenna  is  long  and  slender;  it  reaches  to  or  beyond  the  base  of 
the  telson. 

The  third  maxilliped  is  short  and  blunt;  about  as  long  as  the 
first  legs;  its  distal  article  is  wide,  flat  or  a  little  concave  and 
obtusely  terminated ;  its  distal  margin  is  bordered  by  a  row  of 
about  twelve  or  thirteew  spines,  alternating  in  size;  the  broad 
surface  has  two  larger  oblique  rows  of  stiff  hairs,  with  a  smaller 
cluster  near  the  tip.  The  carpal  article  is  short,  rather  longer 
than  broad,  and  about  half  as  long  as  the  distal  article.  It  has  a 
cluster  of  hairs  on  each  distal  angle,  one  on  the  suture,  and  an 
oblique  row  on  the  surface  distally.  Part  of  the  hairs  are  pinnate 
or  plumate ;  part  are  slender  and  plain.  The  basal  article  is 
stout,  curved,  about  three  times  longer  than  the  distal  one ;  it  has 
a  cluster  of  hairs  on  each  distal  angle;  a  long  oblique  row  on  the 
surface  along  the  distal  third,  arising  from  a  ridge  along  a  groove ; 
also  a  series  of  clusters  of  shorter  hairs  on  the  incurved  edge,  and 
an  oblique  row  of  stiff  hairs  near  the  base,  and  a  few  clusters  on 
the  convex  margin  distally. 

Legs  of  the  first  pair  are  shorter  and  stouter  than  the  others, 
strongly  incurved  and  bent  down,  with  a  short  carpus  and  smaller 
chela.  The  right  and  left  legs  are  somewhat  unequal  as  to  the 
form  of  the  chela  and  carpus,  and  slightly  in  length.  The  longer 
one  (fig.  2,  c,  I),  the  left  one  in  the  example  figured,  has  the  merus 
longer,  about  equal  to  the  chela,  and  the  carpus  about  half  as  long, 
wider,  obovate,  hardly  cup-shaped  distally;  the  chela  is  strongly 
bent  inward  at  the  base  of  the  digits ;  the  palm  is  ovate,  swollen, 
rather  longer  than  the  dactyl ;  the  fixed  finger  is  strongly  bent 
down,  with  the  tip  acute;   the  dactyl  is  wider  and  rather  longer, 


130  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

with  about  three  small  teeth  at  the  apex  and  a  lobe  on  the  inner 
margin. 

The  other  leg,  the  right  one  as  figured  (fig.  2c,  2c'),  has  the 
merus  shorter  than  the  chela ;  the  carpus  is  wider  than  long,  con- 
stricted proximally,  cup-shaped  distally;  the  palm  is  broad  ovate, 
swollen  proximally,  hardly  as  long  as  the  dactyl ;  fixed  finger  is 
strongly  incurved  with  an  acute  or  slightly  hidentate  tip.  The 
dactyl  is  larger  and  wider,  with  a  large,  obtuse,  lateral  lobe  and 
with  about  five  apical  teeth.  Both  these  chelae  have  numerous 
hairs  on  both  the  inner  and  outer  margins  of  the  fingers  and  at 
the  tips.  The  carpus  has  a  cluster  of  hairs  on  the  inner  distal 
angle  and  a  row  near  the  distal  suture. 

Legs  of  the  second  pair  are  slender  with  a  long  slender  merus 
and  a  longer  3-jointed  carpus ;  the  proximal  carpal  joint  is  the 
longest,  about  double  the  length  of  the  second,  which  is  the  short- 
est ;  first  and  second  together  are  about  equal  to  the  merus ;  chela 
is  slender,  elongated,  longer  than  third  article  of  the  carpus ; 
fingers  nearly  the  same  length  as  the  palm,  tips  with  numerous 
hairs  curved  forward.  Ambulatory  legs  are  rather  slender;  fifth 
is  smallest  and  shortest,  all  have  incurved  bifid  tips ;  the  outer 
apical  claw  is  longer ;  dactyls  are  most  curved  on  the  fifth  pair  of 
legs ;  claws  are  little  divergent. 

The  dactyl  on  each  leg  has  three  or  four  minute  spinules  on  the 
inner  edge,  each  with  a  hair  at  its  base.  The  propodus  of  all 
these  legs  is  nearly  twice  the  length  of  the  carpus ;  each  has  a  row 
of  spines  on  the  inner  margin,  each  spine  with  a  stifif  hair;  distally 
the  rows  are  usually  double ;  proximally  single  and  spines  smaller ; 
on  all  two  of  these  spines  stand  at  the  distal  end,  one  on  each  side 
of  the  base  of  the  dactyl;  some  of  these  spines  have  a  rough  or 
minutely  serrulated  inner  edge,  especially  on  the  fifth  leg.  On  the 
third  and  fourth  legs  there  are  five  or  six  spines,  besides  the  distal 
pair;  on  the  fifth  leg  usually  but  four.  The  merus  is  about  the 
combined  length  of  the  carpus  and  propodus. 

The  jaws  are  stout,  with  a  smaller  incurved  body  and  flattish, 
horse-shoe  shaped  or  roundish  crown,  covered  with  many  close 
rows  of  dark-colored  minute  spinules,  and  short  stiff  hairs; 
spinules  divergent  at  the  sinus.  One  jaw  has  two  blunt  tubercles 
on  the  crown  (pi.  42,  fig,  lb),  lacking  from  the  other  (fig.  la). 
They  have  no  branch  nor  palpus. 

The  telson  is  elongated,  narrow,  width  to  length  about  i  :  4.7, 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  131 

convex,  and  regularly  tapered  to  the  tip,  which  is  very  narrow, 
and  bears  four  small  spines,  the  outer  ones  the  shorter ;  four  dorsal 
spines  small. 

The  uropods  are  long,  rather  narrow,  about  as  long  as  the  telson ; 
elliptical,  subacute,  width  to  length  about  i  :  4.20.  The  outer  edge 
of  the  outer  lamella  has  two  small  spines  at  the  notch ;  outer  basal 
spine  obtuse,  inner  one  small,  dentiform. 

The  color  in  life,  according  to  Hay  and  Shore,  is  usually  green, 
sometimes  gray  or  grayish  red.  Our  Bermuda  specimens  were 
nearly  colorless. 

Length  of  the  body  and  rostrum  of  the  larger  Beaufort  speci- 
men, a  female,  is  48mm;  length  of  rostrum,  12  mm;  of  carapace, 
10  mm;  of  abdomen,  20mm;  of  telson,  6mm;  antennal  scale, 
6  mm  ;    antenna,  40  mm. 

Fort  Macon  and  Beaufort,  N.  C,  to  Florida,  Texas,  Porto  Rico, 
and  St.  Thomas.  Very  common  in  the  harbor  of  Beaufort,  N.  C, 
among  Zostcra  (Hay  and  Shore).  This  species  was  dredged  by 
the  Yale  party  in  May,  1901,  in  Castle  Harbor,  Bermuda,  in  3 
fathoms,  weedy  bottom.  The  above  description  and  the  figures 
are  from  cotypes,  collected  by  Prof.  A.  S.  Packard  at  Beaufort, 
N.  C,  and  labelled  by  Prof.  Kingsley, 

Latreutes  fucorum  (Fabr.)  Stebbing.    Gulf -weed  Shrimp. 

Palccmon  fucorum  Fabricius,  Supl.  Entom.  Syst.,  p.  404,  1798. 

Hippolyte  ensiferus  H.  Milne-Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  des  Crust.,  ii,  p.  374,  1837. 
Krauss,  Sudafrik.  Crust.,  p.  56,  1843.  Goodsir,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 
XV,  p.  74,  pi.  7,  fig.  2,  1845.  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust.,  p.  562, 
1852. 

Latreutes  ciisiferus  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  p.  27,  i860. 
Smith  and  Harger,  these  Trans.,  iii,  p.  26,  1874.  Smith,  these  Trans., 
vol.  iv,  p.  266,  1879.  Bate,  Rep.  Zool.  Voy.  Chall.,  xxiv,  p.  583,  pi. 
104,  figs,  i-ig,  1888.  Verrill,  these  Trans.,  vol.  x,  p.  579,  1900.  Rath- 
bun,  M.  J.,  Brachyura  and  Macrura  of  Porto  Rico,  p.  114,  1901.  Hay 
and  Shore,  op.  cit,  p.  390,  pi.  26,  fig.  13,  1918. 

Latreutes  fucorutn  Stebbing,  op.  cit,  p.  290,  1914. 

Plate  XVI,   Figures   5-5b.    Plate   XLH,   Figures   2-2t.    Plate   XLIV, 
Figures  i-im;   2a-2«,  3. 

This  small  oceanic  shrimp  has  a  smooth  slender  body,  with  a 
thin,  elongated,  smooth-edged  rostrum,  broaded  in  the  middle, 
convex  below,  slightly  concave  above,  obtuse  or  subtruncate  at 


132  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

the  end ;    there  are  usually  about  five  small  acute  spinules  at  the 
apex  (varying  from  i  to  9). 

The  rostrum  is  nearly  as  long  as  the  carapace ;  breadth  to 
length  is  about  as  i :  3.5.  The  upper  edge  curves  upward  some- 
what, distally.  There  is  a  small  median  dorsal  spine  on  the  cara- 
pace back  of  the  base  of  the  rostrum  and  orbits,  and  a  spine  behind 
the  eye.  The  anterior  margin  of  the  carapace  has  four  to  eight 
small  denticles  below  the  orbit,  on  each  side.  The  stalk  of  the 
antennules  is  stout,  crooked,  excavate  at  base,  bent  outward 
distally  (pi.  42,  fig.  2).  The  second  article  has  a  strong  spine  on 
the  outer  margin  near  the  distal  end ;  the  third  article  is  short, 
not  much  longer  than  broad,  distal  border  obscurely  denticulate ; 
outer  flagellum  is  thickened ;  the  basal  acicle  is  long,  lanceolate, 
and  acute. 

The  stalk  of  the  antenna  is  stout ;  third  article  is  a  little  longer 
than  the  second  (plate  42,  figs.  2a,  2a").  The  antennal  scale  is 
long,  wide  at  base,  tapering  to  an  acute  tip,  it  is  about  three  and 
a  half  times  longer  than  the  third  antennal  segment,  and  nearly 
twice  longer  than  the  antennular  stalk ;  the  tip  has  no  differentiated 
spine  nor  notch. 

The  third  maxilliped  (pi.  44,  figs.  211'"  ;  3n"')  is  elongated  and 
leg-like.  Its  distal  article  is  long,  proportion  to  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding article  about  2:1;  the  inner  edge  is  convex,  tapered  distally 
to  a  subacute  tip,  with  a  row  of  about  eight  or  nine  acute  marginal 
spines  on  the  distal  third  of  the  edge,  one  of  which  is  apical ;  rows 
on  the  outer  edge.  On  the  surface  there  are  about  eight  obliquely 
transverse  rows  of  setas.  The  penultimate  article  is  short,  longer 
than  broad ;  its  distal  end  has  a  transverse  row  of  spines  and 
longer  hairs  on  both  sides. 

The  legs  of  the  first  pair  are  incurved,  rather  short,  and  rela- 
tively stout,  unequal ;  the  merus  and  carpus  are  excavated  beneath ; 
in  the  larger  chela  the  carpus  is  large,  cup-shaped,  broader  than 
long ;  merus  short,  stout,  with  a  dentiform  lobe  on  the  outer  distal 
angle ;  the  carpus  and  propodus  articulate  at  the  lower  angle,  so 
that  the  propodus  can  fold  inward  obliquely. 

The  larger  chela  is  proximally  thick,  broad  ovate,  and  tapers 
rapidly  distally.  The  dactyl  is  wide,  rather  longer  than  the  fixed 
finger,  with  a  broad  lateral  lobe,  and  with  about  five  denticles  at 
the  tip;  it  bears  many  hairs  distally  and  along  the  margin;  the 
fixed  finger  is  bent  slightly  inward  and  strongly  arched;    tip  is 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  133 

subacute  or  slightly  bidentate,  outer  convex  surface,  near  tip,  has 
a  slight  lobe  bearing  a  group  of  hairs ;  numerous  other  hairs  are 
at  the  tip  and  along  the  cutting  edge.  The  carpus  has  a  cluster 
of  hairs  on  the  outer  distal  angle,  part  of  them  plumose,  others  are 
long  and  plain.  The  merus  also  bears  clusters  of  hairs  on  the 
inner  margin  and  on  the  outer  distal  margin. 

The  smaller  chela  is  more  simple  and  not  so  much  incurved ;  its 
fingers  are  narrower,  more  acute,  and  cross  each  other  at  the  tips ; 
its  carpus  is  narrower,  about  as  broad  as  long,  not  so  cup-shaped. 
The  palm  of  the  chela  is  ovate,  but  not  so  swollen  as  in  the  other 
chela.  Its  fixed  finger  is  similar,  but  more  acute  and  scarcely 
bidentate  at  the  tip.  The  dactyl  is  narrower  with  a  smaller  and 
narrower  lobe  on  the  cutting  edge,  and  with  only  about  three 
apical  denticles ;  it  has  similar  clusters  of  hairs. 

Legs  of  the  second  pair  are  very  slender;  carpus  has  three 
unequal  joints;  middle  one  is  longest,  more  than  twice  as  long  as 
the  third,  and  nearly  as  long  as  the  chela.  Third  is  shortest, 
enlarged  distally.  The  chelae  are  somewhat  unequal  in  size  and 
form.  The  palm  is  longer  than  the  fingers,  which  are  incurved 
and  have  tufts  of  hairs  at  the  tips,  which  have  two  or  three  small 
apical  denticles ;  their  margins  do  not  meet  except  at  the  tips  and 
have  rows  of  hairs ;  inner  edge  of  dactyl  has  a  small  lobe. 

The  three  posterior  pairs  of  legs  are  longer,  slender,  and  sub- 
equal;  propodus  and  dactyl  have  a  row  of  spines  on  the  inner 
edge ;  dactyl  is  biunguiculate,  or  terminates  in  two  incurved  claws 
or  spines.  The  third  and  fourth  legs  are  nearly  alike ;  the  terminal 
claws  are  moderately  incurved  and  a  little  divergent;  the  inner 
one  is  only  about  half  as  long  as  the  outer;  a  few  hairs  stand 
at  their  bases ;  about  four  or  five  minute  appressed  spinules  are 
on  the  inner  incurved  edge  of  the  dactyl.  The  propodus  has  a 
pair  of  spines  at  its  distal  inner  angle,  one  on  each  side  of  the  base 
of  the  dactyl,  and  also  a  few  longer  stiff  hairs;  along  its  inner 
margin  there  is  a  row  of  about  seven  or  eight  spines,  some  of  the 
distal  ones  paired ;  proximal  ones  smaller ;  each  spine  is  accom- 
panied by  a  small  stiff  hair,  a  corresponding  number  of  small 
clusters  of  hairs  also  occur  on  the  outer  margin,  sometimes  as 
many  as  eight. 

The  fifth  leg  is  similar  to  the  fourth,  but  somewhat  smaller.  Its 
dactyl  is  shorter  and  more  incurved  with  about  four  appressed, 
minute  denticles  on  its  inner  edge;  the  terminal  claws  are  shorter 


134  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

and  more  strongly  incurved;  inner  one  is  not  much  shorter  than 
the  outer ;  the  propodus  has  about  six  spines  on  the  inner  edge, 
besides  the  pair  of  distal  ones,  and  a  corresponding  number  of 
small  clusters  of  hairs  on  the  outer  margin.  The  carpus  has  a 
spine  on  the  outer  distal  angle,  and  about  three  clusters  of  hairs 
on  the  outer  margin.  The  merus  has  about  three  clusters  of  hairs 
on  the  inner  edge,  besides  the  distal  cluster. 

The  uropods  are  narrow  ovate,  in  length  about  equal  to  the 
telson,  nearly  equal  in  length ;  outer  the  wider,  with  two  sutural 
spines. 

The  telson  is  long  and  narrow,  with  the  edges  turned  down ;  it 
tapers  regularly  to  the  narrow  tip,  which  has  a  small,  spiniform 
median  process ;  each  side  of  this  there  are  two  unequal  spines ; 
the  inner  one  is  longer  than  the  median  process ;  the  outer  one 
much  shorter  (pi.  42,  figs.  2t,  2tx).  The  length  to  the  breadth  of 
the  telson  is  about  1:3.  It  has  four  dorsal  spines.  Details  of 
structure  of  various  other  appendages  are  illustrated  by  the  figures 
(plates  42  and  44).  In  life  it  is  often  nearly  colorless  and  trans- 
parent ;  sometimes  marked  with  bluish  or  brownish  patches. 
Length  15  to  20  mm. 

This  delicate  species  is  common  in  floating  masses  of  "gulf- 
weed"  {Sar gas  Slim).  It  has  been  found  as  far  north  as  Vineyard 
Sound,  Mass.  (S.  I.  Smith.)  Very  common  in  the  Gulf  Stream 
farther  south. 

Bermuda  (coll.  G.  Brown  Goode).  Near  the  Azores  (Milne- 
Edwards)  ;  African  Coast  (Krauss)  :  Porto  Rico  (Rathbun)  ; 
Beaufort,  N.  C.  (Hay  and  Shore).  It  has  been  taken  at  Bermuda 
by  nearly  all  collectors.  It  is  nearly  always  associated  with 
Leander  tenuicornis  and  the  small  crab.  Planes  minntus. 

Thor  Kingsley. 

Thor  Kingsley,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Science.  Philad.,  Vol.  xxx,  p.  94  (6), 
1878.     M.  J.  Rathbun,  Brach.  and  Macrura  Porto  Rico,  p.  no,  1901. 

The  rostrum  is  short,  acute,  with  the  upper  margin  toothed, 
lower  smooth.  The  carapace  has  an  antennal  spine.  Antennules 
have  a  short  thick  stalk  and  are  biflagellate ;  the  outer  flagellum 
is  very  thick,  terminated  by  a  short  slender  spine.  Antennal  scale 
is  large  and  wide. 

The  mandibles  are  bilobed,  but  lack  a  palpus.     The  third  maxil- 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  135 

Hpeds  are  elongated,  leg-like,  with  an  exopod;  the  last  article  is 
long  and  is  spinose  at  tip  and  on  one  side  distally;  preceding 
article  is  much  shorter. 

X^egs  of  first  pair  are  short  and  incurved ;  chela  is  simple  and 
not  much  enlarged ;  legs  of  second  pair  are  long  and  slender,  with 
small  chelae  ;   carpus  5-jointed. 

Ambulatory  legs  are  biunguiculate,  with  the  dactyl  and  propodus 
spinulose ;  those  of  fifth  pair  have  a  large  comb  of  numerous 
spines  on  the  distal  part  of  the  propodus  and  inner  edge  of  the 
dactyl. 

Uropods  are  large;  outer  lamella  larger  than  the  inner;  outer 
edge  has  short  hairs  proximal  to  the  sutural  spines  and  notch. 
Telson  is  narrow,  with  the  margins  turned  down  and  tapered  to 
a  very  narrow  tip,  occupied  by  six  spines ;  upper  surface  has  three 
to  five  pairs  of  spines. 

Thor  floridanus  Kingsley. 

Thor  floridanus  Kingsley,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Science,  Philad.,  vol.  xxx, 
1878,  p.  95  (7)  ;  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Science  Philad.,  xxxi,  1879,  p.  421, 
pi.  xiv,  fig.  6,  1880;  Amer.  Naturalist,  xxxiii,  p.  718,  fig.  20  (rostrum), 
1899.  Rathbun,  M.  J.,  Brachyura  and  Macrura  of  Porto  Rico,  p.  116, 
1901.    Verrill,  these  Trans.,  xi,  p.  19,  1902   (Bermuda). 

Plate  XXXV,  Figures  2 — 2f,  details.  Plate  XLI,  Figure  i,  photograph. 
Plate  XLVI,  Figures  2 — 2e,  details.  Plate  XLVII,  Figures  4,  40. 
By  A.  E.  V. 

This  is  a  small,  rather  plump  shrimp,  with  a  short  rostrum, 
shorter  than  the  large  black  eyes ;  its  upper  margin  is  sloped  to 
the  tip  and  has  three  to  five  sharp  denticles.  The  carpus  of  the 
legs  of  the  second  pair  has  five  unequal  segments. 

It  is  easily  recognized  by  its  peculiar  antennules,  the  outer 
flagellum  being  very  thick,  with  a  short,  thin,  terminal  portion, 
while  the  stalk  is  short  and  thick.  The  basal  article  is  longer  than 
the  other  two  combined ;  it  has  an  acute  outer  basal  spine  as  long 
as  or  longer  than  the  article,  and  also  a  small  distal  spine  on  the 
inner  margin.  The  second  article  is  short,  wider  than  long,  with 
a  small  spine  on  each  distal  angle. 

The  third  article  has  at  the  distal  end  a  small,  rounded,  thin, 
flat,  leaf -like  appendage,  with  the  tip  acuminate.  The  stylocerite 
is  strong,  acuminate  on  the  inner  edge,  acute  at  tip,  and  reaches  to 
the  end  of  the  first  article.     The  outer  branch  of  the  flagellum  is 


136  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

stout,  nearly  as  thick  as  the  peduncle  and  much  longer,  tapered 
but  little,  and  is  composed  of  about  15  articles.  It  is  thickly 
covered  on  the  inner  side  with  long,  soft,  crooked  olfactory  hairs, 
longer  than  the  diameter  of  the  stalk.  The  outer  fiagellum, 
beyond  the  thick  part,  is  very  slender  and  not  so  long  as  the  thick 
part.     The  other  flagellum  is  slender  and  longer. 

The  carpocerite  is  shorter,  cylindric,  about  half  as  long  as  the 
antennal  scale,  somewhat  tapered.  The  antennal  scale  is  large  and 
wide,  subovate;  its  distal  end  is  sinuous  or  slightly  three-lobed; 
its  outer  angle  is  dentiform,  but  scarcely  spiniform;  inner  edge 
is  rather  evenly  convex;  outer  edge  nearly  straight.  The  basi- 
cerite  has  a  small  acute  spine ;  the  scale  is  elongated,  twice  longer 
than  wide,  end  obtuse,  projecting  beyond  the  spine. 

The  third  maxilliped  (pi.  46,  figs.  2b,  2c;  pi.  47,  fig.  4)  is 
elongated  and  slender  with  a  long  terminal  article,  about  three 
times  longer  than  the  preceding  one.  The  terminal  article  is  very 
hairy  having  about  ten  transverse  rows  of  hairs,  with  clusters  of 
long  ones  on  the  margin ;  distally  the  tip  is  curved  to  one  side  and 
the  convex  surface  and  tip  are  covered  by  sharp  spines,  usually 
about  eight,  mixed  with  longer  stiff  hairs.  This  is  an  arrangement 
of  spines  that  I  have  not  seen  in  any  other  genus. 

The  first  leg  or  cheliped  (pi.  35,  fig.  2c)  is  small,  rather  short, 
and  usually  incurved.  Its  chela  is  bent  down,  not  much  longer 
than  the  carpus  and  the  palm,  carpus  and  merus  are  about  equal 
in  length ;  ratio  of  fingers  to  the  palm  is  about  i :  2.5.  Palm 
tapers  distally ;  carpus  is  enlarged  distally.  Tips  of  fingers  curved, 
thickly  covered  with  hairs ;   dactyl  is  more  acute  and  more  curved. 

The  legs  of  the  second  pair  (pi.  47,  fig.  4a)  are  very  slender, 
with  the  simple  chela  slightly  thicker  than  the  carpus  and  about 
half  as  long;  palm  is  longer  than  the  fingers.  First  two  articles 
of  the  carpus  are  about  as  long  as  the  last  three  combined ;  first 
and  second  are  similar  in  length ;  fifth  is  a  little  shorter ;  fourth 
is  the  shortest,  about  half  as  long  as  the  first ;  the  merus  is  about 
as  long  as  the  first  four  carpal  articles  combined. 

The  ambulatory  legs  are  biunguiculate.  Those  of  the  third  and 
fourth  pairs  (pi.  46,  2d)  have  the  two  terminal  claws  curved  nearly 
in  line  with  the  edges  of  the  curved  dactyl,  and  not  much  divergent, 
and  the  dactyl  has  four  spinules  on  the  inner  edge.  The  propodus 
is  long,  about  three  and  a  half  times  longer  than  the  dactyl;  it 
has  about  seven  or  eight  spines  along  the  inner  margin,  besides 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  137 

the  distal  pair,  and  about  the  same  number  of  clusters  of  hairs  on 
the  outer  margin.  The  carpus  is  stouter,  about  half  as  long,  and 
has  a  distal  outer  spine. 

The  legs  of  the  fifth  pair  (pi.  35,  figs.  2d,  2d')  are  quite  different 
and  have  a  complex  comb  of  hairs  and  spines  on  the  propodus  and 
dactyl.  The  dactyl  is  slender,  elongated,  incurved  at  the  base,  and 
has  numerous  spinules  (12  or  more)  on  the  inner  edge;  the  termi- 
nal hooks  are  slender  and  not  much  curved.  The  propodus  is 
flattened,  widest  in  the  middle,  convex  on  the  inner  edge,  and  con- 
cave on  the  outer  edge.  It  has  on  the  convex  distal  half  of  the 
inner  edge,  a  long  comb  of  about  24  rows  of  small  acute  spinules. 
The  carpus  is  not  quite  half  as  long  as  the  propodus.  The  merus 
is  about  two  and  a  half  times  longer  than  the  carpus. 

The  sixth  abdominal  somite  ends  in  a  small  dorsal  median  spine 
and  dentiform  angles  at  the  bases  of  the  uropods.  The  outer 
margin  of  the  outer  lamella  of  the  uropods  has  a  row  of  small 
hairs  along  its  entire  length,  proximal  to  the  suture.  A  tooth  and 
an  articulated  spine  occupy  the  sutural  notch.  The  outer  lamella 
is  the  larger  and  longer. 

The  telson  is  long  and  narrow,  regularly  tapered  to  a  small  tip, 
which  is  entirely  occupied  by  six  terminal  unequal  spines,  except 
for  a  minute  median  papilla  (pi.  35,  fig.  2e,  t).  There  are  four 
or  five  pairs  of  small  spines  on  its  dorsal  surface,  with  rudiments 
of  one  or  two  more ;  near  the  base  there  is  an  incurved  ridge,  with 
a  spiniform  tooth  toward  the  margins ;  the  lateral  margins  are 
turned  down. 

Females  dredged  by  us  in  "The  Reach,"  in  2  to  3  fathoms.  May 
5,  1901,  carried  large  eggs,  rather  few  in  number.  Key  West 
(type  locality)  ;  Harbor  Key  and  Sarasota  Bay,  Fla.  (Kingsley). 
Gulf  of  Mexico,  25  fathoms.  Station  2370;  off  Cape  Catoche, 
Yucatan,  24  fathoms.  Station  2365 ;  St.  Thomas  and  Porto  Rico 
(Rathbun).  I  have  examined  cotypes  from  Key  West,  Florida. 
It  occurs  most  frequently  among  algae,  sponges,  etc,  in  shallow 
water. 

Our  Bermuda  specimens  diflfer  somewhat  from  those  described 
by  Prof.  Kingsley  and  M.  J.  Rathbun  from  Florida  and  the  West 
Indies,  especially  as  to  the  rostrum,  and  should  perhaps  constitute 
a  distinct  species  or  subspecies.  But  details  of  the  typical  form 
have  not  been  figured,  except  the  rostrum  by  Kingsley  (see  our 
plate  16,  fig.  7),  which  he  described  as  having  five  teeth  on  the 


138  •  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

upper  side  and  the  tip  less  acute.  In  our  Bermuda  specimens 
(pi.  46,  fig.  2,  a;  pi.  47,  figs.  4,  4a)  the  rostrum  is  somewhat 
elongated  with  an  acute  tip,  and  with  only  three  sharp  teeth  on  the 
upper  side,  except  the  one  at  the  bifid  tip,  usually  present.  That 
of  a  half  grown  specimen  is  more  slender  and  the  very  acute  tip  is 
not  at  all  bifid,  there  being  only  three  teeth. 

Family  PROCESSID^. 

Lysmatidce  of  many  authors. 

The  mandibles  have  no  palpus  and  no  incisor  lobe.  Rostrum 
is  usually  small  and  horizontal.  One  or  both  of  the  legs  of  the 
first  pair  of  legs  chelate.  Legs  of  second  pair  slender;  carpus  is 
much  subdivided ;   their,  chelae  are  small  and  simple. 

Processa  Leach,  1815. 
Nika  Risso,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  p.  85,  1816. 

One  of  the  legs  of  the  first  pair  is  chelate,  the  other  usually 
simple,  but  sometimes  chelate ;  legs  of  the  second  pair  slender, 
unequal ;   merus  channelled.     Rostrum  small,  dentate. 

Processa  canaliculata   Leach,   var.   bermudensis    (Rankin).     Changeable 
Shrimp. 

Processa  canaliculata  Leach,  Mai.  Podoph.  Brit.,  pi.  xli  and  text,  July  i, 
1815.  Rathbun,  M.  J.,  Brachyura  and  Macrura  of  Porto  Rico;  Decapod 
Crust.  N.  W.  coast  N.  A.  Harriman  Exped.,  p.  no,  1904,  p.  104,  1901 
(descr.).  Stebbing,  Crust.  S.  Africa,  Part  iii,  p.  91  (synonomy,  etc.). 
Schmitt,  Dec.  Crust.  Calif.,  p.  81,  pi.  12,  fig.  6,  1921. 

Nika  edulis  Risso,   Hist.    Nat.   Crust,  Nice,   p.  85,  pi.   iii,   fig.  3,    1816. 

Bell,  Brit.  Stalk-eyed  Crust,  p.  275  and  fig.,  1863.     Bate,  op.  cit,  p. 

527,  pi.  xcv,  1885.    Heller,  Crust.  S.  Europe,  p.  332,  pi.  7,  figs.  17-19, 

1863.     Jourdain,   Comptes   Rendus,  Ixxxvii,  p.  302,    1838    (changes   in 

color).     Faxon,  op.  cit,  p.  252  (color  changes). 
Nika  bermudensis  Rankin,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  xii,  p.  536,  pi.  xvii,  fig. 

2,  1900. 

Plate  XVI,  Figures  6-6b.     Plate  XXXV,  Figures  i-ig.  var.     Plate  XLI, 
Figure  4,  photo.     Plate  XLVII,  Figures  8,  8a,  8b  (after  Bate). 

The  rostrum  is  not  dentate,  small  and  short,  slender,  nearly 
straight,  shorter  than  the  eyes,  obscurely  bifid  at  the  tip,  which 
bears  a  few  slender  hairs  (pi.  35,  fig.  i,  r).  The  antennal  flagel- 
lum  is  about  as  long  as  the  body.     The  telson  has  six  unequal 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  139 

apical  spines  (fig.  ig).  The  anterior  legs  are  usually  unsym- 
metrical.  One  of  the  first  pair  is  chelate,  the  other  generally  not 
so  (figs,  id,  id'),  but  exceptions  often  occur;  those  of  the  second 
pair  are  very  unequal  in  length,  but  both  are  chelate,  long  and 
slender,  the  longer  one  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  body; 
tips  of  chelae  cross.  The  chela  and  carpus  of  the  second  legs  fit 
into  a  channel  in  the  merus  and  ischium.  Ambulatory  legs  are 
very  slender  (fig.  if). 

According  to  Miss  Rathbun  the  American  specimens  have  the 
legs  more  slender  than  in  the  European  specimens  examined  by 
her.  Dr.  Rankin  considered  it  distinct.  The  species  is  variable 
in  the  length  of  the  rostrum,  size  of  eyes,  antennal  articles,  etc., 
and  is  said  to  have  unusual  ability  in  changing  its  colors.  It  is 
sometimes  over  two  inches  long. 

This  species  was  first  taken  in  Bermuda  by  Mr.  Goode  in  1877. 
It  was  also  taken  by  Dr.  Rankin,  in  Harrington  Sound,  i  fathom. 

Widely  distributed  in  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific,  and  from  i  to  1 1 1 
fathoms;  Europe;  Mediterranean  Sea;  Madeira  (Stimpson)  ; 
Japan  (Ortmann)  ;  oflf  North  Carolina,  ;^2  and  25  fathoms;  West 
Coast  of  Florida,  17  and  45  fathoms;  off  Cape  San  Bias,  Fla., 
25  and  III  fathoms;  Trinidad,  Porto  Rico;  Old  Providence, 
W.  I.  (Rathbun).  Bermudas  (G.  Brown  Goode,  coll.);  also  by 
Dr.  Rankin.  S.  Africa  (Stebbing).  West  Indies  to  Trinidad; 
San  Diego,  Cal.  to  Panama  (Schmitt). 

My  figures  (plates  35  and  41)  were  made  from  a  cotype,  sent 
by  Dr.  Rankin,  of  his  species  (P.  bcrmudensis) ,  which  I  have  here 
treated  as  a  variety,  for  lack  of  foreign  specimens  for  comparison. 

The  following  description  is  from  a  cotype  sent  by  Dr.  Rankin: 
Rostrum  small,  narrow,  slender,  about  equal  in  length  to  eyestalks ; 
lower  margin  is  slightly  concave,  but  the  edges  are  nearly  parallel, 
minutely  bifid  (pi.  35,  fig.  i,  r)  ;  eyes  large,  on  short  stalks. 
Antennules  stout,  incurved  and  excavate  at  the  base,  under  the 
eyes  (fig.  la)  ;  first  article  longest,  second  1.5  longer  than  the 
third;   outer  flagellum  has  the  thick  part  slightly  fusiform. 

Antenna  (figs.  la,  ib)  slender;  carpocerite  about  equal  to  one 
third  of  the  first  antennular  article;  its  scale  (s)  is  long  and 
narrow,  breadth  to  length  about  i:  14;  its  margins  beyond  the 
base  are  nearly  parallel ;  tip  sub-acute ;  it  reaches  beyond  the 
carpocerite  and  about  to  the  middle  of  the  third  antennular  article ; 
basicerite  (b)  is  oblong  ovate  and  blunt. 


I40  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Third  maxilHped  is  large  and  long,  reaching  beyond  the  anten- 
nular  peduncle ;  basal  article  is  very  long,  a  little  curved,  and  reaches 
the  end  of  the  carpocerite;  carpal  article  is  nearly  as  long  as  the 
terminal  one,  which  tapers  to  a  spinif orm  tip ;  an  oblique  row  of 
small  spinules  runs  back  from  close  to  the  tip ;  other  less  oblique 
rows  cross  it  (fig.  i,  mp.)  ;  the  outer  side  has  two  or  three  slender 
acute  spines,  a  similar  one  is  on  the  end  of  the  carpus ;  hairs  long, 
not  numerous. 

Legs  of  the  first  pair  or  chelipeds  are  unequal  in  size  and  struc- 
ture, though  about  equal  in  length  (pi.  35,  figs,  id,  id').  One  is 
strongly  chelate  (id')  and  is  the  stouter  one.  The  chela  is  not 
distinctly  thicker  than  the  merus  and  carpus ;  it  is  elongated  and 
tapered  from  near  its  base,  and  about  as  long  as  the  carpus ; 
margins  of  the  palm  are  a  little  convex ;  fingers  are  slender, 
incurved,  acute,  about  equal  in  size ;  the  tips  cross  when  closed ; 
length  of  dactyl  to  palm  i :  1.7;  marginal  hairs  few;  small  apical 
groups  on  the  fingers.  Carpus  is  longer  than  wide,  about  as  i  :  1.5, 
and  distally  about  as  thick  as  the  chela  and  about  half  as  long  as 
the  chela;  merus  is  long  and  stouter  than  the  carpus;  length  to 
carpus  about  as  i  :3.25  ;  its  breadth  to  length  about  i  :4.6;  slightly 
swollen  in  the  middle.  The  other  leg  of  the  first  pair  (id)  is 
rather  more  slender,  especially  the  carpus  and  propodus,  and  it  is 
not  chelate.  The  propodus  tapers  from  the  base  to  the  narrow 
end  at  the  base  of  the  dactyl,  which  is  somewhat  incurved  and 
acute,  about  one  sixth  the  length  of  the  propodus. 

Legs  of  the  second  pair  (figs.  le,  le')  are  both  chelate  but  very 
unequal;  one  (le)  is  much  more  slender  than  the  other  (le')  and 
has  the  carpus  multiarticulate.  Both  have  the  chela  elongated  with 
the  fingers  incurved,  acute,  and  crossed  when  closed.  The  ambula- 
tory legs  (if)  are  long  and  slender,  with  the  carpus  and  propodus 
elongated  and  subequal;  dactyl  simple,  long  and  slender,  little 
curved. 

The  uropods  (fig.  i,  g,  u)  are  elongated;  outer  one  is  oblong, 
obtusely  rounded  distally;  inner  one  is  rather  wider,  shorter  and 
more  ovate;  distal  sutural  spine  is  acute.  The  telson  (t)  is 
narrow,  elongated,  regularly  tapered  to  a  narrow  tip,  which  bears 
three  pairs  of  unequal  spines,  the  intermediate  pair  much  the 
longer;  others  subequal;  a  minute  denticle  occupies  the  middle. 
The  four  dorsal  spines  are  relatively  long  and  acute. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  141 

Family  PAL^MONID^  (fyars)  Leach,  1819. 
Palccmonince  Dana,  op.  cit.,  1852,  p.  569.  ' 

Palcemonidce  Bate,  op.  cit.,  1888,  p.  778. 

The  carapace  is  well  rounded  above,  not  much  compressed; 
rostrum  is  usually  long  and  compressed,  generally  with  denticles. 
Eyes  are  usually  pryiform  and  rather  large,  often  with  an  adjacent 
ocellus  on  the  outer  end  of  the  stalk.  Antennules  with  the  basal 
joint  wide  and  excavated  above,  externally  with  a  spine  and  scale ; 
outer  flagellum  often  branched. 

Antennae  with  a  large  foliaceous  scale  or  scaphocerite,  its 
thickened  outer  margin  ending  in  a  tooth-like  point  or  spine. 
Mandibles  deeply  cleft ;  furnished  with  a  molar  and  a  cutting  edge ; 
palpus  sometimes  lacking,  usually  with  two  or  three  joints. 

Outer  maxillipeds  are  slender,  very  hairy,  leg-like.  First  and 
second  legs  are  long,  chelate ;  chelae  of  the  second  pair  usually  the 
larger;  its  carpus  is  not  subdivided.  Second  pair  of  legs  often 
very  long  and  strong.  Telson  is  usually  narrow,  with  the  margins 
turned  down;  tapering  to  a  narrow  tip,  armed  with  two  or  three 
pairs  of  spines. 

Key  to  the  Bermuda  genera  of  Palainonidce. 

A. — Carapace   lacks  a  hepatic  spine,   mandibles   have   a  palpus.     Dactyls 
simple Leander. 

A'. — Carapace  has  a  hepatic  spine. 

B. — Mandible  has  a  palpus. 

a. — Rostrum  strong,  with  a  lateral  rib.    Legs  of  second  pair  are  notably 
long  and  large : Palcemon. 

a'. — Rostrum  slender  and  thin,  toothed  above  and  below.     Second  legs 
not  unusually  large Palcemonella. 

B'. — Mandible  is  without  a  palpus. 

b. — Abdomen  unusually  elongated  and  compressed.    Dactyl  of  ambula- 
tory legs  bifid Urocaris* 

b'. — Abdomen   of  the  usual    form,   not   notably   elongated.     Dactyl    of 
ambulatory  legs  simple Periclimenes. 

*  Urocaris  longicmida,  the  type,  is  not  yet  positively  known  to  occur  at 
Bermuda.  Its  range  is  from  Brazil  to  Beaufort,  N.  C.  Common  in  the 
West  Indies  and  Florida  Keys.  The  type-species  has  the  dactyls  of  the 
ambulatory  legs  biunguiculate ;  others  referred  to  the  genus  have  them 
simple. 


142  Addison  E.  V  err  ill, 

Leander  Desmarest. 

Lcandcr  Desmarest,  Ann.  Soc.  Ent.  France,  vol.  vii,  pp.  87,  91,  1849. 
Stimpson,  op.  cit.,  i860,  p.  40.  Ortmann,  op.  cit.,  vol.  v,  p.  513,  1890. 
Stebbing,  op.  cit.,  1893,  p.  246;    op.  cit.,  1914,  p.  286. 

Palcemon  Bate,  op.  cit.,  1888,  p.  781.  M.  J.  Rathbun,  op.  cit.,  1901,  pp. 
^^2,  125, 

The  carapace  is  usually  not  much  thickened ;  it  has  no  hepatic 
spine,  but  has  antennal  and  branchiostegal  spines.  Mandibular 
palpus  either  2-jointed  or  3-jointed.  The  legs  of  the  second  pair 
are  not  unusually  elongated.     Telson  subacute,  with  apical  spines. 

Mostly  marine  and  of  rather  small  sizes,  as  compared  with  the 
species  of  Palcemon. 

Leander  affinis  (H.  Milne-Edwards).     Transparent  Shrimp. 
Palemon  affinis  Milne-Edwards,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  391,   1837, 
Palcemon  affinis  Dana,  Crust.  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  p.  584,   1852;    Atlas, 

pi.  xxxviii,  figs.  S-5g,  1855.     Bate,  Challender  Reports,  Zool.,  xxiv,  p. 

782,  pi.  cxxviii,  fig.  5,  1888.     Stone  in  Heilprin,  The  Bermuda  Is.,  p. 

151,    1889    (Bermuda).     Rathbun,  M.  J.,   Brachyura  and  Macrura  of 

Porto  Rico,  p.  125,  1901. 

Leander  affinis  Ortmann,  Zool.  Jahrb.,  vol.  v,  p.  521,  1890.  Stebbing, 
Ann.  S.  African  Mus.,  vol.  iv,  p.  386,  1910;  Trans.  Royal  Soc.  Edin- 
burgh, vol.  1,  part  2,  No.  9,  p.  287,  1914. 

Plate  XLIII,  Figures  3,  30^  3&.     Plate  XLVII,  Figure  7.     (Both  after 
Bate.)     Plate  XLVIII,  Figures  4-4d.     By  A.  E.  V. 

The  rostrum  is  rather  long,  acute,  usually  with  8  to  10  teeth 
above  (sometimes  7),  2  or  3  of  them  are  on  the  carapace;  and 
with  3  or  4  below.  From  the  rostrum  a  dorsal  carina  extends 
back  to  the  middle  of  the  carapace.  Antennal  scale  is  usually 
broad ;   its  spine  shorter  than  the  scale. 

The  following  description  is  from  Bermuda  examples :  The 
antennular  scale  is  large,  flat,  and  reaches  the  second  segment  of 
the  peduncle ;  it  has  two  sharp  spines  on  its  edge.  The  antenna 
has  two  small  basal  spines  and  a  large  scale,  longer  than  the 
antennular  peduncle  and  nearly  as  long  as  the  rostrum ;  its  spine 
is  not  quite  so  long  as  the  lamellar  part.  The  mandibular  palpus 
is  3-jointed. 

The  rostrum  is  elongated,  curved  upward  distally ;  acute  at  tip, 
which  appears  bifid ;  its  upper  edge  has  ten  teeth,  of  which  three 
are  behind  the  eye-socket  and  the  last  is  close  to  the  tip ;  about  four 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  143 

strong  teeth  are  situated  below.  There  are  two  small,  submarginal 
teeth  below  the  eye ;  the  upper  one  is  the  larger. 

The  telson  is  long  and  narrow,  tapered,  subacute,  with  two  pairs 
of  sharp  spines  at  the  narrow  end,  and  a  smaller  one  at  each  angle ; 
two  plumose  hairs  at  the  center,  which  is  dentiform. 

One  of  the  larger  specimens  has  the  total  length,  from  tip  of 
telson.  45  mm;  length  of  carapace  from  orbit,  8mm;  of  rostrum, 
9  mm;  of  telson,  7;  of  the  four  longer  antennular,  flagella  from 
base  of  stalk,  25  mm ;  of  antennal  flagella,  50 ;  outer  antennular 
flagella  from  base  of  stalk,  10;  length  of  stalk,  4;  antennal  scale, 
8.5,  length  of  second  leg,  18.5  mm;  chela,  5;  carpus,  4.5;  merus, 
4.5 ;   ischium  and  base,  4.5  mm. 

This  species  is  nearly  colorless  and  transparent  when  living,  and 
not  very  easy  to  see  when  swimming.  Common  at  Bermuda,  in 
1898.  It  occurred  in  schools  close  to  the  shore  and  around 
wharves.  It  was  also  in  the  early  collections  of  J.  M.  Jones.  It 
is  widely  distributed  in  the  warmer  parts  of  nearly  all  the  oceans. 
New  Zealand  (Milne-Edwards,  Dana).  Port  Jackson,  Australia 
(Bate).  Bermudas  (Heilprin,  Ortmann).  Porto  Rico  (Rath- 
bun). 

Leander  tenuicomis  (Say).    Common  Gulf-weed  Shrimp. 

Palccvion  temdcornis  Say,  Journ.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  i,  p.  249,  1818. 
Hay  and  Shore,  op.  cit.,  p.  392,  pi.  27,  fig.  6,  1918. 

Palcmon  tenuirostre  M.-Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust,  ii,  p.  395,  1837.  Bate, 
Voy.  Chall.,  vol.  xxiv,  p.  784.      (tenuirostris.) 

Palcrwon  natator  M.-Edw.,  Hist.  Nat.  Crust.,  ii,  p.  393,  1837  (Palevion). 
Goodsir,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  xv,  p.  74,  pi.  vii,  fig.  3,  1845.  White, 
List  Crust.  Brit.  Mus.,  p.  77,  1847.  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  Crust, 
p.  588,  1852;  Atlas,  pi.  xxxviii,  figs,  ii-iia,  1855.  Heller,  Crust  sud. 
Europ.,  p.  268,  pi.  IX,  figs.  II,  12,  1863.  Bate,  op.  cit,  1888,  vol.  xxiv, 
p.  784,  pi.  128,  figs.  6,  7,  1888. 

Leander  erraticus  Desmarest,  Ann.  Soc.  Entom.  de  France,  Ser.  H,  vol. 
vii,  p.  92,  cut,  1849. 

Leander  natator  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat  Sci.  Philad.,  p.  40,  i860. 

Leander  tenuicomis  Kingsley,  Bull.  Essex  Inst,  x,  p.   66,   1878.     S.  I. 

Smith,  these  Trans.,  vol.  v,  p.   122,  1879.     Rankin,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad. 

Sci.,  xii,  p.  538,  1900.     Stebbing,  op.  cit,,  p.  288  (descr.),  1914. 
Pandalus  tenuicomis  Rankin,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Lye,  xii,  p.  544,  1900.     (Error 

for  Palaemon.) 

Plate  XLHI,  Figure  4,  female;    4a,  male  (after  Bate). 


144  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

The  rostrum  of  the  female  is  broad  and  thin,  not  acute ;  it  has 
about  lo  to  12  teeth  above  and  6  or  7  below,  often  obscured  by- 
hairs.  The  carapace  has  no  hepatic  spines.  Mandibular  palpus,, 
slender,  2-jointed,  the  second  joint  longer. 

Chelae  of  the  first  pair  of  legs  have  fingers  distinctly  longer  than 
the  palm ;  those  of  the  second  legs  about  equal  to  the  palm.  It 
is  nearly  transparent  when  living.  Length  30  to  45  mm.  The 
rostrum  of  the  male  is  longer  and  more  acute. 

It  is  very  common  among  Gulf -weed  {Sargassum)  and  is  very 
widely  distributed  in  the  tropical  Atlantic  Ocean.  Bermuda  (coll. 
Goode,  1876).  Many  specimens  were  taken  at  Bermuda  by  my 
parties,  both  in  1898  and  1901.  Harbor  of  Beaufort,  N.  C.  (Hay 
and  Shore). 

Palaemon  Fabr.    (restricted).    Long- clawed  Shrimps;    River  Crawfishes. 

Palemon  (pars)  M.-Exlw.,  op.  cit.,  p.  387,  1837. 

Palcemon  {pars)  Fabricius,  op.  cit. ;   M.  Edw. ;   Dana,  etc. 

Palcemon  E.   Desmarest,   op.   cit,   1850,  restriction.     Stimpson,   op.   cit, 
i860.  : 

Bithynis  Phillippi,  Weig.  Arch.  Naturg.,  vol.  xxvi,  p.  161,  i860.*     Faxon, I 
189s,  etc. 

Macrobrachium  Bate,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  p.  363,  1868. 

This  genus,  as  restricted  by  Desmarest  and  Stimpson,  dififers 
from  Leander  in  having  hepatic  spines,  but  no  branchiostegial 
spines,  and  in  having  the  second  pair  of  legs  very  large  and  much 
elongated,  usually  becoming  longer  than  the  body,  in  the  adult ; 
their  elongation  is  due  mainly  to  the  unusual  length  of  the  carpus 
and  propodus,  which  are  nearly  terete.  The  carpus  is  sometimes 
short.     Antennules  have  three  flagella. 

*  Stimpson,  in  the  same  year  (i860),  made  the  same  divisions  as  did 
PhiUippi,  adopting  Palcemon  (restricted)  as  the  name  oi  this  group,  and 
Leander  Desm.  for  the  other  division,  including  such  species  as  L.  tenui- 
cornis  and  allies,  which  have  no  hepatic  spine.  In  doing  this  he  followed 
E.  Desmarest,  who  had  proposed  these  names  for  the  same  two  divisions 
made  by  him,  though  on  other  characters.  He  evidently  intended  to 
diflferentiate  these  two  genera,  which  were  later  better  established  by 
Stimpson.  Many  subsequent  writers  follow  Desmarest  and  Stimpson  in 
the  use  of  the  generic  names ;  others  follow  Phillippi.  Strict  rules  of 
priority  should  compel  us  to  use  the  names  proposed  by  Desmarest  unless 
some  better  reason  can  be  discovered  than  has  yet  been  given  for  doing 
otherwise. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  145 

Mandibles  have  a  3-jointed  palpus.  The  rostrum  is  toothed. 
Most  of  the  species  are  essentially  inhabitants  of  fresh  or  brackish 
water,  though  they  may  occur  in  small  streams  on  remote  islands, 
or  off  the  mouths  of  rivers  in  brackish  or  sea  v^^ater.  Some,  like 
B.  savignyi,  are  true  marine  species.  Perhaps  some  others  live  in 
the  sea  only  while  young. 

The  genus  is  circumtropical,  and  many  of  the  species  are  very 
widely  distributed  on  the  oceanic  islands,  as  well  as  on  the  conti- 
nents. There  being  no  fresh-water  streams  in  Bermuda,  the 
several  large  fresh-water  species  found  in  the  West  Indies  are 
naturally  lacking.  Many  species  become  large  and  are  used  as 
food  in  various  countries. 

Palaemon  savignyi  (Bate).    Long-clawed  Shrimp. 

Brachycarpus  savignyi  Bate,  Voy.  Challenger,  Macrura  xxiv,  pp.  795, 
800,  pi.  cxxix,  fig.  4,  1888  (Bermuda). 

Palcemon  savignyi  Rankin,  Crust.  Bahamas,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.,  xi, 
p.  224,  1898.     Verrill,  these  Trans.,  x,  p.  579,  1900  (Bermuda). 

Bithynis  savignyi  M.  J.  Rathbun,  Brach.  and  Macr.,  Porto  Rico,  p.  124, 
1901. 


Figure  ii,    Palcemon  savignyi.    After  Bate. 

This  species  is  readily  distinguished  from  its  allies  by  the  smooth 
body  and  very  large  legs  of  the  second  pair,  which  have  a  long 
cylindrical  chela  and  a  short  carpal  segment.  Those  of  the  first 
pair  are  slender  with  small  hairy  chelae. 

The  rostrum,  which  is  straight,  extends  back  in  the  form  of  a 
dorsal  carina  to  the  middle  of  the  carapace  and  has  seven  teeth 
above,  of  which  three  are  over  the  carapace ;  there  are  three  on  the 
lower  edge  of  the  rostrum. 


146  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

It  belongs  to  that  section  of  the  genus  that  Bate  named  Brachy- 
carpus,  on  account  of  the  short  carpus  of  the  second  pair  of  legs. 

Reported  from  Bermuda  by  Bate.  It  was  not  taken  there  by 
the  Yale  parties,  nor  by  later  collectors,  so  far  as  reported.  Porto 
Rico ;  off  Havana,  78  fathoms ;  off  Jamaica,  23  fathoms  ;  Curacao 
(Rathbun)  ;  Bahamas  (Rankin). 

Periclimenes  Costa. 

Periclinienes  Costa,  Ann.  Acad.  Aspir.  Nat.  Nap.,  ii,  i,  1846. 
Borradaile,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  ii,  p.  380,  1898. 
Rathbun,  Brach.  and  Macrura,  Porto  Rico,  p.  121,  1901. 

The  carapace  has  antennal  and  hepatic  spines.  The  rostrum  is 
elongated  and  compressed,  nearly  straight,  usually  more  or  less 
dentate  above  and  below ;  tip  slender,  acute.  Antennulse  are 
biflagellate,  the  larger  flagellum  rather  long,  thick,  and  bifid ;  stalk 
is  wide,  excavate,  with  a  large  basal  scale  on  the  outer  side. 
Antennal  scale  long  and  rather  large. 

Legs  of  first  and  second  pairs  slender  with  simple  chelae ;  second 
pair  the  longer  and  larger,  about  as  long  as  the  body.  Other  legs 
have  acute  dactyls.  Telson  narrow,  tapered,  subacute  or  acute, 
with  four  dorsal  and  four  or  six  terminal  spines.  The  statocyst 
contains  a  round  concretion  made  up  of  concentric  layers,  without 
any  sand  grains. 

This  genus  has  been  referred  to  the  family  Pontonidce  by  several 
writers,  but  it  seems  to  me  more  closely  related  to  Palcumonidce.  It 
agrees  pretty  closely,  in  most  of  its  characters,  with  Leander, 
Palxemonella,  Palcemonetes,  etc.  while  it  is  quite  unlike  Pontonia 
and  allied  genera,  which  have  a  small  and  mostly  edentulous 
rostrum.  It  has  the  rostrum,  telson,  an  excavate  antennal  stalk 
with  a  lamellate  antennular  scale,  and  a  large  antennal  scale  formed 
much  as  in  Leander,  etc.     It  closely  resembles  Palcemonella. 

Periclimenes  americanus  (Kingsley)   Borr. 

Anchistia  avtericana  Kingsley,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  xxx,  1878, 
p.  96,  8  (Key  West)  ;  Bull.  Essex  Inst.,  vol.  x,  p.  65;  vol.  xiv,  p. 
109,  pi.  ii,  figs.  lo-ioa,  1882;  American  Nat.,  xxxiii,  p.  718,  figs.  lO-ioa. 

Periclimenes  americanus  Borradaile,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  (7),  vol. 
ii.  P-  383,  1898.  Verrill,  these  Trans.,  x,  p.  580,  1900,  Bermuda.  Rath- 
bun, M.  J.,  Brachyura  and  Macrura  of  Porto  Rico,  p.  121,  1901. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  147 

Plate  XLI,  Figure  2.    Plate  XLV,  Figures  i — ic;   2 — 2t.    By  A.  H.  V. 
Plate  XLVIII,  Figures  i— ic.    By  A.  E.  V. 

This  can  be  easily  distinguished  from  the  other  aUied  small 
shrimps  of  this  region  by  the  rostrum,  which  is  rather  slender, 
acute,  nearly  straight,  with  about  eight  to  ten  teeth  above  and 
two  to  four  below,  at  its  wider  distal  portion. 

The  telson  is  also  characteristic.  It  is  long-ovate,  tapered  to 
the  narrow  tip,  which  is  armed  with  six  unequal  spines  and  has  an 
acute  median  apex.  The  legs  of  the  second  pair  are  about  as  long 
as  the  body.  The  following  description  was  made  from  females 
carrying  eggs,  taken  April  19,  1898,  at  Long  Bird  Island, 
Bermuda. 

Body  gibbous,  about  22  mm  long,  rather  stout.  Rostrum 
lanceolate,  laterally  carinate,  as  long  as  the  antennular  peduncle. 
It  begins  well  back  of  the  eyes  at  a  dorsal  tooth,  well  separated 
from  the  next;  three  teeth  are  behind  the  eyes;  altogether  there 
are  8  to  10  dorsal  teeth ;  inferior  teeth  are  smaller,  usually  three, 
often  two,  on  the  widest  part.  The  end  of  the  rostrum  is  thin, 
flat,  moderately  wide;   tip  very  acute,  a  little  turned  up. 

The  antennal  scale  is  large,  wide,  obtuse,  more  than  twice  as 
long  as  the  stalk  and  longer  than  the  antennular  stalk ;  its  distal 
spine  is  a  little  longer  than  the  scale ;  it  reaches  about  to  the  end 
of  the  antennular  stalk  (figs.  2b,  2b'),  which  is  wide  and  excavated 
at  the  basal  segment.  Basal  segment  is  about  equal  in  length  to 
the  second  and  third  combined ;  it  has  a  small,  wide,  inner  spine, 
and  a  large  outer  scale,  reaching  to  the  second  segment  and  having 
a  sharp  spine  on  its  outer  distal  angle,  with  a  row  of  stiff  plumose 
hairs  on  its  end.  The  second  segment  lias  a  narrow  thin  border 
fringed  with  hairs  (pi.  45,  figs,  i,  la,  2a).  The  outer  flagellum  is 
thickened  and  at  the  ninth  or  tenth  joint  gives  off  a  slender  branch ; 
the  part  beyond  the  branching  tapers  to  a  slender  tip.  The  stato- 
cyst  contains  a  roundish  concretion  made  up  of  concentric  layers. 

The  third  maxilliped  is  very  hairy  and  obscurely  5-jointed.  Its 
third  article  is  strongly  incurved,  enlarged  distally,  and  bordered 
by  small  spinules  and  longer  hairs  (figs.  2n"',  nn'").  The  fourth 
joint  is  about  equal  in  length  to  the  third,  straight,  and  covered 
with  long  hairs,  with  a  large  distal  cluster  on  the  inner  angle. 
The  last  article  is  somewhat  shorter  than  the  preceding  and  tapers 
to  a  narrow  tip ;  it  has  about  seven  transverse  rows  of  hairs  and 
a  longer  terminal  cluster,  without  spines. 


148  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

The  eye  is  large,  cylindric,  with  a  separate  ocellus  (figs.  2a,  2e). 
The  margin  of  the  carapace  has  a  single  marginal  spine  below  and 
close  to  the  eye-socket,  and  a  minute  hepatic  spine  a  little  distance 
back  of  and  below  the  eye. 

Larger  second  chela  is  elongated,  slightly  swollen  in  the  middle ; 
the  thumb  is  a  little  bent  down ;  the  palm  is  about  one  and  one- 
third  times  longer  than  the  dactyl;  the  fingers  are  slender,  bent 
inward  at  the  acute  tips,  which  cross  when  closed ;  inner  edges 
have  three  small  obtuse  denticles  proximally.  The  left  chela  is 
usually  rather  smaller.  The  carpus  is  about  as  long  as  the  palm, 
terete,  gradually  enlarged  distally ;  merus  is  about  seven-eighths 
the  length  of  the  carpus. 

The  legs  of  the  first  pair  are  more  slender ;  the  chela  is  not  much 
wider  than  the  carpus ;  its  fingers  are  equal  to  or  slightly  longer 
than  the  palm;  the  chela  is  four-fifths  the  length  of  the  carpus; 
the  carpus  is  considerably  longer  than  the  merus,  which  is  about 
equal  to  the  chela.  The  merus  is  cylindric,  slender,  and  has  a 
small  distal  spine. 

The  legs  of  the  third  pair  are  slender ;  the  propodus  is  nearly 
twice  as  long  as  the  carpus  and  has  a  row  of  five  slender  spines 
besides  a  longer  and  two  smaller  distal  ones,  all  accompanied  by 
one  or  two  hairs;  carpus  much  shorter;  distal  angle  spiniform. 
hairy.  Dactyl  is  slender,  a  little  curved,  acute ;  sometimes  with  a 
double  tip  (fig.  ic). 

The  telson  is  rather  narrow,  elongated,  subtriangular,  width  to 
length  about  as  i :  2.7,  tapered  regularly  distally,  with  an  acumi- 
nate tip,  ending  in  a  small,  sharp,  narrow  apex ;  each  side  of  the 
tip  are  three  slender  spines,  the  intermediate  one  about  twice  as 
long  as  the  inner  and  four  times  as  long  as  the  outer  one.  The 
dorsal  surface  has  two  pairs  of  spines ;  sometimes  two  couples, 
side  by  side,  anterior  to  the  middle,  one  of  each  couple  smaller; 
and  a  pair  of  more  slender  ones  near  the  distal  end.  Uropods  are 
long ;  outer  lamella  wide,  ovate,  with  a  spine  and  an  acute  denticle 
at  the  notch. 

Other  specimens  of  similar  size  (probably  males)  have  the  first 
and  second  pair  of  legs  much  longer  (longer  than  the  body),  with 
more  elongated  chelae.  Otherwise  they  are  similar  to  those 
described  above. 

The  following  note  was  made  from  living  specimens :  "Color, 
in  life,  translucent  grayish  white,  with  numerous  small,   round 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  149 

darker  spots,  which  form  a  row  on  the  posterior  margin  of  each 
abdominal  segment;  two  larger  median  spots  and  two  larger 
lateral  spots  on  the  caudal  fin,  which  is  tipped  with  orange-brown. 
Each  segment  is  also  crossed  by  a  narrow  brown  band.  On  the 
carapace  are  three  oblique  orange-brown  lateral  lines,  and  a  pair 
of  dorsal  lines  running  back  from  the  base  of  the  rostrum.  The 
color  so  nicely  matched  that  of  the  whitish  shell-sand  bottom  of 
the  tidal  pools  in  which  they  were  found,  that  it  was  difficult  to  see 
this  shrimp  when  still."  Long  Bird  Island  flats,  at  low  tide, 
April  29th,  1901.  It  swims  in  large  schools,  often  near  the 
surface. 

Numerous  Bermuda  specimens  of  this  species,  from  several 
different  collections,  are  in  the  Yale  Museum.  It  was  common  in 
shallow  water,  in  April  and  May,  1898,  and  1901.  Some  of  the 
females  carried  eggs  at  that  time  (Yale  Exp,).  It  is  common 
in  the  West  Indies  and  Florida.  Key  West  (Kingsley).  Gulf  of 
Mexico,  26  and  33^  fathoms ;  off  Yucatan,  24  fathoms ;  Old 
Providence;  St.  Thomas,  W.  I.;  Jamaica;  and  Porto  Rico,  6  to 
23  fathoms  (Rathbun). 

This  species  has  been  referred  to  the  Pontonidae  by  several 
authors,  but  I  can  see  no  reason  for  separating  it  from  the 
Palaemonidse. 

Palaemonella  Dana. 

PalcEinonella  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  p.  582,  1852;  Bate,  Voy. 
of  the  Challenger,  xxiv,  p.  786,  1888. 

This  genus  is  very  near  Palcemon.  It  has  a  tooth  on  the  front 
edge  of  the  carapace  and  another  behind  it,  at  nearly  the  same 
level,  on  the  hepatic  region,  as  in  Palcrmon.  The  rostrum  is  thin 
and  slender,  serrate  above  and  below,  and  the  carpal  joint  of  the 
second  pair  of  legs  is  much  shorter  than  in  the  latter,  and  has  a 
distal  spine.     The  mandible  has  a  two- jointed  palpus. 

Palaemonella  tenuipes  Dana  (?). 

?  Palamonella  tenuipes  Dana,  U.  S.  Expl.  Exped.,  p.  582,  1852;  Atlas,  pi. 
xxxviii,  fig.  3-3d,  1855.  ?  Stone,  in  Heilprin,  The  Bermuda  Is.,  p.  151, 
1889.  ?  Rankin,  Ann.  N.  Y.  Acad.,  xii,  p.  538,  1900.  (Bermuda,  no 
description.) 

Plate  XLIII,  Figxjres  2,  a-e,  after  Dana. 


15°  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

This  species  was  not  taken  by  the  Yale  parties,  nor  by  any  of 
the  later  ones.  Bermuda  specimens  may  not  be  the  true  tenuipes 
of  Dana.  It  ma)^  have  been  Peridimenes,  which  is  very  similar. 
Dr.  Rankin  stated  that  his  Bermuda  specimens  differ  somewhat 
from  Dana's  description  of  the  type,  from  the  Sooloo  Sea,  but  no 
description  of  Bermuda  examples  has  been  given.  Bermuda 
(Heilprin*;  Rankin).  Its  occurrence  at  Bermuda  needs  con- 
firmation.    I  have  reproduced  Dana's  figures  of  the  type. 

Mr.  Ives  has  more  recently  described  another  species  of  the 
genus  from  Yucatan.     (See  Bibliography.) 

Family  GNATHOPHYLLID^  Kingsley. 
Drimoidce  Ortmann,  op,  cit.,  p.  425,  1896. 

Body  is  rather  stout ;  carapace  is  carinate  anteriorly.  The  first 
and  second  pairs  of  legs  are  long,  chelate,  and  plain ;  chelae  similar ; 
the  second  pair  are  longer  and  larger.  The  rostrum  is  toothed, 
short  and  compressed  or  lacking.  The  third  maxillipeds  have 
the  antepenultimate  segment  remarkably  large  and  broad  and 
operculum-like ;  two  distal  ones  small  and  flat;  last  one  ovate. 
The  mandibles  have  no  palpus  and  no  cutting  lobe;  ambulatory 
legs  are  biunguiculate.  In  our  species  the  third  maxilliped  is 
5-jointed.     The  family  contains  only  the  following  genus. 

Gnathophyllum  Latreille. 

Gnathophyllum  Latreille,  Nouv.  Diet.  Hist.  Nat,  ed.  2,  vol.  xxx,  p.  72, 
1819.  Cuvier,  ed.  2,  xxx,  p.  72,  1829.  M.-Edw.,  op.  cit.,  1837,  p.  369. 
M.  J.  Rathbun,  op.  cit.,  p.  126,  1901. 

Drimo  Risso,  Hist.  Nat.  Europe,  Merid.,  vol.  v,  p.  70,  1826-29.  Sharp, 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  p.  124,  1893. 

Characters  of  the  genus  are  the  same  as  for  the  family. 

Gnathophyllum  americanum  Guerin.    Zebra  Shrimp;    Banded  Shrimp. 

Gnathophyllum  americanum  Guerin,  in  LaSagra's  Hist.  Cuba,  vii,  p.  xx, 
1857;  Atlas,  viii,  pi.  ii,  f.  14  (front  only).  M.  J.  Rathbun,  Brachyura 
and  Macrura  of  Porto  Rico,  p.  126,  1901.  Verrill,  Amer.  Journ. 
Science,  xi,  p.  328,  1901 ;  these  Trans.,  vol.  xi,  p.  20,  1901  (Bermuda, 
descr.). 

*  It  is  not  enumerated  by  Mr,  Sharp  as  now  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Philadelphia  Academy,  with  the  other  Crustacea  from  Heilprin's  collection, 
(See  Bibliography.) 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  151 

Gnathophylluni  fasciolatum  Stimpson,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  xii, 
p.  28,  97,  i860;   Haswell,  Cat.  Austral.  Crust.,  181,  1882.     (t.  M.  J.  R.) 

Gnathophylluni  sehra  Richters,  Meersfauna  Mauritius  u.  d.  Seychellen, 
p.  161,  pi.  xvii,  figs.  18  to  20  and  22,  1880. 

?  Gnathophylluni  pallidum  Ortmann,  Zool.  Jahrb.,  Syst.,  v,  p.  537,  1890. 
(t.  M.  J.  R.) 

Plate  XVI,  Figure  7  (rostrum).  Plate  XLI,  Figure  3  (from  photograph). 
Plate  XLVI,  Figures  i-ik.  Plate  XLVIII.  Figures  5,  5a.  By 
A.  E.  V. 

The  carapace  is  slightly  carinate  near  the  front;  the  carina 
extends  to  the  rostrum;  there  is  a  small  acute  spine  back  of  the 
orbit  and  a  dentiform  angle  at  the  lower  anterior  angle. 

The  rostrum  is  short  with  a  downward  sloping  upper  margin, 
bearing  five  or  six  teeth ;  tip  acute ;  sides  have  a  lateral  carina 
near  the  lower  edge,  which  sometimes  has  a  very  small  tooth  near 
the  tip.  The  eyes  are  large  and  prominent,  cylindric,  facetted  part 
very  convex,  oblique ;  there  is  a  small  prominent  facetted  papilla 
at  the  apex. 

The  antennules  are  very  small ;  the  stalk  is  short ;  basal  article 
with  a  wide  stylocerite,  having  two  subequal  spiniform  cusps ;  the 
outer  branch  of  the  fiagellum  is  thick,  with  about  six  simple  joints 
bearing  many  long  soft  hairs  ;  at  the  sixth  joint  it  branches,  giving 
ofif  a  slender  outer  flagellum  composed  of  about  seven  elongated 
articles ;  beyond  the  branching  the  terminal  part  is  small,  composed 
of  about  five  or  six  obscure  articles,  which  bear  on  the  inner  side 
many  soft  crooked  hairs.  The  inner  flagellum  is  slender,  a  little 
longer  than  the  other,  composed  of  about  sixteen  articles. 

The  antennae  are  small,  but  larger  than  the  antennules ;  the  stalk 
is  longer;  the  third  article  is  cylindric;  they  are  unequal;  the 
larger  one  has  an  obtuse  outer  distal  tooth,  bearing  a  cluster  of 
hairs  (pi.  46,  fig.  ib)  ;  its  flagellum  is  long  and  slender;  its  scale 
is  shorter  and  not  so  ovate ;  it  is  equally  wide  at  the  widest  part, 
but  tapers  more  rapidly,  its  widest  part  being  at  about  the  proximal 
third  (fig.  ic')  ;  its  breadth  to  length  is  about  i :  2. 

The  third  maxilliped  is  very  large,  broad,  foliaceous,  convex, 
and  5-jointed ;  the  principal  part  consists  of  the  second  and  third 
articles  united  by  a  distinct  oblique  suture,  with  a  small  sutural 
notch  on  the  inner  edge.  At  this  notch  the  marginal  hairs  or  setae 
change  in  form  and  size.  The  combined  second  and  third  articles 
are  broad,  obovate,  convex,  and  operculum-like ;    when  in  place 


152  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

they  entirely  cover  the  oral  region.  The  inner  edge,  distal  to  the 
suture,  bears  a  close  comb-like  row  of  short  pinnate  hairs  or  setae 
(fig.  id,  h,  and  fig.  id')  ;  proximal  to  the  sutural  notch  there  is  a 
row  of  longer  and  less  close  simple  stifif  hairs  or  setae.  The  outer 
margin  is  stiffened  by  a  marginal  rib  and  bears  only  a  few  hairs. 
The  exopod  is  long,  flattened,  and  widest  proximally,  slender  dis- 
tally  and  tipped  with  hairs.  The  basal  article  has  a  thin  foliaceous 
lobe  over  the  base  of  the  exopod.  The  fourth  or  penultimate 
article  is  relatively  small,  flat,  thin,  about  as  wide  as  long;  inner 
edge  is  curved  and  bears  a  row  of  hairs ;  outer  edge  has  an  obtuse 
angle  with  a  cluster  of  hairs.  The  last  article  is  small,  elliptical, 
flat,  longer  than  the  preceding,  with  a  marginal  row  of  hairs  on 
the  inner  and  distal  edges.     No  spines  are  present  on  either  article. 

The  two  large  foliaceous,  convex  articles  are  held,  in  life,  with 
the  inner  edges  in  contact,  thus  forming  a  prominent  convex  roof 
or  operculum  over  the  oral  region;  in  profile  it  looks  somewhat 
like  a  large  obtuse  nose. 

Legs  of  the  first  pair  are  long  and  slender,  with  a  small,  plain, 
elongated  chela,  not  much  thicker  than  the  carpus ;  fingers  with 
many  short  hairs  distally;  fingers  two-thirds  the  length  of  the 
palm ;  the  chela  is  about  four-fifths  the  length  of  the  carpus,  which 
is  about  two-thirds  the  length  of  the  merus. 

The  legs  of  the  second  pair  are  much  larger.  The  right  and 
left  chelae  differ  somewhat  in  size  but  are  of  the  same  length.  The 
right  one  (fig.  if),  in  the  example  figured,  is  stouter  than  the  left 
one ;  both  are  flattened.  The  fingers  are  about  two-thirds  the 
length  of  the  palm;  the  chela  is  about  twice  the  length  of  the 
carpus,  which  is  about  equal  to  the  merus.  The  ambulatory  legs 
are  all  flattened  and  biunguiculate,  not  particularly  elongated. 
Those  of  the  third  and  fourth  pairs  have  the  dactyl  rather  moder- 
ately curved ;  terminal  claws  are  short,  strongly  divergent,  inner 
one  is  shorter  and  at  base  thicker ;  inner  edge  of  the  dactyl  has 
two  or  three  spinules.  The  propodus  is  elongated ;  the  inner  edge 
has  a  row  of  about  four  spines,  besides  the  distal  pair ;  the  carpus 
is  about  half  as  long  and  has  a  distal  blunt  spine  (fig.  ig). 

The  small  detached  leg,  believed  to  be  of  the  fifth  pair  (figs. 
ih,  ih'),  differs  from  the  preceding  in  having  five  spinules  on  the 
inner  edge  of  the  dactyl,  and  a  distal  oblique  dense  brush  of 
numerous  hairs  of  different  lengths,  the  longest  pinnate,  and  a  row 
of  about  10  spines  along  the  inner  margin,  with  a  corresponding 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  153 

number  of  small  clusters  of  hairs  on  the  outer  margin.  There  is 
also  a  larger  and  longer  cluster  of  hairs  on  the  outer  distal  angle. 

The  sixth  abdominal  segment  has  a  pair  of  lateral  denticles  and 
another  pair  beneath  and  a  pair  of  angular  teeth  at  the  base  of  the 
telson.  The  uropods  have  broad  ovate  lamellae,  nearly  equal  in 
length  and  breadth;  the  outer  one  has  a  prominent  sutural  tooth 
and  an  acute  articulated  spine  (pi.  46,  fig.  ij). 

The  telson  (fig.  ik)  is  narrow,  regularly  tapered  to  a  narrow 
tip,  which  ends  in  a  minute  papilla;  otherwise  the  whole  tip  is 
occupied  by  six  slender  spines.  The  median  pair  are  very  slender 
and  about  half  as  long  as  the  next  pair,  which  are  much  stouter ; 
outer  pair  short.  There  are  two  pairs  of  dorsal  spines,  but  both 
are  close  to  the  margins ;  the  distal  pair  are  not  far  from  the  end 
and  appear  like  marginal  spines.  When  partly  dry  a  slender 
median  carina  is  visible.  Length  of  the  largest  specimen  from 
Bermuda,  22  mm  ;  breadth,  6  mm. 

The  unsymmetrical  development  of  the  antennal  scales,  chelae, 
etc.,  is  a  notable  feature.  In  life  the  color  is  white,  crossed  by 
ten  or  more  conspicuous,  narrow,  orange  bands,  some  of  which 
are  incomplete.  The  bands  are  formed  of  small,  close  specks  of 
orange;  on  the  sides  of  the  carapace  are  six  to  eight  oblique 
divergent  lines  of  the  same  color,  one  of  which  begins  on  each  side 
of  the  base  of  the  rostrum ;  three  radiate  from  the  orbits  of  the 
eyes ;  one  is  nearly  transverse ;  there  is  also  a  spot  on  the  cardiac 
region.  Antennae  and  antennules  orange;  legs  are  banded  with 
orange. 

The  colors  are  distinct  in  some  specimens  nineteen  years  after 
preservation  in  alcohol. 

This  rare  and  curious  species  was  taken  April  5,  1901,  at  Hungry 
Bay,  by  A.  H.  Verrill,  who  made  a  colored  sketch  of  it  from  life. 
One  carried  eggs.  It  was  also  in  the  earlier  collections  of  Mr. 
Goode  and  J.  M.  Jones.  Cuba  (Guerin).  St.  Thomas,  Porto 
Rico  (Rathbun).  Gulf  of  Mexico,  26  to  27  fathoms  (Rathbun)  ; 
Bermudas  (G.  B.  Goode,  coll.)  ;  Port  Jackson,  Australia  (Stimp- 
son)  ;  Mauritius  (Richters) ;  Tahiti  (Ortmann). 

Hay  and  Shore  (6p.  cit.,  p.  395,  pi.  28,  fig.  i,  1918)  have 
described  another  species  as  G.  modestum  (Hay,  1917),  from  ofT 
Beaufort,  N.  C.  It  differs  from  the  above,  among  other  ways,  in 
lacking  the  color  bands.  Its  body  was  brownish  red;  frontal 
organs,  uropods  and  telson,  white. 


ADDENDA  TO  PART  I. 

During  a  short  visit  to  Bermuda  (Dec,  1915),  subsequent  to  the 
pubhcation  of  Part  I,  some  additional  observations  were  made, 
some  of  which  it  seems  desirable  to  record. 

Eupanopeus  Jwrbstii.  var.  ohesus  V.     (Op.  cit.,  p.  347.) 

This  large  and  very  active  species  was  found  in  considerable 
numbers  under  stones  at  low  tide  in  places  where  the  current  was 
strong,  in  channels,  near  Grassmere. 


Figure  12.    Parthenope  crenulata;    a,  ventral  side  with  the  legs  removed; 
b,  one  of  the  chelipeds.     Both  much  enlarged.     By  J.  H.  Emerton. 


Dromia  erythropus.     (Op.  cit.,  p.  431,  fig.  50.) 

A  full  grown  specimen  of  this  interesting  species,  previously 
known  there  only  from  a  single  young  specimen,  was  obtained. 
It  was  dredged  in  shallow  water  and  had  been  kept  alive  in  the 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  155 

aquarium  at  Agars  Island  a  short  time.     It  was  not  accompanied 
by  its  protective  sponge. 

Parthenope  cremdata.     (Op.  cit.,  p.  417.) 
Text  Figure  12. 

I  am  now  able  to  give  a  good  figure  of  this  interesting  species 
from  a  Bermuda  example. 


ERRATA. 

Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  I. 

Page  429,  line  10,  for  dorsal  view  read  ventral  view. 
Page  117,  line  11,  for  Plate  XXVII  read  Plate  XXVIII. 

ERRATA   FOR  ARTICLE   ON   BERMUDA   ALCYONARIA   IN   THESE 
TRANSACTIONS,    VOL.    XII. 

By  an  unfortunate  error  of  the  printer  in  making  up  the  plates 
of  the  work  cited,  four  cuts,  representing  the  spicules  of  four 
species,  were  transposed.  Therefore  the  explanation  of  the  plates 
should  be  changed:  Plate  XXXVa,  fig.  4,  should  be  Plate 
XXXVIa,  fig. '4;  Plate  XXXVIa,  fig.  3,  should  be  XXXVIb, 
fig.  3 ;  XXXVIa,  fig.  4,  should  be  XXXVa,  fig.  4;  XXXVIb,  fig. 
3,  should  be  XXXVIa,  fig.  3.  Corresponding  references  to  these 
figures  should  be  changed  in  the  text,  under  Plexaura  flavida,  p. 
305 ;  Pseudoplexaura  crassa,  p.  307 ;  and  Euniceopsis  grandis,  p. 
373 ;  and  P.  esperi,  p.  305. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

The  following-  titles,  which  are  additional  to  those  given  in  Part 
I  of  this  Memoir,  relate  to  the  more  important  works  containing 
descriptions  of  Bermuda  species  of  Macrura  quoted  in  this  part. 
Others  are  quoted  in  the  synonymy. 

Andrews,  E.  A. — Sperm  Transfer  in  certain  Decapods ;  Proc. 
U.  S.  Nat.  Museum,  vol.  39,  pp.  419-434,  with  15  text-cuts, 
1911. 

Contains  descriptions  and  figures  of  the  thelecum  of  Bermuda  species  of 
PencBus  and  Parapenceus. 

Bate,  C.  Spence. — On  a  new  Genus  with  four  new  Species  of 
Freshwater  Prawns,  Proc.  Zool.  Soc.  London,  p.  363,  pi. 
XXX,  xxxi,  1868. 

The  genus  Macrohrachium  here  proposed  i^^PalcEmon^=Bithynis  Phil.) 
and  part  of  the  species  are  not  tenable.  M.  africanus  Bate  was  from  Peru, 
and  already  had  several  names. 

Bate,  C.  Spence. — Crustacea  Macrura ;  Reports  of  the  Scien- 
tific Results  of  the  Voyage  of  the  Challenger,  Zoology,  vol. 
xxiv,  and  a  volume  of  Plates,  1888. 

Contains  descriptions  and  figures  of  several  Bermuda  species. 

Borradaile,  L.  A. — Annals  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  7,  vol.  ii, 
1898.     Op.  cit.,  Ser.  8,  vol.  16,  1915. 

Borradaile,  L.  A, — On  the  Stomatopoda  and  Macrura 
brought  by  Dr.  Willey  from  the  South  Seas,  Zoological 
Results,  Part  iv,  pp.  395-428,  pi.  xxxvi-xxxix,  1900. 

Bouvier,  E.  S. — Sur  les  Macroures  nageures  recueilles  par 
les  Exped.  Amer.  du  Blake  et  du  Hassler;  Comptes  rendus 
Acad.  Sci.,  t.  cxli,  1905. 

Bouvier,  E.  S. — Observations  nouvelles  sur  les  Crevettes  de 
la  Famille  des  Stenopides,  op.  cit.,  t.  cxlvi,  1908. 

Bouvier,  E.  S.  and  M.-Edwards,  A. — See  Milne-Edwards,  A. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  157 

Brooks,  W.  K.— The  Metamorphoses  of  Alpheus,  Johns 
Hopkins  Univ.  Circulars,  No.  17,  1882. 

Brooks,  W.  K. — Life  History  of  Stenopus,  op.  cit.,  vol.  viii, 
No.  70. 

Brooks,  W.  K.  and  Herrick,  F.  H.— The  Embryology  and 
Metamorphosis  of  the  Macriira,  Memoirs  Nat.  Acad.  Science, 
4th  memoir,  vol.  V,  pp.  325-574,  plates  I-LVI,  1891. 

Relates  mainly  to  Alpheidae  and  Stenopus.  Includes  also  Gonodactylus 
chiragra  by  Brooks. 

Coker,  Robert  E. — Notes  on  a  species  of  barnacle  (Dichel- 
apsis)  parasitic  on  the  gills  of  Edible  Crabs,  Bull.  U.  S.  Fish 
Comm.,  vol.  xxi,  p.  401,  cuts,  1901. 

Also  mentions  a  barnacle  parasitic  on  the  gills  of  Panulirus  vulgaris. 

Coutiere  Henri. — Bulletin  Soc.  Entomol.  France,  No.  8, 
1898. 

Coutiere,  Henri. — Les  Alpheidae,  Morphologie  Externe  et 
Interne,  Formes  Larvaires,  Bionomie.  Annales  des  Sciences 
Naturelles,  Ser.  8,  vol.  ix,  pp.  1-559,  plates  I- VI,  403  cuts  in 
text,  1899. 

This  is  a  general  work  of  very  great  importance  for  the  study  of  this 
family.  It  includes  a  detailed  critical  history  of  the  works  relating  to 
the  family,  and  a  very  full  bibliography.  All  the  genera  are  characterized 
and  the  morphology  is  very  detailed. 

Coutiere,  Henri. — Comptes  rendus,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Paris, 
vol.  cxxxi,  p.  356,  1900. 

Coutiere  Henri. — The  American  Species  of  Snapping 
Shrimps  of  the  Genus  Synalpheus.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol. 
xxxvi,  pp.  1-93,  with  numerous  text  cuts,  1909.  Translated 
from  the  French  by  Miss  M.  J.  Rathbun. 

This  is  a  detailed  monographic  treatment  of  the  group.  It  contains 
descriptions  and  figures  of  about  forty  American  forms  and  many  from 
other  regions,  with  tables  of  distribution. 

Coutiere,  Henri. — The  Snapping  Shrimp  (Alpheidce)  of  the 
Dry  Tortugas,  Florida.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  xxxvii, 
pp.  485-487,  1910- 

Contains  descriptions  of  two  new  forms  of  Synalpheus. 


158  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Faxon,  Walter — The  Stalk- Eyed  Crustacea.  Reports  on  an 
Exploration  off  the  West  Coasts  of  Mexico,  Central  and  South 
America,  and  off  the  Galapagos  Islands,  in  charge  of  Alex- 
ander Agassiz,  by  the  U.  S.  Fish  Comm.  Steamer  Albatross 
during  1891  Lieut.-Commander  Z.  L.  Tanner,  commanding. 
Memoirs  of  the  Mus.  of  Comp.  Zoology,  vol.  xviii,  1895. 

Goode,  G.  Browne — The  Voices  of  the  Crustacea,  Proc.  U.  S. 
Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  i,  pp.  7,  8,  1878;  also  in  Smithsonian  Miscell. 
Coll.,  vol.  xix,  part  i. 

Describes  the  explosive  sounds  produced  by  species  of  Alpheus  and 
Gonodactylus,  and  the  stridulation  of  the  Bermuda  lobster   {Panulirns). 

Guerin-Meneville,  F.  E. — In  La  Sagra,  Hist.  I'lle  de  Cuba, 
part  2,  Zoology,  vol.  vii,  1857. 

Herrick,  F.  H. — Notes  on  the  Embryology  of  Alpheus  and 
other  Crustacea,  and  on  the  Development  of  the  Compound 
Eye.  Johns  Hopkins  Univ.  Circulars,  vol.  vi.  No.  54,  pp.  42- 
44,  figs.  I -5,  1886. 

Herrick,  F.  H. — The  Abbreviated  Metamorphosis  of  Alpheus 
and  its  Relation  to  the  Conditions  of  Life,  etc.,  op.  cit.,  vol.  vii. 
No.  63,  pp.  34-35,  1888,  a. 

Herrick,  F.  H. — The  Habits  and  Color  Variations  of 
Alpheus,  op.  cit.,  pp.  35-36,  1888,  h. 

Herrick,  F.  H. — The  Development  of  Alpheus,  op.  cit.,  pp. 
36,  37,  1888,  c. 

Herrick,  F.  H. — The  Development  of  the  Compound  Eye  of 
Alpheus,  Zool.  Anz.,  No.  303,  figs.  1-5,  1889. 

Holmes,  Samuel  J. — Synopsis  of  California  Stalk-eyed 
Crustacea.  Occasional  Papers  of  the  California  Academy  of 
Sciences,  vii,  pp.  1-256,  plate  I,  1900. 

An  important  paper.  It  includes  descriptions  of  all  the  species,  genera, 
and  larger  groups.  Referred  to  above  in  connection  with  the  discussions 
of  identity  of  certain  species  of  Alpheus,  Pencetts,  etc.  on  the  Atlantic  and 
Pacific  coasts. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  159 

Kent,  W.  Saville. — Sound  producing  Arthropods,  Nature, 
vol.  xvii,  p.  II,  1877. 

Kingsley,  J.  S. — A  Synopsis  of  North  American  Species  of 
the  Genus  Alpheus.  Bulletin  U.  S.  Geological  and  Geograph- 
ical Survey  under  F  V.  Hayden,  vol.  iv,  No.  i,  pp.  189-199. 
1878. 

Records  three  species  from  Bermudas. 

Kingsley,  J.  S. — Carcinological  Notes,  No.  5.  Bull.  Essex 
Inst.,  vol.  xiv,  pp.  105-132,  pi.  i,  ii,  1883. 

Includes  a  list  of  the  previously  known  species  of  Alpheus,  with  their 
distribution. 

Kingsley,  J.  S. — List  of  the  North  American  Crustacea  be- 
longing to  the  Suborder  Caridea,  Bull.  Essex  Institute,  Salem, 
Mass.,  vol.  X,  Nos.  4,  5,  6. 

Kingsley,  J.  S. — The  Caridea  of  North  America  (Synopses 
N.  Amer.  Invert.,  iii),  Amer.  Naturalist,  vol.  xxxiii,  pp.  709- 
720,  2  plates,  1899. 

Kingsley,  J.  S. — Synopses,  No.  iv.  Astacaid  and  Thalas- 
simoid  Crustacea,  op.  cit.,  vol.  xxxiii,  Oct.,  1899,  pp.  819-824. 

A  useful  key  to  the  genera.  Only  one  or  two  Bermuda  species  are 
included. 

Martens,  E.  Von. — Lieber  Cubanische  Crustaceen,  nach  den 
Sammlungen  Dr.  J.  Gundlachs,  Archiv  fur  Naturgeschichte, 
Ser.  2,  vol.  xxxviii,  I,  pp.  77-147,  plates  iv,  v,  1872.  The 
Macrura  occupy  pp.  122-144. 

This  work  treats  of  84  species,  many  of  which  are  described  more  or 
less  fully,  with  valuable  notes  on  their  distribution  and  synonymy.  Several 
species  are  described  as  new. 

Mason,  J.  Wood. — Nature,  vol.  xvii,  p.  11.     On  the  explosive 

noises  of  Alpheus,  etc. 

Milne-Edwards,  A.  and  Bouvier,  E.  S. — Descrip.  des  Crus- 
taces  de  la  Famille  des  Paguriens  recueillis  pendant  I'Expedi- 
tion.     Reports  of  the  Results  of  Dredging  by  the  U.  S.  Coast 


i6o  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Survey  Steamer  Blake.     Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  vol.  xiv,  No. 
3,  pp.  1-172,  pi.  i-xii,  1893. 

Milne-Edwards,  A.  and  Bouvier,  E.  S. — Les  Peneides  et 
Stenopides.  Reports  on  the  Results  under  the  supervision  of 
Alexander  Agassiz  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  in  the  Caribbean  Sea, 
etc.  (1877-1880)  by  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Steamer  Blake, 
Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  vol.  xxvii,  No.  3,  pp.  181-274,  cuts  in 
text,  pi.  i-ix,  1909. 

An  important  work.  Includes  a  revision  of  the  families  and  genera, 
analytical  tables,  many  morphological  and  anatomical  details,  and  full 
descriptions  of  several  Bermuda  species.  Also  a  full  bibliography.  The 
plates  are  excellent. 

Newport,  A. — Annals  and  Mag.  Nat.  History,  vol.  xix,  p. 
158,  1847. 
Discusses  the  cause  of  the  explosive  sounds  made  by  Alpheus. 

Ortmann,  A.  E. — Bronn's  Thierreich,  vol.  V,  1898. 

Packard,  Alpheus  S. — Notes  on  the  early  Larval  Stages  of 
the  Fiddler  Crab  and  Alpheus.  American  Naturalist,  vol.  xv, 
1881,  pp.  784-789.     Metamorphoses  of  Alpheus. 

Parker,  G.  H. — The  Histology  and  Development  of  the  Eye 
in  the  Lobster.  Bulletin  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  Vol.  XX,  No.  i, 
pp.  1-60,  4  plates,  1890. 

Contains  also  brief  notes  on  the  eye  of  Alpheus,  Gonodactylus,  etc. 

Parker,  G.  H. — The  Compound  Eyes  in  Crustaceans,  op.  cit.. 
Vol.  XXI,  pp.  45-140,  1891. 

Contains  descriptions  of  the  eyes  of  Palinurus,  Alpheus,  Gonodactylus, 
with  plate  viii,  etc. 

Sars,  G.  O. — Phyllocarida  and  Phyllopoda,  Fauna  Norvegise, 
Bd.  i,  pp.  1-117,  pi.  i-xx,  Christiania,  1896. 

A  very  important  work,  handsomely  illustrated,  contains  abundant  details 
of  anatomy  and  development.    Includes  Nebalia  (two  species). 

Sars,  G.  O. — An  Account  of  the  Crustacea  of  Norway,  with 
short  descriptions  and  figures  of  all  the  Species,  Bergen 
Museum.     Five  volumes,  quarto. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  i6i 

This  extensive  and  very  valuable  work  has  been  published  in  numbers 
and  is  not  yet  completed.  It  is  abundantly  illustrated  with  autographic 
plates.  The  Cumacea,  many  of  which  are  identical  with  New  England 
Species,  occupy  volume  iii,  1900.  Volumes  iv  and  v  are  devoted  to  the 
Entomostraca. 

Schmitt,  Waldo  L.— The  Marine  Decapod  Crustacea  of  Cali- 
fornia;  Univ.  of  California  publications  in  Zoology,  vol.  23. 
470  pages,  50  plates,  including  10  charts  of  distribution. 

Contains  descriptions  of  all  the  species  and  good  figures  of  most  of 
them,  with  details  of  distribution.     An  important  work. 

Sharp,  Benj. — Catalogue  of  the  Crustaceans  in  the  Museum 
of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia.  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philad.,  for  1893,  pp.  104-127 
(no  descriptions). 

This  contains  the  Stomatopoda  and  Caridea  (sens  ext),  128  species. 
Several  species  are  given  as  from  Bermuda  (coll.  Heilprin).  But  the  two 
doubtful  species  {PalccmoncUa  tcnuipes  Dana  and  Pcnccus  velutinus  Dana), 
credited  to  Heilprin's  coll.  by  Mr.  W.  Stone,  are  not  included  in  this  list. 

Smith,  Sidney  Irving. — On  some  Genera  and  Species  of 
Penaeidae,  mostly  from  recent  Dredgings  of  the  U.  S.  Fish 
Commission,  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  viii,  pp.  170-190,  1885. 

Contains  two  Bermuda  species,  one  of  which  (Parapencrus  goodei)  is 
described  as  new,  from  the  Bermuda  type.  The  genus  Parapetueus  is  here 
first  established  (p.  170).     P.  constrictus  is  also  recorded  from  Bermuda. 

Stebbing,  Thomas  R.  R. — Stalk-eyed  Crustacea  Malacos- 
traca  of  the  Scottish  National  Antarctic  Expedition.  Trans. 
Royal  Soc.  Edinburgh,  Vol.  L,  part  2,  No.  9,  pp.  253-307,  pi. 
xxiii-xxxii,  1914. 

Contains  some  oceanic  species  common  at  Bermuda. 

Streets,  T.  Hale. — Catalogue  of  the  Crustacea  from  the 
Isthmus  of  Panama  collected  by  J.  A.  McNeil.  Proc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  for  1871,  pp.  238-243. 

A  brief  list  of  species,  partly  Atlantic,  mostly  without  definite  localities. 
Several  are  described  as  new. 

Verrill,  A.  E. — Geographical  Distribution;  Origin  of  the 
Bermudian  Decapod  Fauna.  Amer.  Naturalist,  vol.  xlii,  pp. 
289-296,  cuts,  1908. 


1 62  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Verrill,  A.  E. — Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  I, 
Brachyura  and  Anomura.  Trans.  Conn.  Acad.  Science,  vol. 
xiii,  pp.  299-474,  pi.  ix-xxviii,  and  text  cuts,  1908. 

Describes  and  figures  all  the  known  species.  Includes  also  several  New 
England  species  with  illustrations. 

Wilson,  E.  B. — Notes  on  the  Reversal  of  Asymmetry  in  the 
restoration  of  the  Chelae  of  Alpheus  heterochcelis.  Biological 
Bulletin,  vol.  iv,  p.  197,  1903. 


Additions  to  Bibliography. 

Crawford,  D.  R.  and  DeSmidt,  W.  J.  J.— The  Spiny  Lobster, 
Panulirus  argus,  of  Southern  Florida;  its  natural  History  and 
Utilization,  Bulletin  of  the  Bureau  of  Fisheries,  vol.  38,  No. 
925,  pp.  282-310,  cuts  260-273,  Aug.,  1922. 

An  interesting  and  important  article,  received  after  this  paper  was  in 
type;  therefore  it  could  not  be  utilized.  Illustrations  are  good.  Newly 
hatched  larva  (phyllosoma)  is  figured,  fig.  273,  p.  309.  Sexual  differences 
are  well  shown. 

DeMan,  J.  G. — Siboga  Expedition,  Decapoda,  Part  III, 
Macrura,  April,  1916. 

Gruvel,  A. — In  Joubin,  Ann.  L'Inst.  Oceanographique,  Tome 
iii,  Paris,  191 2.     Fine  plates  of  Palinuridae. 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATES. 


Plate  I. 


Figure  i. — Panulirus  argus;  Bermuda  lobster.  Ventral  side  of  cephal- 
othorax  and  limbs  of  male,  2/3  natural  size.  Photograph  by  A.  H. 
Verrill. 

Plate  II. 

Figure  i. — Panulirus  argus;  Bermuda  lobster.  Dorsal  view  of  cephal- 
othorax  of  male;  same  specimen  as  shown  on  pi.  I.  About  ^ 
natural  size. 

Figure  2. — The  same;  distal  part  of  legs;  a,  of  second  pair;  b,  of  first 
pair.     Enlarged;   A.  H.  V. 

Plate  III. 

Figure  i. — Phyllosoma  form  of  larva  supposed  to  be  that  of  Patiulirus 
argus.  Same  as  pi.  Ill  A,  fig.  2b.  "From  the  Gulf  Stream.  Tips  of 
all  the  legs  are  broken  off. 

Figure  2. — The  same  in  a  later  stage  in  which  the  uropods  have  become 
free  and  rudimentary  pleopods  have  appeared.  Same  specimen  as 
pi.  Ill  A,  figs.  3,  3a;  a'  antennule  with  a  small  branch  to  the  flagellum; 
a"  antenna ;  mp,  third  maxilliped ;  ab,  abdomen ;  p""  leg  of  fourth 
pair;    pv,  rudiment  of  fifth  leg.     Original.     A.  H.  V. 

Plate  III  A. 

Figure  i. — Phyllosoma  form  of  larva  supposed  to  be  of  Palinurus  argus. 

Youngest  stage  observed  by  me ;   a,  antennule ;  a',  branch  of  flagellum ; 

a",  antenna ;  o,  eye ;  oc,  median  ocellus  ;  g,  green  gland. 
Figure  2. — The  same   specimen ;    ab,   abdomen ;    pv,  rudiment  of  leg  of 

fifth  pair;    u,  t,   rudiments   of   uropods   and  telson   seen   within   the 

integument.    A.  H.  V. 
Figure  2b. — The  same,  another  example  a  little  more  advanced ;    same  as 

pi.  Ill,  fig.  I.     Letters  as  in  fig.  la.     Original.    A.  H.  V. 
Figure  3.    The  same,  a  somewhat  older  larva,  the  same  as  pi.  Ill,  fig.  2. 

Letters  as  in  fig.  i. 
Figure  3a. — The  same  specimen ;    abdomen,  ab,  and  fifth  pair  of  legs,  pv, 

which  have  become  longer  and  two-jointed,  while  the  uropods   and 

telson  have  become  free.     Original.    By  A.  H.  V. 
Figure  4. — A  very  different  Phyllosoma  larva  referred  by  Bate  to  Panu- 
lirus, but  perhaps  a  different  genus.    Although  its  fifth  pair   (pv)  of 

legs    are    well   developed   the   abdomen   and    its   appendages    are   less 


164  Addison  E.  V  err  ill, 

developed  than  in  fig.  i;  m,  mouth;  mp"  and  mp"',  second  and  third 
maxillipeds ;  p' — p"^,  five  pairs  of  legs ;  other  letters  as  in  fig.  i. 
After  Bate. 

Plate  IV. 
Figure  i. — Scyllarides  cequinoctialis,  male;   ventral  view,  natural  size. 

Plate  V. 

Figure  i. — Scyllarides  americanus.  Dorsal  view,  about  natural  size.  No. 
21607,  U.  S.  National  Museum.  Photograph  furnished  by  Miss  M.  J. 
Rathbun.     From  Bermuda. 

Plate  VI. 

Scyllarides  americanus  Ver.  Type ;  from  Bermuda ;  oblique 
view,  about  natural  size.     A.  H.  V. 

Plate  VII. 

Scyllarides  sculptus  bermudensis  Ver.  from  Bermuda.  No. 
21608,  U.  S.  Nat.  Museum;  coll.  Dr.  T.  H.  Bean.  Photo- 
graph sent  by  Miss  M.  J.  Rathbun. 

Plate  VIII. 

Figure  la. — Glypturus  branneri;  la,  larger  chela:  ib,  smaller  chela:  ic, 
leg  of  second  pair:  id,  leg  of  third  pair:  le,  uropods  and  telson, 
much  enlarged. 

Figure  2. — Panulirus  argus;  rostrum  (r)  and  base  of  antenna;  c,  eye; 
o,  eye-stalk;   s' — s"",  four  spines;   p,  tubercle;    q,  hard  ridge. 

Figure  2a. — The  same ;  stridulating  organs ;  see  also  pi.  ix,  fig.  i ;  m, 
hard  tubercle ;  n,  1,  two  smaller  tubercles ;  s,  t,  transversely  grooved 
and  ridged  area;    s,  spine.    All  original.     By  A.  H.  V. 

Plate  IX. 

Figure  i. — Panulirus  argus.  Stridulating  organs,  same  as  pi.  8,  fig.  2a, 
enlarged ;  st.,  hardened,  grooved  and  ribbed  area ;  a,  marginal 
tubercle;  a',  stout  margin;  b,  rib  on  grooved  area;  c,  inferior 
tubercle ;   d,  wrinkled  flexible  area.     Original.     By  A.  H.  V. 

Figure  2. — P.  guttatus.  Stridulating  organs,  after  Bate.  Lettering  as  in 
fig.  I. 

Figure  3.    Nephropsis  rosea;    type,  after  Bate;    side  view,  about  natural 

size. 
Figure  4. — The  same ;    frontal  parts,  seen  from  above ;   about  natural  size. 
Figure  4a. — The  same,  antennule ;    4b,  base  of  antenna  ;    4c,  mandible ;    p, 

its  palpus;  4d,  uropods  and  telson;   X2j4. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  165 

Figure  5. — Stenopus  hispidus;  carapace,  after  Brooks  and  Herrick;  x 
about  3 ;  5a,  antenna  and  scale ;  5b,  a-e,  branchial  plumes ;  enlarged ; 
after  Bate. 

Plate  X. 

Figure  i. — Sicyonia  dorsalis.     Female,   side  view;    after  Bate;    f,  tip  of 

second  maxilla;    g,  uropods  and  telson;    h,  end  of  first  maxilliped; 

i,  tip  of  the  same ;    la,  anterior  part  of  another  specimen,  side  view ; 

lb,  sternum,  genital  orifices  and  thelecum  of  the  female. 
Figure  2. — S.  brcvirostris;    leg  of  fifth  pair;    2a,  second  maxilliped;    2b, 

tip  of  third  maxilliped;    2c,  6th  segment,  uropods  and  telson. 
Figures  3,  4,  5. — S.  dorsalis;  carapace  and  rostrum  of  three  individuals  to 

show  variations  in  the  denticles. 
Figure  6 — 6d. — S.  brcvirostris ;    6a,  first  maxilliped ;    6c,  endopod  of  6a ; 

6d,  third  maxilliped;    6b,  tip  of  dactyl  of  first  leg;    k,  distal  part  of 

second   pleopod.     Figures    i-ib,   2,    6-6d   are    after    M.-Edwards   and 

Bouvier. 

Plate  XI, 

Figure  i. — Stenopus  hispidus;  from  Bermuda;  dorsal  side,  about  natural 
size. 

Plate  XII. 

Figure  i. — Stenopus  hispidus;  showing  tricolor  pattern;  the  dark  bands 
are  bright  red  in  life,  ground-color  white.  After  Brooks  and  Herrick 
(pi.  V),  about  natural  size;    antennae  are  foreshortened. 

Figure  2. — The  same  in  an  advanced  larval  stage,  from  the  same ;  much 
enlarged. 

Plate  XIII. 

Figures  1-3. — Pen<eus  brasiliensis;  young  and  adult,  about  ^  natural  size. 

Plate  XIV. 
Figure  i. — Trachypetueus  constrictus.    Female;    x about  3. 
Figure  2. — The  same ;    dorsal  view  of  carapace  and  frontal  organs ;    x  3. 
Figure  3. — The  same;    a,  tip  of  palpus  of  2d  maxilla;    b,  palpus  of  first 

maxilla;   c,  part  of  first  maxilliped;    d,  palpus  of  mandible;   all  much 

enlarged. 
Figure  4. — The  same;    third  maxilliped  of  male;    figs.  1-2  are  by  J.  H. 

Emerton;    3,  4,  after  M.-Edw.  and  Bouvier. 

Plate  XV. 

Figure  i. — Penceopsis  goodei  Edw.  &  B.  Side  view  of  female;  ia',  first 
leg;  ia",  tip  of  dactyl,  X250;  ia'",  hair  from  branchial  area,  X250; 
lAiv,  sternum  of  female;  p" — p^  bases  of  2d  to  Sth  legs;  t,  thele- 
cum ;    la,  telson  of  female ;    after  M.-Edw.  and  Bouvier. 


1 66  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Figure  2. — Trachypenmis  constrictus.  Female,  from  Virginia;  side  view, 
X  about  2;  2a,  rostrum  and  edge  of  carapace. 

Figure  3. — The  same;    leg  of  first  pair;    x  about  13.     Original. 

Figure  4. — The  same ;   thelecum. 

Figure  5. — The  same;   petasma  of  male;   much  enlarged. 

Figures  i-ia,  2,  2a,  4,  5,  are  after  M.-Edw.  and  Bouvier. 

Plate   XVI. 

Figures  i,  2. — PeruBus  brasiliensis ;  anterior  parts  and  rostrum  of  two 
specimens;   2a,  telson,  enlarged.    By  J.  H.  E. 

Figure  3. — Penceopsis  goodei;  type,  from  Bermuda ;  side  view  of  the 
carapace  and  frontal  organs,  enlarged. 

Figure  4. — Parapenceus  velutinus;  male ;    after  Dana. 

Figure  5, — Latreufes  fucorum;    from  Bermuda;    scaphocerite  x  20;    5a, 

telson  and  uropods,  x  20;    5b,  leg  of  third  pair,  x  20.     By  A.  H.  V. 
Figure  6. — Processa   canaliculata;    variety   bermudensis,    from   Bermuda ; 

base  of  antenna  and  the  scaphocerite ;    6a,  leg  of  second  pair,  with 

canaliculate  ischium;    6b,  mandible;    after  Bate. 
Figure  7. — Gnathophylluni  ainericanu:n ;    frontal  parts,  after  Guerin. 
Figures  i,  2  and  3  are  originals  by  J.  H.  Emerton ;    s-sb,  by  A.  H.  V, 

Plate  XVII. 

Figure  i. — Leucifer  faxoni.  Male.  General  view  of  anterior  portion  of 
body  and  head;  legs  are  mostly  omitted;  mp",  second  maxillipeds ; 
mp"',  third  maxillipeds;  i',  leg  of  first  pair;  p',  first  pleopod,  with 
the  petasma,  pt ;  p",  second  pleopod,  with  the  male  organ,  v ;  p'", 
third  pleopod;    x20.. 

Figure  2. — The  same ;  side  view  of  the  head  of  another  example,  a', 
antennule;    a",  antenna;    s,  scaphocerite;    x  25. 

Figure  3. — The  same.  Male ;  distal  part  of  6th  abdominal  segment,  with 
uropods,  u;   and  telson,  t  ,x  20. 

Figure  4. — The  same ;   uropod  of  another  example  ;   x  20. 

Figure  4a. — The  same  specimen ;    telson,  more  enlarged. 

Figure  6. — The  same;  outline  of  petasma,  x  2^.  Figures  1-6  original,  by 
the  author. 

Figure  7. — Petasma  of  a  specimen  from  off  Chesapeake  Bay,  after  Faxon. 

Figure  8. — Leucifer  affinis  Borr.  (L.  typus,  after  Bate)  ;  c,  carapace ;  g", 
g"',  second  and  third  maxillipeds;  i',  i"',  legs  of  first  and  third  pair; 
p',  p",  first  and  second  pleopods ;  m,  petasma  or  clasping  organ  on 
p' ;  u,  uropods ;  t,  telson ;  8a,  side  view  of  frontal  parts  of  the  same, 
more  enlarged;  a',  antennule;  a",  antenna;  s,  its  scale;  ot,  ootocyst; 
8b,  petasma ;   8c,  tip  of  third  leg ;  8d,  second  pleopod  of  male. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  11.  167 

Figure  9. — Lcucifcr,  sp.,  earlj'  nauplius  stage  of  larva;  i,  ii,  first  and 
second  antennae;  iii,  mandible,  modified  as  swimming  organs;  oc, 
ocellus ;    lb,  labium ;    mt,  mouth ;    iv-vi,  rudiments  of  mouth  organs. 

Figure  9a. — The  same  in  a  later  or  protozoea  stage;  letters  the  same, 
adding  v,  vi,  vii,  two  pairs  of  maxillae  and  first  maxilliped;  a,  anus; 
n,  green  gland. 

Figure  9b. — The  same,  in  a  later  zoea  stage ;  letters  the  same,  adding  viii- 
xii,  rudiments  of  outer  maxillipeds  and  thoracic  legs ;  xix,  uropods. 
Figures  9-9b  after  G.  O.  Sars. 

Figure  10. — Petiaus  braziliensis ;  A,  carapace  and  rostrum :  d,  third  maxil- 
liped: E,  second  maxilla:  f,  tip  of  palpus  of  second  maxilla.  After 
M.-Edw.  and  Bouvier. 

Plate  XVIII. 

Figure  i. — Leucifer   faxoni,   male.     Side   view   of   head;     a',   antennules ; 

a",  antennae;   s,  antennal  scale;  e,  eye,  x20.     Original.     By  the  author. 
Figure  2. — The  same,  another  specimen.     Male ;   general  side  view  of  body 

and  dorsal  view  of  head,  x  10. 
Figure  3. — The  same,  another  example.     Head  more  enlarged ;    mp"',  tip 

of  third  maxilliped,  x  24. 
Figure  4. — The  same;    tips  of  second  maxillipeds,  more  enlarged. 
Figures,    5a. — The    same.     Male;     second    pleopod    of    male;     v,    male 

appendage ;   5a,  another  view  of  male  appendage ;   x  30. 
Figures  6-9. — The  same.     Side  views  of  the  petasma  of  different  males  to 

show  variations  in  form  with  mounted  specimens ;   s,  tubercle  in  front 

of  petasma ;   x  32. 
Figure  10. — The    same;     front   margin    of   carapace,    to    show    a   pair   of 

denticles ;  x  30. 
Figure  11. — The  same.     Male;    distal  part  of   sixth  abdominal    segment, 

with  uropods,  u ;   and  telson,  t ;   x  20. 
Figure  12. — The  same.    Male;   telson;   x,  tubercle  of  under  side  supposed 

to  be  a  phosphorescent  organ ;  x  30. 
Figure  13. — The  same.    Female;    distal  part  of  sixth  abdominal  segment, 

with  uropod,  u;   and  telson,  t;    X24. 

All   the   figures   are   original  by  the   author,    from   examples 
mounted  in  glycerine  jelly. 

Plate  XIX. 

Figure  i. — Alpheus  (or  Crangon)  formosns;  dorsal  view  of  a  specimen 
lacking  the  chelipeds.     Enlarged. 

Figure  2. — The  same.  Another  Bermuda  specimen,  with  the  chelae  sepa- 
rated. 

Figure  3. — Alpheus  (or  Crangon)  candei;  four  views  of  the  larger  chela, 
carpus,  and  merus.  From  Bermuda  specimens ;  a,  b,  d,  views  of 
inner  side;    c,  outer  surface.     Enlarged.     By  A.  H.  V. 


1 68  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Plate  XX. 

Figure  i. — Alpheus  (or  Crangon)  candei;  side  view  of  a  Bermuda  speci- 
men with  the  chelae. 

Figure  2. — Alpheus  (or  Crangon)  packardii;  side  view  of  an  entire 
Bermuda  specimen. 

Figure  3. — Alpheus    (or   Crangon)    formosus;    dorsal   view   of   an   entire 

Bermuda  specimen. 
Figure  4a. — Alpheus  (or  Crangon)  formosus;    side  view. 
Figure  4b. — A.  artnillatus=lancirostris ;   dorsal  view. 
Figure  5. — A.  packardii;   larger  chela. 
Figure  6. — A.  (or  Crangon)  bahamensis ;   side  view  of  a  cotype  lacking  the 

large  chela,  but  showing  the  stout  ambulatory  legs ;    6a,  the  same ; 

chela  separated.    By  A.  H.  V, 

Plate  XXI. 

Figure  i. — Synalpheus  minus;    dorsal  view  of  a  Key  West  specimen,  No. 

1827.     (See  also  pi.  XXIII,  fig.  3,  and  pi.  XXXIV,  figs.  2-271). 
Figure  2. — Alpheus    armillatus=lancirostris ;     dorsal    view    of    an    entire 

specimen. 
Figure  3. — A.  (or  Crangon)  bahamensis ;  larger  chela. 
Figure  4. — A.  armillatus:=lancirostris;    large  chela;    4a,  the  smaller  chela. 
Figure  5. — A.  packardii;    large  chela. 
Figure  6,   6a. — A.   candei;    larger   chela;    outer   and  inner   surfaces.     By 

A.  H.  V. 

Plate  XXII. 

Figure    l. — Alpheus    (or    Crangon)    heterochoelis ;     side    view    of    a    large 

specimen  from  Sarasota  Bay,  Florida. 
Figure  2. — The  same,  var.   ?,  large  chela. 
Figure  3. — Alpheus,  sp.  ?  ;   large  chela. 
Figures  4,  a,  b,  c. — Three  large  chelae,   side  views  of  A.  heterochcelis  to 

show  variations  ;  x  about  2. 
Figure  4&. — A.   (or  Crangon)   heterochcelis;    from  Key  West,  No.  1760. 
Figure  5. — A.  (or  Crangon)  beanii.     Type,  dorsal  view. 
Figure  6. — Synalpheus  fritsmulleri  car olinensis  Vtr.;   X4;  No.  1831,  dorsal 

view ;    6a,  smaller  chela. 
Figure   7. — Alpheus    (or   Crangon)    packardii;    small   chela,   enlarged.     By 

A.  H.  V. 

Plate  XXIII. 
Figure  i,  b. — Glypturus  branneri;   larger  chela,  enlarged. 
Figure  2,    a. — The    same;     side    view    of    the    specimen    described    from 
Bermuda. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  169 

Figure  3. — Synalpheus  minus;  dorsal  view  of  the  front  part  of  a  large 
Key  West  specimen,  No.  1827.     (See  also  pi.  XXI,  fig.  i.) 

Figure  4. — Alpheus  armiUatus=^lancirostris ;  frontal  parts  of  a  large  speci- 
men ;    dorsal  view,  much  enlarged. 

Figure  5. — A.  (or  Crangon)  formosus;  a,  larger;  b,  smaller  chela,  much 
enlarged. 

Figure  6. — A.  (or  C.)  packardii;  c,  larger;   d,  smaller  chela. 

Plate  XXIV. 
Figure  i. — Synalpheus  hradleyi  Ver.  Type ;    No.  742,  larger  chela. 
Figure  2. — Alpheus  (Dienesia)  candei,  from  Bermuda.     Larger  chela  dorsal 

view,  enlarged.    By.  A.  H.  V. 
Figures     3,  4,  5. — A.   (or  Crangon)   clamator;    inner  and  outer  surfaces 

of  a  large  chela  of  a  San  Diego,  California,  specimen. 
Figure  6. — The  same;    view  of  the  distal  part  of  a  chela  with  the  dactyl 

raised. 
Figure  7. — A.  heterochcelis;    male ;    dorsal  view  of  the  smaller  chela  of  a 

Florida  specimen  (No.  1125)  with  the  dactyl  removed. 
Figure  7a. — The  same ;    entire  chela  ;    side  view.     All  by  A.  H.  Verrill. 

Plate  XXV. 

Figure  i. — Synalpheus  longicarpus.  Female;  after  Coutiere;  a,  frontal 
parts;  a',  carpocerite;  b,  larger  chela;  c,  smaller  chela;  c',  distal  end, 
more  enlarged;  d,  leg  of  second  pair;  e,  leg  of  third  pair;  f,  dactyl 
of  same,  more  enlarged;   g,  dactyl  of  fourth  leg;   h,  telson. 

Figure  2. — 5".  neptunus,  after  Dana ;  a,  the  frontal  parts ;  b,  larger  chela ; 
b',  the  same  open;  c,  smaller  chela;  d,  leg  of  second  pair;  e,  ambu- 
latory leg. 

Figure  3. — 5".  minus  (saulcyi,  type)  from  Cuba;  after  Guerin;  frontal 
parts,  much  enlarged. 

Figure  4.— Alpheus  (or  Crangon)  packardii;  after  Bate.  A  Bermuda 
specimen,  the  type  of  A.  bennudensis  Bate;  side  view;  and  4a,  sep- 
arated larger  chela,  enlarged. 

Figure  5. — Amphibetaus  simus.    Type;    after  Guerin;    frontal  parts. 

Figure  6. — A.  formosus  (?)  after  Guerin.  Type  of  his  A.  poeyi,  frontal 
parts ;    6a,  larger  chela,  much  enlarged. 

Figure  7.— A.  candei;  after  Guerin.    Type ;   frontal  parts,  much  enlarged. 

Figure  %.—A.  candei;  distal  part  of  larger  chela,  much  enlarged.  After 
Guerin. 

Plate  XXVI. 

Figure  i. — Alpheus  armillatus—lancirostris;  male.  No.  65,  from  Bermuda; 
I,  a',  antennule:  i",  a  leg  of  the  second  pair:  ib,  antennal  stalk  and 
base  of  flagellum;   c,  carpocerite;  s,  its  scale;   s',  its  spine;    ic,  telson 


1 70  Addison  E.  V  err  ill, 

and  uropods ;    u,  basal  spines ;    u',  u",  lamellae ;    i  p,  second  pleopod 
of  male. 

Figure  2. — The  same  (?);  female,  less  enlarged;  a',  flagellum  of  anten- 
nule :  1",  leg  of  second  pair:  2a,  telson  (t)  and  uropods  (u)  :  2d,  p, 
p'.  P",  pleopods.     By  A.  H.  V. 


Plate  XXVII. 

Figure  i. — Alphens  armiUatus^=lancirostri^ ;  la,  antennule;  i,  2,  3,  three 
joints  of  stalk:  ib,  antenna;  s,  scaphocerite  or  antennal  scale;  s', 
its  spine:  ig'",  outer  maxilliped :  il',  smaller  cheliped  of  first  pair: 
il",  cheliped  of  second  pair :  il'",  leg  of  third  pair :  10,  three  of  the 
eggs:  ip,  ip',  two  of  the  pleopods:  is,  spinules,  setae,  and  hairs  of  the 
telson  or  the  posterior  lamella  of  the  uropods  (u")  ;  very  much 
enlarged.     Original  by  A.  H.  V. 


Plate  XXVIII. 

Figure  i. — Alphens  (or  C  rang  on)  bahamcnsis ;  male,  from  Bermuda;  slides 
h',  h" ;  la,  one  of  the  antennules  with  its  basal  spine  (s)  and  ootocyst 
(o)  ;  I,  2,  3,  joints  of  peduncle;  ib, , one  of  the  antennae ;  b',  flagellum  ; 
c,  scaphocerite,  with  its  long  plumose  hairs  only  indicated;  s,  scale; 
s',  its  spine;  1",  a  leg  of  the  second  pair;  in',  n",  n'",  maxillipeds  of 
three  pairs;  im',  m",  first  and  second  maxillae,  xii;  ij,  mandible, 
r,  right,  and  1,  left,  xii;  ij',  right,  x  10;  j",  ]'",  jaws  x  28;  it, 
telson;   lu,  uropods,  plumose  hairs  omitted ;   p,  pleopod. 

Figure  2. — Alpheus,  sp.  ?,  from  Bermuda;   telson. 

Figure  3. — Alpheus  (or  Crangon)  bahamensis;  cotype;  31',  smaller  chela 
of  first  pair,  with  carpus  and  merus ;  3!",  leg  of  second  pair;  c,  tips 
of  its  fingers  ;  3I'",  leg  of  third  pair.     All  are  much  enlarged. 

All  on  plate  are  original;    in",  j-j'",  2,  by  A.  E.  Verrill ;    the  rest 
by  A.  H.  Verrill. 

Plate  XXIX. 

Figure  i. — Alpheus  candei,  from  Bermuda,  1901.  Frontal  organs;  a, 
antennule;  b,  antenna;  o,  ootocyst;  s,  scale  of  scaphocerite;  sp,  its 
spine;  s',  basicerite,  x6j^;  la,  basicerite  and  adjacent  parts  more 
enlarged. 

Figure  il"^. — Leg  of  second  pair,  x  6j^ ;  il"*,  the  same  less  enlarged, 
from  another  specimen.  Figure  il'",  legs  of  third  pair;  in"',  third 
maxilliped;  ip,  pleopod;  it,  telson,  and  u,  u",  uropods.  By  A.  H.  V., 
from  slides  c-c'". 

Figure  2. — Alpheus  clamator,  from  San  Diego,  California;  2a,  1'",  leg  of 
third  pair;  1",  leg  of  second  pair;  1'"".  legs  of  fifth  pair.  Figure  2b, 
the  same;  c,  carpocerite;  s',  antennal  scale;  sp.  its  spine;  all  x  6^. 
By  A.  H.  V. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  171 

Figure  s.—Tosewna  carolinensis;  3V,  leg  of  first  pair,  X15;  3!'^,  tip  of 
chaela  of  the  same,  x  30;  3!"',  third  leg,  X15;  31"'^  dactyl  of  the 
same,  X30;  31"'",  part  of  fifth  leg,  X15;  3m^  first  maxilla;  x2o; 
3n"',  tip  of  third  maxilliped,  x  24.     By  A.  E.  V, 

Figure  4. — Alpheus  formosus,  from  Bermuda.  Female;  4a,  antennule. 
Figure  4b,  base  of  antenna;  c,  carpocerite ;  s,  scaphocerite ;  s',  its 
spine.  Figure  4,  4I",  leg  of  second  pair.  Figure  4n"',  third  maxilliped; 
4t,  telson;    4U,  uropods.     By  A.  H.  V.     All  from  one  specimen. 

Plate  XXX. 

Figure  i. — Alpheus  (or  Crangon)  hctcrochcelis,  female  from  Key  West, 
Florida ;  la',  antennule ;  s,  stylocerite  or  aural  spine ;  o,  ootocyst ; 
la",  antenna;  c,  carpocerite;  s,  scaphocerite;  il",  leg  of  second  pair; 
ip,  p',  pleopods;   o,  eggs;    it,  telson  and  u',  u",  uropods;   x  6J/2. 

Figure  2. — The  same.  An  example  from  Indian  River,  Florida,  No.  1825 ; 
female ;   2a,  smaller  chela  of  first  pair  of  legs,  x  6^,  from  slide  H'. 

Figure  2b,  third  maxilliped ;  2c,  leg  of  third  pair ;  c',  another  view  of  the 
dactyl  and  end  of  propodus,  dactyl  is  nearly  detached  and  out  of  posi- 
tion; 2d,  leg  of  fifth  pair;  2e,  distal  part  of  propodus  of  fifth  leg  to 
show  details  of  the  comb;  2d',  dactyl  of  the  same,  detached.  All  on 
this  plate  are  x  about  6J^ ;  originals  by  A.  H.  V.,  except  2b,  2c',  2d, 
26,  by  A.  E.  V. 

Plate  XXXI. 

Figure  i. — Alpheus  (or  Crangon)  packardii.  From  Long  Bird  I.,  Ber- 
muda, 1901 ;  il',  smaller  cheliped  of  first  pair;  ib,  antenna  with  its 
scale  and  spines;  1",  legs  of  second  pair;  1'",  leg  of  third  pair,  xy. 
By  A.  H.  V. 

Figure  2.  The  same  species ;  a  different  specimen,  No.  3062,  from 
Bermuda;  2b,  antennule  with  its  basal  spine  and  ootocyst;  2I",  leg 
of  second  pair ;  2!'",  leg  of  third  pair ;  2n"',  outer  maxilliped ;  x  7. 
Original.    By  A.  H.  V. 

Figure  3. — Alpheus  packardii,  u,  uropods;    t,  telson;   x  7. 

Figure  4. — Synalpheus  saulcyi  (=5".  minus)  ;  from  Cuba;  general  figure; 
after  Guerin. 

Plate  XXXII. 

Figure  i. — Alpheus  (or  Crangon)  beanii  Ver.  sp.  nov.  Type;  la,  anten- 
nule with  its  basal  spine  and  ootocyst;  ib,  antennal  scale;  ic,  third 
maxilliped,  hairs  partly  omitted;  m,  third  article;  c,  carpus;  ex, 
exopod;  id,  smaller  chela  of  leg  of  first  pair  with  carpus  and  merus ; 
le,  le',  legs  of  second  pair;  le",  chela  more  enlarged;  if,  leg  of 
third  pair;  if,  tip  of  the  same,  more  enlarged;  ig,  uropods;  ih, 
telson;  li,  leg  of  fourth  pair.  All  much  enlarged.  Original.  By 
A.  H.  V. 


172  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

Plate  XXXIII. 
Figure  i. — Alphens  near  heterochcslis  (?)  No.  743,  large  cheliped. 
Figure  2. — The  same;    large  cheliped;    opposite  side,  enlarged.     Panama? 
Figures  3,  3a. — Synalpheus  hemphilli;  large  chela,  from  slide  ddd. 
Figures  4,   4a. — S.   minus.     Large    chela.     Key  West,    No.    1827;     female. 
(See  also  plates  xxi,  xxiii,  fig.  3;    xxxiv,  fig.  2.) 

Figures  5,  Sa. — The  same ;  male ;  large  chela.  Original  by  A.  H.  V.  and 
A.  E.  V. 

Plate  XXXIV. 

Figure  i. — Synalpheus  minus,  somersi  Ver.  new  var.  Type,  female  from 
Bermuda,  No.  62,  notes.  la,  antennule;  be,  first  article;  as,  stylo- 
cerite ;  ot,  ootocyst ;  ib,  antenna ;  cc,  carpocerite ;  s,  its  scale ;  s', 
its  spine;  s",  broken  spine  or  basicerite;  ib',  the  same  from  the 
opposite  side;  il",  a  leg  of  second  pair;  ip,  a  pleopod;  it,  telson; 
lu,  uropod.     By  A.  H.  V. 

Figure  2. — 5*.  minus  (typical).  No.  1827,  Key  West;  2a,  antennule,  outer 
flagellum  is  broken,  letters  as  in  fig.  i,  adding  c,  the  eye;  2b,  antenna, 
letters  as  in  fig.  ib :  2n"',  third  maxilliped :  2n"'^,  tip  of  same,  more 
enlarged;  2I',  smaller  chela;  2I",  second  leg;  21'",  21'"^,  third  leg 
and  more  enlarged  tip;  2I"",  leg  of  fourth  pair;  2l""^  dactyl  more 
enlarged.     By  A.  H.  V.     See  also  pi.  xxxiii. 

Figure  3. — A.  saulcyi  var.  longicarpus,  variation,  of  Brooks  &  H.  {non 
Guerin),  "from  logger-head  sponge,"  their  pi.  24,  fig.  8;  peculiar 
large  chela :   3c,  first  maxilla,  x  16. 

Figure  4. — A.  saulcyi,  var.  brevicarpus  of  B.  &  H.,  male,  variation.  No.  8, 

their  plate  24,  fig.  3,  smaller  chela,  x  16. 
Figure  5. — S.  pectiniger  C.  (?)=A.  saulcyi,  var.  longicarpus,  variation,  No. 

9,  of  B.  and  H. ;    their  plate  24,  fig.  2 ;    smaller  chela,  x  16 :    Sa,  the 

same;   base  of  antenna,  rudimentary  scale,  and  small  basicerite,  x  16. 

Figures  all  original  by  A.  H.  V.  except  3,  4,  5. 

Plate  XXXV. 

Figure  i. — Processa  canaliculata  bermudensis.     Cotype  from  Dr.   Rankin. 

Frontal  parts;    r,  rostrum;    a',  antennule;    a",  antenna;    s,  its  scale; 

mp'",  third  maxilliped;    e,  eye;    x  15.     la,  the  same;    rostrum;    x  33. 
Figure  ic. — The  same;   antenna  (a")  and  scale,  s;   b,  basicerite;   x  30. 
Figure  ib. — The  same  parts ;   x  16. 
Figure  id'. — The  same;    chelate  leg  of  first  pair;  x  12. 
Figure  id. — The  same;    non  chelate  leg  of  first  pair;   x  12. 
Figure  le. — The  same;    chela  and  part  of  carpus  of  leg  of  second  pair; 

X  12;    le;   the  same;   x  30. 

Figure  if. — The  same  ;   ambulatory  leg ;    x  12. 

Figure  ig. — The  same ;   uropods,  u ;  and  telson,  t ;   x  15. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  173 

Figure  2.—Thor  floridanus.  Antcnnule,  x  15;  a',  thick  outer  flagellum; 
aa',  stalk. 

Figure  2a. — The  same;   stalk  of  antenna  or  carpocerite,  a",  and  its  scale  or 
scaphocerite,  s,  x  15;    2a',  bases  of  carpocerite,  a",  and  scale,  s,  x  30. 
Figure  2c. — The  same;   cheliped,  1',  x  15. 

Figure  2(/.— The  same;  fifth  ambulatory  leg,  x  15;  2d',  the  same,  its 
propodus  and  dactyl,  x  30. 

Figure  2<?.— The  same;  uropod,  u,  and  telson,  t,  x  15;  t',  the  tip  of  the 
telson  more  enlarged. 

Figure  2/. — The  same ;  rostrum,  as  seen  from  above ;  x  15  ;  a  variety 
with  only  three  denticles  above.     By  A.  E.  V. 

Plate  XXXVI. 

Figure  i, — Synalpheus  minus,  somersi  Ver.  T3T)e,  female,  No.  62;  i, 
smaller  chela  of  first  pair;  ib,  a  leg  of  second  pair;  ic,  leg  of  fifth 
pair;  id,  d',  leg  of  third  pair;  le,  third  maxilliped;  3,  4,  5,  third  to 
fifth  articles  of  the  same,  spines  and  hairs  mostly  omitted.  By 
A.  H.  V. 

Figure  2. — The  same  (?),  antenna  of  another  specimen  with  abnormal  tip 
to  the  scale  (s). 

Figure  3. — S.  brevicarpus  C.^=A.  saulcyi,  var.  brevicarpus  (typical,  from 
green  sponge)  of  Brooks  and  Herrick  (their  pi.  xxiii,  fig.  3,  male)  ; 
mandible,  x  32;   j,  cutting  lobe;    k,  crushing  lobe;    p,  palpus. 

Figure  3a. — The  same;  antennule,  dorsal  view,  x  16;  (their  pi.  xxxiii, 
fig-  4)  ;  3b,  the  same;  antenna;  x  16  (their  fig.  8)  ;  3c,  third  maxil- 
liped, X  16;  seen  from  outside,  x  16  (their  fig.  5)  ;  3d,  leg  of  second 
pair,  X  16  (their  fig.  i). 

Figure  4. — 5".  longicarpusf=zA.  saulcyi  B.  &  H.  Their  No.  8  (their  pi.  22, 
fig.  18),  base  of  antennule;   e,  median  ocellus,  x  13. 

Figure  5. — 5".  pectiniger  ?  Cout.  (=^.  saulcyi  B.  &  H.,  "from  logger-head 
sponge,"  pleopod  (their  pi.  xxiv,  fig.  5)  ;  5a,  first  pleopod  (their  fig. 
4)  ;   see  also  our  pi.  z^i,  fig.  3. 

Plate  XXXVII. 

Figure  i. — Synalpheus  goodei,  female,  from  Bermuda,  coll.  G.  B.  Goode, 
X  14;  a,  antennule;  b,  antenna;  1",  leg  of  second  pair;  m',  m",  first 
and  second  maxillae;  n",  second  maxilliped;  pp,  pleopods;  telson,  t, 
and  uropods,  u;   x  11.    By  A.  H.  V. 

Plate  XXXVIII. 

Figure  i. — Synalpheus  goodei;  Bermuda,  coll.  1898;  x  16.  i,  front  of 
male;  la,  antennule;  ib,  antenna  stalk;  ic,  c',  large  chela;  ic", 
smaller  chela;   il",  leg  of  second  pair;    il'",  third  leg;   1'"^  its  dactyl, 


174  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

more  enlarged;    in",  second  maxilliped ;    t,  telson;    u,  uropods ;    id, 
n'",  third  maxilliped;    id'^,  its  tip,  more  enlarged;    ip,  pleopod. 
Figure  2. — The  same;    female;   2p,  pleopod;    o,  o',  eggs  containing  larvse ; 
X  16.     By  A.  H.  V. 

Plate  XXXIX. 

Figure  i. — Synalpheus  fritsmulleri,  carolinensis  Ver.  From  Fort  Macon, 
N.  C,  No.  1831 ;  la,  smaller  chela;  la',  the  same;  fingers  more 
enlarged ;  ib,  leg  of  second  pair ;  ib',  chela  of  the  same,  more 
enlarged;  ic,  leg  of  third  pair;  ic',  tip  and  dactyl  of  the  same,  more 
enlarged;  id,  leg  of  fifth  pair;  id',  dactyl  of  same,  more  enlarged. 
See  also  pi.  xxiii,  fig.  6.     By  A.  H.  V. 

Figure  2. — Synalpheus  hemphilli  longicornis.  From  Bermuda.  After 
Coutiere;   2a,  frontal  parts;   2b,  dactyl  of  a  leg  of  third  pair. 

Figure  3. — S.  fritsmulleri,  caribea  Ver.  Dominica  I.  3a,  third  maxilliped ; 
3a',  tip  more  enlarged ;  b,  leg  of  second  pair ;  3b',  its  chela  more 
enlarged ;  3c,  leg  of  third  pair ;  3c',  dactyl  more  enlarged.     By  A.  H.  V. 

Figure  4. — S.  goodei.  Type.  After  Coutiere;  4,  frontal  parts  of  female; 
4a,  large  chela  of  male;  4b,  smaller  chela;  4c,  telson;  4d,  outer 
lamella  of  uropods. 

Plate  XL. 

Figure  i. — Synalpheus  hemphilli.  From  Bermuda  (ddd)  ;  i,  frontal  parts ; 
la,  la',  third  maxilliped;  ic,  ic',  leg  of  second  pair  and  chela  more 
enlarged;    id,  id',  leg  of  third  pair  and  dactyl  more  enlarged. 

Figure  2. — Synalpheus  goodei.  From  Bermuda ;  2a,  antennule ;  2b,  base 
of  antenna;  2C,  smaller  chela  and  leg  of  first  pair;  2d,  leg  of  second 
pair ;  2e,  2e',  leg  of  third  pair  and  its  dactyl  more  enlarged ;  2f,  telson 
and  uropods ;   x  about  16.     From  slide  bb.    All  by  A.  H.  Verrill. 

Plate  XLI. 
Figure  i. — Thor  floridanus.     General,  side  view. 
Figure  2. — Periclemenes  americanus.     General,  side  view. 
Figure  3. — Gnathophyllum  americanum.    General,  side  view. 
Figure  4. — Processa  canaliculata  bermudensis.     General,  side  view. 
Figures. — Alphccus  bahamensis ;    dactyl  of  large  chela.     All  enlarged  from 
Bermuda  specimens  by  A.  H.  V. 

Plate  XLII. 

Figure  i. — Tozeuma  carolinensis.  Female  from  Bermuda,  1901 ;  a'  stalk 
of  antennule;  a",  antenna;  s,  scaphocerite ;  be,  basicerite,  c,  acicle  of 
antennule;   e,  eye;    o,  ocellus,  x  6. 

Figure  la. — Leg  of  first  pair,  left  side,  x  12. 

Figure  \b. — Leg  of  second  pair,  x  14. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  175 

Figure  ic,  \c'. — Parts  of  first  maxilla,  x  20. 

Figure  id. — Mandible,  x  about  20  (?). 

Figure  le. — Uropod,  x  6. 

Figure  if. — Telson,  x  6;    if;   the  same,  x  12.    By  A.  E.  V. 

Figure  2. — Latreutes  fucorum.     Frontal  parts,  x  14,  rostrum  is  omitted ; 

a',  antennule ;   c,  its  acicle  ;   e,  eye  ;  s,  scaphocerite  ;  x  14. 
Figure  2a. — Antenna  and  its  scale,  x  14;  2a",  antenna  and  scale  of  another 

specimen,  x  14. 
Figure  2h. — First  maxilliped,  x  20;    2i,  second  maxilliped. 
Figure  2b,  d. — Right  cheliped ;    2c,  s,  s',  s",  left  cheliped ;    three  views ; 

2d,  second  leg,  x  20;  2e,  third  leg,  carpus  and  dactyl,  x  12;  2f,  fourth 

leg;    2g,  fifth  leg,  x  7;    2r,  rostrum;    2t,  telson  and  uropod,  x  14; 

2tx,  tip  of  telson,  x  70.     Original.     By  A.  E.  V. 

Plate  XLIII. 

Figure  i. — Hippolyte   acuminata.    After   Dana ;    a,   carapace   and   limbs ; 

a',  antennule;   1',  1",  V",  first,  second  and  third  legs. 
Figure  2. — Palccmonella    tenuipes.     After    Dana ;     enlarged ;     a,    anterior 

parts ;    a',  antennule ;    b,  third  maxilliped ;    c,  second  maxilliped ;    d, 

mandible ;    d',  outer  branch  of  same  with  palpus. 
Figure   3a. — Leander   affinis.     Female;     after    Bate,    enlarged;     3a,    third 

maxilliped ;   3b,  eye,  more  enlarged. 
Figures  4,    4a. — Leander    tenuicornis.     After    Bate.      Female    and    male, 

enlarged. 
Figures   5a,  56. — Barnacle,  Octolasmis  argus  Ver.,   new  sp.,   parasitic  on 

Panulirtis  argus;   h,  part  of  oral  appendage  to  which  it  was  attached ; 

much  enlarged. 
Figure  6. — PcricJimcnes  ainericanus.     Tip  of  telson.     By  A.  H.  V. 

Plato  XLIV. 

Figure  i. — Latreutes  fucorum.  Female  with  eggs;  after  Dana;  la,  1', 
cheliped  or  leg  of  first  pair;  1",  leg  of  second  pair;  ij,  mandible; 
im',  im",  first  and  second  maxillae;  in",  second  maxilliped.  After 
Bate. 

Figure  2. — The  same.  From  Bermuda ;  a",  antenna,  x  20 ;  n',  first  maxil- 
liped, X  20;  n",  second  maxilliped;  n'",  third  maxilliped,  x  20;  2V, 
cheliped,  x  20;  2I",  leg  of  second  pair,  x  20;  2!',  chela  of  same,  x  20; 
2I"",  fourth  leg;   2l^  fifth  leg,  x  20.     Original.     By  A.  E.  V. 

Figure  3.  The  same;  distal  article  of  the  third  maxilliped,  x  50.  Orig- 
inal.    By  A.  E.  V. 

Plate  XLV. 

Figure  i-ic. — PericUmenes  ainericanus.  From  Bermuda;  i,  antennule  and 
scales,  s',  s",  o,   statocyst,  x  12;    ^a,  base  of  antennule,  and  scales, 


176  Addison  E.  Verrill, 

s,  s',  and  statocyst,  o ;    ib,  smaller  leg  of  first  pair ;   ic,  third  or  fourth 
leg,  X  12.     By  A.  E.  V. 

Figure  2,-2t. — Periclimenes  americanus.  From  Bermuda ;  2a,  antennule 
and  eye  (c)  ;  s,  s',  scales;  o,  ootocyst,  x  lo;  2b,  2b',  scaphocerite  (s) 
and  part  of  antenna ;  p,  carpocerite ;  2c,  eye  and  ocellus  ;  2r,  rostrum ; 
21',  right  leg  of  first  pair,  x  10;  2I",  right  leg  of  second  pair,  x  10; 
21'"",  leg  of  fifth  pair;  2m",  second  maxilla;  2n',  2n",  2n"',  first, 
second  and  third  maxillipeds ;  nn'",  third,  more  enlarged ;  p,  pleopod  ; 
2t,  telson  and  u,  uropod,  x  10;  20,  one  of  the  eggs.  Original.  By 
A.  H.  V.  and  A.  E.  V. 

Plate  XLVI. 

Figure  i. — Gnathophylluin  americanum ;  rostrum,  eye,  etc.  x  6;  la,  anten- 
nule, X  30;  la',  the  same,  x  12;  ib,  antenna,  x  12;  ib',  the  same,  X30; 
lb",  the  opposite  antenna;  ic,  right  scaphocerite;  ic',  the  same,  left 
side;  id,  right  third  maxilliped,  xi2;  id',  part  of  the  same  x  30; 
h,  a  plumose  hair,  more  enlarged;  id",  hairs  of  the  inner  edge,  each 
side  of  the  suture;  le,  leg  of  first  pair,  x  12;  if,  right  leg  of  second 
pair,  x  12;  if,  same,  left  side;  c,  carpus,  x  12;  ig,  third  ambulatory 
leg,  x  12;  ih,  fifth  leg;  ih',  tip  of  the  same,  x  30;  ij,  uropod,  x  12; 
ik,  distal  part  of  telson,  more  enlarged.     Original.     By  A.  E.  V. 

Figure  2. — Thor  floridanus ;  eye,  x  12 ;  2a,  rostrum,  seen  from  above, 
X  12;  2b,  third  maxilliped  and  2c,  its  tip,  x  30;  2d,  third  ambulatory 
leg,  X  30;  2e,  rostrum.     Original  by  A.  E.  V. 


Plate  XLVII. 

Figure  I. — Synalpheus  minus.  Frontal  parts;  ib,  carpocerite;  la,  larger 
chela;  ic,  smaller  chela  of  first  pair;  id,  dactyls  of  third  leg;  le, 
dactyls  of  third  leg  of  variety;  if,  telson.  After  Coutiere,  his  typical 
form. 

Figure  2. — The  same;  frontal  parts  of  a  Bermuda  specimen,  not  typical. 
After  Coutiere. 

Figure  3. — S.  townsendii;  3a,  frontal  parts ;  3b,  part  of  the  larger  chela ; 
3c,  leg  of  second  pair;    3d,  part  of  telson.    After  Coutiere. 

Figure  4. — Thor  floridanus;  third  maxilliped,  x  20;  4a,  leg  of  second 
pair,  x  20.     Original  by  A.  E.  V. 

Figure  5. — Hippolyte  acuminata;  antennule ;  5b,  third  maxilliped ;  sc, 
end  of  ambulatory  leg,  third  pair;  5d,  larger  chela.  After  Bate,  as 
bidentatus. 

Figure  6. — Ogyris  alphcsrostris ;   mandible;    after  Coutiere. 

Figure  7. — Palcemon  affinis;    mandible.    After  Bate. 

Figure  8. — Processa  canaliculata;  antennule;  8a,  second  maxilliped;  8b, 
first  maxilliped.     After  Bate. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II.  177 

Plate  XLVIII. 

Figure  i. — Periclimenes  carolincnsis.  Antennule  and  eye  (c)  ;  o,  larval 
median  ocellus ;    x  12. 

Figure  la. — The  same;  rostrum,  x  12;  ib,  leg  of  second  pair;  ic,  double 
dactyl  of  third  pair ;    x  30. 

Figure  2. — Alpheus  armillatusf  variety,  from  Colon,  No.  735;  third  max- 
illiped ;  x  about  7;  2',  exopod  of  the  same,  x  12;  2",  the  same 
exopod,  x  30. 

Figure  20. — The  same;   leg  of  second  pair,  x  7;   2b,  part  of  third  leg,  x  7; 

2c,  fifth  leg,  X  7. 
Figure  3. — Synalpheus  minus;    second   maxilla;    3a,   first  maxilliped;    b, 

part  of  second  maxilliped ;   3c,  dactyl  of  large  chela.    After  Coutiere. 
Figure  4. — Leander  affinis;   antennule  and  its  outer  scale,  x  12;   4a,  part 

of  third  maxilliped;   4b,  end  of  ambulatory  leg;   4c,  another  view  of 

the  same ;  4d,  tip  of  antennal  scale ;   x  12. 
Figure  5. — Gnathophyllum     americanum;      third    maxilliped,     x  12;      5a, 

dactyl  of  fifth  leg,  x  30.    All  original  by  A.  E.  V.,  except  fig.  3. 


178 


Addison  E.  Vcrrill, 


Index  to  the  Genera,  Families,  and  Higher  Groups. 


Alpheidse,  35,  60. 
Alpheidea,  60. 
Alpheinae,  60. 
Alpheoides,  68. 
Alpheus,  62-86. 
Amphibeteus,  62,  6s,  123. 
Anchistia,  146. 
Archipenaeopsis,  43,  44. 
Astacidae,  5,  31. 
Astacidea,  5,  31. 
Astacina,  4,  5. 
Athanas,  122. 
Automate,  61. 
Brachycarpus,   145,  146. 
Bithynis,    144. 
Callianassidse,  33. 
Caridea,  5,  35,  60. 
Crago,  67. 
Crangon,  62,  67. 
Crangonidse,  60,  67. 
Craungon,  68. 
Cryptophtalmus,  68. 
Dendrobranchiata,  34,  38. 
Dienesia,  62,  68. 
Drimo,  150. 
Drimoidse,  150. 
Dromia  erythropus,  154. 
Eucyphidea,  60. 
Eupanopeus,  154. 
Glypturus,  33. 
Gnathophyllidse,  36,  150. 
Gnathophyllum,    150. 
Gonodactylus,  63. 
Hippolyte,  124. 
Hippolytidse,  35,   123,   124. 
Homaridae,  5,  31. 
Homaridea,  31. 
Jousseaumea,  122. 
Latreutes,  124,  131. 
Leander,  141,   142. 
Leucifer,  52. 
Leuciferidae,  35,  51. 
Leuciferinae,  51. 
Loricata,  5. 
Lucifer,  52. 
Lysmatidae,  138. 


Macrobrachium,    144. 
Macrura,  4. 
Metapenaeus,  43,  44. 
Natantia,  5,  34. 
Neopenaeopsis,  46. 
Nephropsidae,  31. 
Nephropsidea,  31. 
Nephopsis,  32. 
Nika,  138. 
Normalia,  60. 
Octolasmis,  16. 
Ogyridae,  35,  124. 
Ogyris,  124. 
Palarmon,  141,  144. 
Palaemonella,  141,  149. 
Palaemonidae,   36,   141. 
Palinuridae,  5,  7. 
Palinurini,  7. 
Palinurus,  7,  13. 
Pandalidae,  36,  60. 
Panulirus,  7. 
Parapcnacopsis,  44. 
Parapcnaeus,  43,  44,  46. 
Parthenope,  154. 
Penaeidae,  34,  39. 
Penaeidea,  34,  38. 
Penaeinas,  34,  39. 
Penaeopsis,  40,  43,  44. 
Penaeus,  39,  40. 
Periclimenes,  141,  146. 
Phyllobranchiata,  35,  60. 
Phyllosoma,  6,   17. 
Polycarpidea,  35. 
Ponton  idae,  36. 
Processa,  138. 
Processidae,  35,  138. 
Reptantia,  4,  5. 
Scyllaridae,  5,  18. 
Scyllaridea,  5. 
Scyllarides,  9,  18. 
Scyllarus,  18. 
Sergestes,  50. 
Sergestidae,  35,  50. 
Sicyoninae,  34. 
Sicyonia,  40,  48. 
Spirontocaris,   125. 


Decapod  Crustacea  of  Bermuda,  Part  II. 


179 


Squillidse,  63. 
Stenopidae,  36. 
Stenopidea,  34,  36. 
Stenopus,  36. 
Synalpheidse,  35,  60. 
Synalpheus,  67,  86-121. 
Thallassinidea,  5,  2i- 


Thor,   124,  134. 
Tozeuma,  124,  126. 
Trachypenseus,  40,  45. 
Tricliobranchiata,  4,  5. 
j    Urocaris,  141. 
Virbius,  124. 


Addenda. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  Dr.  W.  G.  VanName,  assistant  Curator,  I  have 
been  able  to  examine,  in  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  of  New 
York,  an  additional  species  of  Macrura  from  Bermuda,  and  also  two  other 
interesting  species,  as  follows : 

PalinureUus  gundlachi  Von  Martens,  Naturf .  Berlin,  1878 ;  Sitz.  Berlin 
Ges.,  1878.  DeMan,  Siboga  Exp.,  Decapoda,  Part  iii,  p.  31,  igi6.=S ymaxcs 
liybridica  Bate,  Ann.  and  Mag.  Nat.  Hist,  Ser.  S,  vol.  7,  p.  20,  with  figs., 
1881. 

One  specimen,  about  132  mm.  long.  Bermuda,  from  the  stomach  of  a 
grouper,  Louis  Mowbray,  coll. 

Paniilinis  Icevicauda  (Latr.)  M.-Edw.,  1837.  DeMan,  op.  cit.,  p.  34.= 
P.  ornatiis  Pocock  (t.  DeMan),  No.  3298,  S.  E.  coast  of  Florida;  No.  3691, 
Key  West,  Louis  Mowbray.     Previously  from  Cuba  and  Barbados. 

Diflfers  from  P.  argus  in  having  no  transverse  suture  on  the  abdominal 
somites  and  single  acute  lateral  lobes,  also  much  shorter  antennular  peduncle. 
Sides  of  abdominal  segments  are  dark  greenish  brown  with  numerous  small 
roundish  spots  of  light  yellow;  frontal  horns  and  eye-stalks  barred  trans- 
versely with  dark  brown  and  yellow ;  legs  conspicuously  striped  with  dark 
greenish  brown  and  light  yellow,  paler  beneath. 

P.  guttatus.  See  above,  p.  17.  A  fine  example  from  Turks  Island.  The 
back  of  carapace,  abdomen,  antennal  stalks,  and  legs  above,  are  covered 
with  conspicuous  round  spots  of  pale  yellow  on  a  dark  green  ground-color. 


TRANS     CONN.    ACAD.— VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE 


TRANS.   CONN.    ACAD. —  VOL     XXVI 


•i 


TRANS.    CONN     ACAD— VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE    III 


r^ 


'  > 


y 


TRANS.   CONN     ACAD.— VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE    III    A 


TRANS     CONN.    ACAD. —  VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE    IV 


ANS.   CONN.    ACAD. —  VOL     XXVI 


icirilbK!^ 


^  V.         -Y 


rRANS.   CONN.    ACAD.— VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  VI 


■'ti*i--''y 


RANS.   CONN.    ACAD. —  VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  VU 


TRANS.   CONN.   ACAD VOL    XXVI 


PLATE   VIII 


TRANS     CONN     ACAD.— VOL      XXVI 


PLATE  IX 


TRANS     CONN     ACAD.— VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  X 


TRANS     CONN.    ACAD VOL     XXVI 


PUATE  XI 


tANS.   CONN     ACAD  —  VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XII 


ANS.   CONN.   ACAD VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  XIII 


TRANS.   CONN.   ACAD. —  VOL     XXVI 


PLATE   XIV 


TRANS.    CONN.    ACAO VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XV 


TRANS.  CONN.   ACAD.— VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  XVI 


TRANS     CONN.   ACAD.  — VOL.  XXVI 


PLATE  XVII 


TRANS.   CONN.   ACAD VOL.   XXVI 


PLATE   XVIII 


TRANS.   CONN     ACAD VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XIX 


RANS     CONN.    ACAD. —  VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XX 


NS     CONN     ACAD.    -   VOi.     XXVI 


PLATE  XXI 


RANS     CONN      ACAD.— VOL.      XXVI 


PLATE  XXII 


ANS     f;ONN     ACAD.    -VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XXIII 


TRANS     CONN.    ACAD.— VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XXIV 


?H?;!-'.'J'.j,'.'S'. 


"«'i'r'M'Vir  ftt'l  V  Ji'i 


TRANS.   CONN     ACAD— VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XXV 


TRANS.   CONN.    ACAD VOL.     XXVI 


PLATE  XXVI 


TRANS.   CONN.    ACAO. VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE    XXVII 


TRANS.  CONN.   ACAO VOL.   XXVI 


PLATE  XXVIII 


TRANS.    CONN     ACAD. —  VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE   XXIX 


TRANS.   CONN     ACAD VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  XXX 


TRANS.   CONN.   ACAD.— VOL    XXVI 


PLATE  XXXI 


TRANS.    CONN.    ACAD.— VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XXXII 


TRANS     CONN.    ACAD VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  XXXIII 


TRANS     CONN     ACAD VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XXXIV 


TRANS     CONN     ACAO VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  XXXV 


TRANS.   CONN     ACAD. —  VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XXXVI 


TRANS.    CONN.    ACAD VOL.   XXVI 


PLATE  XXXVII 


TRANS.  CONN.   ACAD— VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  XXXVil 


TRANS.    CONN.    ACAD.— VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XXXIX 


TRANS     CONN     ACAD—VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  XL 


TRANS    CONN.   ACAD.— VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XLI 


TRANS     CONN.    ACAD VOL      XXVI 


TRANS.   CONN.    ACAD VOL     XXVI 


PUATE  XLIII 


TRANS.   CONN.    ACAD VOL     XXVI 


PLATE  XLIV 


TRANS    CONN.   ACAO VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  XUV 


TRANS.    CONN.    ACAD.— VOL.     XXVI 


PLATE   XLVI 


TRANS     COMN     ACAD VOU.    XXVI 


PLATE   XUVII 


TRANS.   CONN.    ACAD.— VOL.    XXVI 


PLATE  XLVIII 


H 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


RENEWED  BOOKS  ARE  SUBJECT  TO  IMMEDIATE 
RECALL 


LIBRARY,  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  DAVIS 

Book  Slip-50w-8,'66(G5530s4)458 


N9  460445 

Verrtll,  A.E. 

Decapod  Crustacea  of 
Bermuda. 


QL444 

D3 

V4 


LIBRARY 

UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

DAVIS 


